Penguin and Pia

Home » Destinations » Europe » Spain » 5-14 Day Spain Itinerary: A Guide For Planning Your Perfect Spain Trip

5-14 Day Spain Itinerary: A Guide For Planning Your Perfect Spain Trip

Links in this article may earn us a little money if you book/ order stuff. More here .

Spain Itinerary

Plan Your Perfect Spain Itinerary with These Detailed Templates!

Want to explore Spain but confused about the perfect itinerary? You are not alone! It can be a true challenge to determine how many days to spend exploring.

From 5-day Spain itineraries to 7 or 10 days, to 14-day itineraries – there are certainly lots of different routes and options to choose from. The hard part? None of the routes are necessarily  bad or wrong  since there’s just so much to see and do all around Spain!

Spain is one of the most visited countries in the world. Because of its popularity, Spain knowledge is really flowing around the travel world these days!

It’s no secret that Lisa lived in Spain  and took full advantage of her location (and her Spanish language knowledge)! So, she’s experienced quite a few of the places we recommend below for a great stop on your itinerary!

Spain Itinerary Overview

Best Time to Visit:  Generally, summer is the hottest and winter is colder and wetter, but regional exceptions apply. March-June and September-end of October are best.

Getting Around: Trains ( RENFE ) and buses ( Alsa ) are reliable. A rental car in Spain is a must-have for smaller towns.

Popular Places to Visit:  Barcelona , Madrid , and Valencia for larger cities, and Granada , Seville , and Córdoba are worth a look, too.

Where to Stay:   Check for hotels in Spain here and Check for hostels in Spain here .

Table of Contents

Spain Itinerary – 5 Days

If you plan on travelling through Spain for only 5 days, it’d be best to fly into one of the bigger cities as they are usually well connected with other European cities.

Depending on your route, you can either take public transport if the travel times align with your plans or opt for a rental car  if you would like more flexibility.

As with the other Spain itineraries in this blog post, our 5-day itineraries are pretty fast-paced. However, since it is pretty much impossible to go top to bottom and  actually see  parts of the country we decided to write two separate Spain itineraries for 5 days.

One covers the north and northeast of Spain while the other itinerary covers the south of the country . Choose the one that is more suitable for your interest and travel plans and feel free to modify the written itineraries however you see fit!

Spain Itinerary 5 Days – Northern Trip

For this classic 5-day trip across the northern parts of Spain, the total driving time is about 8 hours and covers around 750km .

If you rent a car, given this exact route, there are tolls on most of the highways so keep that in mind that it may be longer if you took non-tolled roads that may be more indirect. A bus would be able to breeze right along these highways, however.

navigate map

Spain Itinerary 5 Days – Northern Trip Overview

Day 1: Barcelona

  • Day 2: Half-Day Barcelona/ Zaragoza
  • Day 3:  Logroño
  • Day 4:  Donostia-San Sebastián

Day 5: Bilbao

sail boats in blue harbour in barcelona with palm trees on boardwalk in front.

Barcelona is a good city to start a road trip since it is a popular tourist destination and thus has frequent flights to other European or International cities. Barcelona is the capital city of Catalonia which has its own unique culture and language next to Spanish.

Since it is such a popular city, the car rental industry is very well developed and it is easy to pick up a rental car from the airport or in the city.

Find your rental car in Barcelona here .

Alternatively, the bus station in Barcelona is great and easy to reach from the centre. There are numerous connections to Zaragoza which will be the next stop on your 5-day Spain itinerary.

Accommodation in Barcelona : As a super popular tourist destination, there are lots of hotels and apartments available in Barcelona.

Check here for Accommodations in Barcelona .

Specifically, for hotels check out Catalonia Born Hotel with a boutique style and rooftop pool in the city centre and close to the beach.

If you travel by car, Sallés Hotel Pere IV is a lovely and affordable hotel with spa in the heart of the city with a private parking garage onsite .

As for hostels, you can check out Barcelona hostels here. Specifically, we liked Kabul Hostel . This place even made our list of favourite hostels across Europe .

Overall, since Barcelona is so popular we strongly  advise you to book in advance – especially during summer – as it can get very expensive otherwise.

Must-see Attractions in Barcelona:

  • Sagrada Familia
  • Casa Batlló
  • The National Catalonian Arts Museum

We’ve written a whole guide on some of the incredible places to visit in Barcelona if you are interested in seeing more!

Day 2: Barcelona/Zaragoza

On the second day of your 5 days in Spain, you’ll spend the morning in Barcelona (you’ll get a cafe con leche y croissant in any cafe/bar for quite cheap if you get off the main tourist roads) and then drive from Barcelona to Zaragoza later in the day.

The drive from Barcelona to Zaragoza will take you approximately 3 hrs 10 min by car (includes a toll road), 3,5 hrs by bus and 1,5 hrs by train . If you end up taking the train, try to book in advance if you can as this will usually end up being cheaper.

Accommodation in Zaragoza: Since Zaragoza is a smaller city, there are fewer accommodations to choose from – but still lots of really great options.

Check here for hotels in Zaragoza .

Specifically, we love the look of  Hotel Sauce . This bright and airy hotel is located right in the city centre and offers a homemade buffet breakfast, air conditioning, and private parking onsite for those travelling by car.

If you are looking for a rooftop pool,  Hotel Palafox has you covered! Also located right in the heart of the city, the hotel has a cool decor, great city views, tasty breakfast, and also has parking and air conditioning!

There aren’t a ton of hostels but the ones that do exist are well-rated – so you can check here for hostels in Zaragoza .

Must-see Attractions in Zaragoza:

  • Basílica del Pilar
  • Aljafería Palace
  • Cathedral San Salvador

Day 3: Logroño

On your third day, you will drive from Zaragoza to Logroño which is the capital of the autonomous region of La Rioja and known for its delicious wine.

If you get the chance visit one of the wineries and do a wine tasting – please plan ahead if you’re travelling by car since drinking and driving is a big no-no!

The drive will be a lot shorter than the day before. By car, it’ll take you approximately 1 hr 40 min and by bus the journey would be around 2 hrs if you get a direct bus.

Accommodation in Logroño : Similarly to Zaragoza, Logroño is a smaller city with many great accommodations in the heart of the city.

Check here for apartments and hotels in Logroño .

Specifically, Hotel Murrieta is a popular and very affordable option with a good breakfast right in the heart of the city. If you drive a car, Hotel Calle Mayor is a more charming (but still very affordable) hotel with secure underground parking at the hotel.

If you are looking for a hostel in Logroño, there aren’t many but the ones that exist are very good. You can check here for hostels in Logroño .

Must-see Attractions in Logroño :

  • Cathedral of Santa María de Redonda
  • Church of San Bartolomé
  • The Bodegas (Wineries)

Day 4: Donostia-San Sebastián

blue bay with boats and sandy beach in san Sebastian.

Some would consider San Sebastián one of the most beautiful towns in Spain and Lisa can see why.

When she lived in Bilbao she visited San Sebastián quite a few times and really enjoyed the vibe of the town (and having a beautiful beach so close). Don’t forget to eat some delicious Pintxos since San Sebastián is especially known for them!

The drive from Logroño to San Sebastián takes around 2 hrs by car, and between 2 and 5 hrs by public transport .

Since you are travelling between two smaller cities the connections are not  that  great and we would recommend planning ahead to compensate for this.

Accommodation in San Sebastián : San Sebastián is one of the most expensive towns in Spain and very popular among luxury travellers.

So, don’t be surprised if accommodations seem a little more expensive overall. That said, you can still find a great place to stay that suits your budget and style if you’re not looking for luxury.

Check here for hotels in San Sebastián .

Specifically, you can check out  Casual de las Olas San Sebastián . This hotel is a bit further from the old town and beach but makes up for it in sleek decor, breakfast, and air conditioning.

If you want more of a laid-back guesthouse feel, check out  Talaia HT . This authentic and cozy guesthouse is located in the heart of the old town – and has public parking nearby .

If you are looking for a hostel, you can find great hostels across San Sebastián here . Wherever you book, our advice is to book early to find deals and generally save money when booking.

Must-see Attractions in San Sebastián :

  • Urgull Hill
  • Plays de La Concha
  • San Sebastián Cathedral

metal museum on edge of water in bilbao spain.

Bilbao has to be one of Lisa’s favourite Spanish cities. Not because it is especially beautiful, but because she lived there for a few months and it felt like home from the beginning. If you get the chance, take the metro to one of the beaches – you won’t regret it!

The drive from San Sebastián to Bilbao is a short and beautiful one as you will drive through some mountainous regions. By car it’ll take you approximately 1 hr 15 min and by bus the journey will be around 1,5 hours .

Bilbao also marks the end of this 5 day Northern Spain itinerary.

Bilbao is a good city to fly out of as it is one of the biggest cities in the region and well connected to bigger airports in other European cities. To get to the airport you can simply take the Airport bus from the bus station at San Mames.

Accommodation in Bilbao : Since Bilbao is a bigger city there is a wider variety of accommodations available.

Check here for apartments and hotels in Bilbao .

Specifically, Hotel NH Bilbao Deusto is a bright and simple hotel with buffet breakfast and  private underground parking . Lisa had friends stay there and liked it. It’s not right in the heart of the city centre – but across the water from the Guggenheim Museum!

If you want to stay right in the heart of old town Bilbao, you should definitely check out Ercilla Hotela . This is a very stylish and popular hotel with an amazing rooftop terrace, lounge, also onsite parking , and traditional Basque food in the restaurant!

If you are looking for a cheaper place to stay, Bcool Hostel is a very “cool” hostel in Bilbao. In general, remember to book accommodations closer to the city centre/the river since the rest of Bilbao can be quite hilly!

Must-see Attractions in Bilbao:

  • Guggenheim Museum
  • The Old Town (Casco Viejo)
  • Zubizuri Bridge

*Just so you know, we have a whole detailed guide on Bilbao things to do !

Spain Itinerary 5 Days – Southern Spain Itinerary

If you would like to explore Southern Spain instead of the north, then we would recommend the following 5-day Southern Spain itinerary.

Generally, the south is a little bit warmer than the north so maybe don’t try to do this trip in the middle of the summer heat as it can be quite exhausting!

The itinerary is just over 600 kilometres with a total driving time between 7 and 8 hours depending on your mode of transportation.

Spain Itinerary 5 Days – Southern Itinerary Overview

  • Day 1: Málaga

Day 2: Day trip to Granada

  • Day 3:  Marbella
  • Day 4:  Cádiz

Day 5: Seville

Day 1: málaga.

spanish port with cruise ship and blue sky above.

We are starting this itinerary in Málaga since it is an easy airport to fly in from other parts of Europe.

When Lisa arrived at the airport the first time she was actually kind of shocked to see that all the signs were written in German as well.

Needless to say, Málaga is a very popular destination among German tourists. It’s also an interesting city to visit in the wintertime !

Lisa didn’t like the city that much (as in wouldn’t want to live there), but it is definitely worth exploring for a day or two. It is also quite easy to get from the airport to the city centre by public transport. You can find your rental car from Malaga here .

Accommodation in Málaga: Malaga is a popular tourist destination in the south of Spain and so there are lots of different accommodation options. That said, apartment rentals are a very popular option.

Check here for apartments or hotels in Malaga .

Specifically, if you want a hotel, check out Hotel Boutique Teatro Romano . This minimalist design hotel is bright and clean and offers an excellent breakfast while being located right in the heart of the city centre.

If you are planning to stay in Malaga a bit longer, check out Apartamentos Nono . Located close to the beach and a quick walk to the city centre, these apartments have kitchenettes for smaller meals, terraces, and onsite private parking .

If you are searching for a hostel, Malaga has lots. You can search for hostels in Malaga here . When visiting Malaga with a friend, Lisa stayed at Casa Al Sur Terraza .

Even though it’s a “hostel”, it’s a popular place to stay in Malaga. They have private rooms and a lovely rooftop terrace. She and her friend stayed in a private room and loved it!

Just remember for this itinerary, wherever you book you will need to stay for 2 nights !

Must-see Attractions in Málaga:

  • Alcazaba Palace
  • Picasso Museum
  • Cathedral of Málaga

old spanish fort on hilltop with sky above.

Today you’ll take a day trip to Granada. If you decided to rent a car you can do this by car, but then have to find parking in Granada. Lisa and her friend took the bus to Granada which was pretty easy to do since there are frequent buses throughout the day.

In Granada, you HAVE to go see La Alhambra. Make sure to book your ticket in advance (since there is only a limited amount of spots per day).

Lisa and her friend had to pick up her tickets at an office in the city before going to the actual attraction. Double-check your ticket since you might have to do that, too!

The journey from Málaga to Granada is approximately 1.5 hrs by car and 2 hrs by bus .

Accommodation in Granada:  You won’t need a place to sleep in Granada since you’ll be returning to Málaga at the end of the day.

But IF you are curious – check out Hotel Granada Center or Granada Five Senses Rooms & Suites for two great hotels in the heart of the historic city centre!

Must-see Attractions in Granada:

  • Alhambra Palace
  • Albaicín District
  • Cathedral of Granada

Day 3: Marbella

white boats lined up in front of white buildings on land in marbella spain.

On the third day of this 5 day Southern Spain itinerary, you’ll drive from Málaga to Marbella. Marbella is a city by the water and part of the well know Costa del Sol. It is one of the most popular tourist cities in the region mainly due to its nice beaches and climate.

Since Marbella is quite close to Málaga the drive won’t be long – giving you more time to explore the city and relax at the beaches. The journey takes approximately 1 hour by car (there are different routes some of which include toll roads) and 1.5 hours by bus .

Accommodation in Marbella : Since the tourism industry is quite developed in Marbella, there are lots of amazing sunny accommodations to choose from.

Check here for hotels and apartments in Marbella . 

Specifically,  Paloma Blanca Boutique Hotel is a gorgeous (and affordable) boutique hotel with breakfast and free private parking onsite. 

If you are looking for more of a beach resort,  Amàre Beach Hotel Marbella is a beautiful all-inclusive adult-only beachside resort with breakfast, spa, pool, amazing views, and more!

Must-see Attractions in Marbella:

  • The Old Town of Marbella
  • Avenida del Mar
  • Puerto Banús

Day 4: Cádiz

orange dome and towers of church building with shoreline beside.

Cádiz is often considered a hidden gem in Spain. Lots of people who have been there seem to love it and Lisa is dying to visit the city.

Fun fact: Some think of Cádiz as the oldest continuously inhabited city in Western Europe. It is just slightly smaller than Marbella with lots of attractions waiting to be explored.

Driving from Marbella to Cádiz by car will take you approximately 2 hours including a toll road and slightly longer if you want to avoid toll roads.

You’ll drive along the coast for a while and could consider stopping along the way. Another option would be to make a pit stop in Gibraltar which you will pass along the way.

Unfortunately, Marbella and Cádiz do not seem to be connected well by public transport and travel between the two cities would involve going back to Málaga and/or through Sevilla (or Seville as the English like to call it).

If it is too much of a hassle for you to get from Marbella to Cádiz, consider skipping it and going straight to Seville instead.

Accommodation in Cádiz: Even though Cádiz is a smaller city, there are plenty of places to stay.

Check here for hotels and apartments in Cádiz .

Specifically, Hotel Boutique Convento Cádiz is a gorgeous hotel in the old town (close to the beach) with a great breakfast and private parking nearby .

Alquimia Albergue-Hotel is a cool and cozy hotel (also in the city centre) close to the beach and also with parking nearby. As for hostels, Cádiz does have quite a few hostels with amazing ratings. You can check here for hostels in Cádiz .

Must-see Attractions in Cádiz:

  • Cádiz Cathedral
  • Fortress San Sebastian
  • Plaza de San Juan de Dios

old cathedral with turret beside and public square in front in seville spain.

Seville is another popular destination in Spain and is often considered one of the hottest cities of the country. Therefore we would not recommend going there during July and August if you don’t like extreme heat (Lisa definitely doesn’t).

It is a beautiful city with lots of attractions to check out so be sure to have a good amount of time for exploring. If you don’t end up going to Cádiz, there is more than enough to do in Seville to keep you busy for two days!

Driving from Cádiz to Seville will take you approximately 1.5 hours by car and just slightly longer (1 hr 45 min) by bus . Seville also marks the end of this Southern Spain trip as it has a big airport which makes it super easy for you to fly back home.

Accommodation in Seville : Seville is a bigger and very popular city so there is no shortage of great accommodation options.

Check here for apartments and hotels in Seville .

Specifically, you have to see Petit Palace Puerta de Triana . This very trendy and cool design hotel offers a buffet breakfast and is located right in the city centre close to top attractions.

If you want a more historic stay,  Hotel Simon is a more simple and authentic hotel. It’s located in a historic building, also does breakfast, and is also located in the heart of the city centre.

Neither of the above hotels offers parking – but few in the city centre of Seville offer onsite parking (or even public parking nearby).

If you are looking to have parking available,  then you can check out La Parada del Marqués . It’s a beautiful guesthouse/hotel also centrally located and offers breakfast options and good connections to public transit!

If you are looking for a hostel, you can search for hostels in Seville here . Again, since Seville is so popular we would advise booking ahead – especially during the high season!

Must-see Attractions in Seville:

  • Seville Cathedral
  • Plaza de España

Spain Itinerary 7 Days

If you have slightly more time to explore Spain, we have also created two 7-day Spain itineraries for you. You’ll see that once again we give you two options since seven days are – in our opinion at least – still not enough to see the whole country.

Therefore, you’ll find a  7-Day Western Spain Itinerary and a 7-Day Eastern Spain Itinerary  below. As always, feel free to modify them to make them fit your exact plans!

Spain Itinerary 7 Days – Western Trip

For this itinerary, the total driving time would be around 14 hours and the distance would be around 1300 km .

These estimates account for the Toledo day trip (and back to Madrid) AND finishing with ONE of either Seville OR Malaga from Córdoba. So, in theory, it could be shorter or longer than we have indicated here on the map!

We’ve already covered some of the places above, but we will mention the important parts again to make it easier for you to plan your exact trip.

Please note that we won’t actually include any places on the west coast of Spain – that would be a whole other trip in itself. Your 7-Day Western Spain Itinerary could look something like this:

Spain Itinerary 7 Days – Western Trip Overview

Day 1: Bilbao

Day 2: burgos.

  • Day 3:  Salamanca
  • Day 4:  Madrid
  • Day 5: Madrid / Day trip to Toledo

Day 6: Córdoba

Day 7: seville or málaga.

autumn trees beside public square with fountain and old buildings behind in bilbao.

Similarly to how we ended the five-day itinerary in Bilbao, we’ll start this itinerary there as it is a relatively easy airport to fly into from other places in Europe. If you’re starting your longer Spain trip, you can find your rental car in Bilbao here .

Make sure to use your time to explore the Casco Viejo (the Old Town) and walk along the river! There are some great Pintxo places in the Old Town that you should absolutely check out!

Accommodation in Bilbao : Bilbao is a larger city so there’s quite a variety of accommodations available.

Check here for hotels in Bilbao .

Specifically, Hotel NH Bilbao Deusto is a bright and simple hotel with good breakfast and underground private parking . Friends of Lisa stayed there and said they enjoyed it. It’s close to the river across from the Guggenheim Museum but still a quick walk to the old town.

To stay in the heart of old town Bilbao, you have to see Ercilla Hotela . This is a very stylish and popular hotel with a lovely rooftop terrace and lounge, onsite parking , and they even serve traditional Basque food!

As for hostels, Bcool Hostel is a very “cool” hostel in Bilbao. In general, remember to book any hotels or accommodations somewhat closer to the city centre/the river because Bilbao can be quite hilly around the edges!

tan stone cathedral seen in the rain in burgos spain.

Burgos might not be a city that is immediately on your radar for places to visit in Spain  but we would recommend a stop there on your way south.

Lisa visited Burgos with friends on a day trip from Bilbao so she knows how easy it is to get there. Burgos is a nice city but since there is not a  ton  to see, one night is the perfect amount of time in our opinion.

Getting from Bilbao to Burgos takes approximately 1.5 hours by car and 2 hours by bus .

Accommodation in Burgos : Burgos is not an overly big city, but you can still find lots of great accommodations.

Check here for hotels in Burgos .

Specifically, Hotel Puerta de Burgos is a popular, trendy, and affordable hotel with private underground parking at the hotel. This makes it a great option if you have a car because it’s a little further from the centre (still quite close) and just off the motorway.

Another great hotel closer to the city centre/attractions is NH Collection Palacio de Burgos . This is an elegant hotel with a great breakfast and private parking, too.

If you want to stay in a hotel that physically faces the famous Burgos Cathedral, check out Hotel Mesón del Cid !

Must-see Attractions in Burgos:

  • Burgos Cathedral
  • Las Huelgas
  • Museum of Human Evolution

Day 3: Salamanca

green trees in old spanish square with large domed building behind.

From Burgos, your journey continues to Salamanca – another one of Lisa’s favourite cities in Spain. Salamanca is sometimes called “The Golden City of Spain” and you’ll understand why.

The many sandstone buildings get illuminated beautifully by the sun – making it appear golden. Be sure to bring your camera because you’ll want to use it in Salamanca. Our tip: Cross the river to get amazing photos of the cathedral.

Getting from Burgos to Salamanca is easy and will take approximately 2.5 hours by car or 3 hours by bus .

Accommodation in Salamanca: Salamanca has lots of great accommodations in the city.

Check here for hotels in Salamanca .

Specifically, Hospes Palacio de San Esteban is an authentic-style hotel in the city centre with an incredible breakfast and onsite private parking . 

If you are looking for a very affordable hotel with views of the Cathedral, Hotel San Polo is for you. The popular hotel is in a location that doesn’t get much more central! There’s no parking available – making it great if you travel by bus and train only.

When Lisa visited Salamanca on a weekend trip, she stayed in a hostel with friends close to the Old Town and loved it. You can check out the good selection of hostels in Salamanca . 

Must-see Attractions in Salamanca:

  • Salamanca Cathedral (Old + New)
  • Plaza Mayor
  • Salamanca University

Day 4: Madrid

white palace in madrid with flag flying on top.

Since Madrid is the capital of Spain you shouldn’t miss it on your itinerary. Conveniently it is also quite close and easy to get to from Salamanca.

Since there is so much to see in Madrid one day to explore might not be enough for you. That’s why you might opt for spending two days in Madrid instead.

Lisa has been to Madrid two times now and still hasn’t seen everything there is to see. But at least you’ll get a good sampler!

As mentioned, getting from Salamanca to Madrid is easy. The journey will take approximately 2 hrs 12 min by car (including a toll road) and  3 hours by bus .

Madrid’s main bus station is actually underground which is kind of cool and caused a lot of confusion for Lisa and her friends when they tried to find it the first time.

Accommodation in Madrid : Being the capital city of Spain, Madrid is a popular city with lots and lots of accommodation options. Keep in mind that Madrid has many “hostals” which are technically guesthouses but are basically hotels.

Also, if you have a car don’t be surprised if parking is in a public lot for a high fee – that’s just Madrid.

Check here for apartments and hotels in Madrid . 

Specifically, you might want to check out Room007 Select Sol . This charming and trendy hotel is right in the heart of the city, has air conditioning, and serves breakfast at a cafe next door!

If you are looking for a simple stay right in the centre, check out Hostal Madrid . This authentic guesthouse is so centrally located with top attractions and a metro station around the corner.

It’s such good value for money that the two times Lisa travelled to Madrid she actually stayed here both times!

Should you be on the hunt for an actual hostel, you can check here for hostels in Madrid . Keep in mind wherever you book, you will be booking accommodation for two nights. 

Must-see Attractions in Madrid:

  • Museum Reina Sofia
  • Puerta del Sol

Keep in mind we have a whole separate detailed guide on  amazing things to do in Madrid !

Day 5: Madrid or Day trip to Toledo

As mentioned, you might opt to spend another day in Madrid since there is so much to see.

If that’s the case read our Madrid guide linked above to get more recommendations. Alternatively, you could opt to go on a day trip to Toledo, a beautiful small city not too far from Madrid.

If you don’t want to drive there yourself, you can choose to book a day tour which includes a tour of Toledo among other things. If you want to drive yourself the journey will take you approximately  1 hour by car  and the  same amount of time by bus .

Must-see Attractions in Toledo:

  • Toledo Cathedral
  • Monasterio de San Juan de los Reyes

large church on hill at night with stone bridge leading to it in cordoba spain.

The next day you will drive to Córdoba, a city in Andalusia known for its famous flower street – among other things of course. There is a lot of history to be found in Córdoba so consider taking a walking tour if you want to learn more about it.

This is one of few routes where you will actually be faster taking public transport as if you were to drive yourself since there is a good train connection between Madrid and Córdoba. 

Driving by car  takes approximately  4 hours  while the journey by train  would be slightly shorter with  2 hrs 15 min .

Accommodation in Córdoba : If you’re looking for a hotel, there are lot of options to choose from.

Check now for hotels in Córdoba .

Specifically,  Maciá Alfaros is an authentic hotel located right in the heart of the city centre with an incredible swimming pool and easy parking onsite.

Hotel Cordoba Center is an elegant hotel located outside the heart of the centre. It’s still very walkable to the centre, is very close to the train station, and has a rooftop pool with amazing views!

There are quite a few hostels with very good ratings in Córdoba so you can check here for hostels in Córdoba .

Must-see Attractions in Córdoba:

  • Mosque–Cathedral of Córdoba
  • Alcázar de los Reyes Cristianos
  • Historic Center of Córdoba

For this itinerary, you can decide in which city you would like to end your trip. For some, it might be more convenient to fly out of Seville while for others Málaga might be the better option. So it’s really up to you and your preference!

The journey from Córdoba to Seville takes approximately 1 hr 40 min by car and 45 min by train . The time it takes to get from Córdoba to Málaga isn’t much longer with  1 hr 50 min by car  and  50 min by train .

Accommodations in Seville : As mentioned above, Seville is a popular city so there is always accommodations to choose from.

Specifically, check out Petit Palace Puerta de Triana . This trendy design hotel offers a buffet breakfast and a really great location in the city centre.

For a historic stay, Hotel Simon is a more simple and more authentic hotel. It’s located in a historic building, does breakfast, and is also located in the city centre.

Neither of the above hotels have parking – but fewer properties in Seville offer onsite parking (or even public parking nearby).

If you are travelling by car and want parking available,  then check out La Parada del Marqués . It’s a beautiful guesthouse/hotel also centrally located with breakfast options and good connections to public transit!

If you want a hostel stay, you can search for hostels in Seville here . Regardless of what type of accommodation you book, Seville is popular so we would advise booking ahead – especially during the high season!

Accommodation in Málaga: Malaga is a popular destination in the south of Spain with lots of different accommodation options. That said, apartment rentals are very popular.

Specifically, for hotels, you can check out Hotel Boutique Teatro Romano . This design hotel is bright and clean and offers breakfast while being located right in the heart of the city.

If you are planning for a longer stay, check out Apartamentos Nono . Located close to the beach and a quick walk to the city centre, these apartments have kitchenettes, terraces, and onsite private parking .

If you want a hostel, Malaga has lots. You can search for hostels in Malaga here . When visiting Malaga with a friend, Lisa stayed at Casa Al Sur Terraza .

Even though it’s a “hostel”, it’s a popular place – with private rooms and a lovely rooftop terrace. Her and her friend stayed in a private room and loved it!

Spain Travel Itinerary 7 Days – Eastern Trip

If the other 7-day Spain itinerary doesn’t really appeal to you and you would like to stay closer to the coast, maybe this itinerary is more to your liking. The driving time would be just shy of 11 hours and would be approximately 1000 km driving distance !

Spain Itinerary 7 Days – Eastern Trip Overview

  • Day 1+2: Barcelona

Day 3: Valencia

  • Day 4:  Alicante
  • Day 5:  Murcia

Day 6: Granada

Day 7: málaga, day 1 + 2: barcelona.

green grass around large stone monument in barcelona spain.

Once again, this itinerary starts in Barcelona since it is one of the easiest airports to fly into. Since you have a little bit more time with this itinerary you’ll stay in Barcelona for two days.

There is lots to see so you still won’t see everything, but definitely more than in just one day. To then continue on with this itinerary through Spain, you can find your rental car in Barcelona here .

Accommodation in Barcelona:  As mentioned above, there are lots of hotels and apartments in Barcelona.

For hotels, you might like Catalonia Born Hotel with a boutique style and rooftop pool close to the beach in the city centre.

If you travel by car, Sallés Hotel Pere IV is an affordable hotel with spa in the heart of the city with a private parking garage .

As for hostels, you can check here for Barcelona hostels . We liked Kabul Hostel . Wherever you stay, remember to book in advance because the city does fill up and it can get expensive! And remember, you’ll be staying at this  place for two nights .

  • Las Ramblas

long water fountain in front of white building and white museum dome at end.

The third day of this Spain itinerary will take you from Barcelona to Valencia which is another city on Lisa’s favourite list.

It was actually the first Spanish city she visited and she fell in love with the city and its people right away. Her favourite part is that there is a huge part in what was formerly a river that stretches through a big part of the city.

In order to get from Barcelona to Valencia, you’ll drive along the coast for  3.5 hours by car  and  around 3 hrs 15 min by train. 

Accommodation in Valencia:  Since Valencia is a bigger city, you are sure to find accommodations that work for you.

Check here for hotels in Valencia .

Specifically, Petit Palace Ruzafa is a bright and boutique hotel right in the city centre.

They offer healthy breakfast options and free bike rentals. There’s no parking making this a great hotel for those travelling without a car.

If you want a place right on the beach, check out Hotel Miramar . This cool beachfront hotel has a bar and restaurant right downstairs and has paid parking onsite . If you are looking for a hostel, you can check here for hostels in Valencia .

Must-see Attractions in Valencia:

  • City of Arts and Science
  • Lonja de la Seda
  • Cathedral of Valencia

Day 4: Alicante

blue ocean with sandy beach around and town in distance.

Alicante is a popular holiday town that lots of Europeans visit to enjoy the nice weather and the beaches. Maybe you have heard of the name Costa Blanca?

Alicante is part of that exact region. When you’re there don’t forget to check out some of the nice beaches – but of course, there are also lots of other things waiting to be explored.

Getting from Valencia to Alicante won’t take overly long. The drive will take approximately 2 hours by car  and 1.5 hrs to 2.5 hours by train or bus respectively.

Accommodation in Alicante:  Alicante is a popular city due to its great location on the coast.

Check here for hotels in Alicante . 

If you want to stay directly on the beach, Hotel Almirante is a bright and stylish hotel with breakfast buffet. It’s a bit farther from the city centre, but there is free onsite parking  if you have a car.

If you want more of a resort style, Melia Alicante is also located right on the beach with stunning views over the water. It’s much closer to the centre of the city and has good amenities (pool), paid parking next door, and a really good breakfast!

You can also find a good mix of hostels in Alicante. In any case, don’t forget to book ahead in the summertime since it can get very crowded.

Must-see Attractions in Alicante:

  • Castle of Santa Barbara
  • Casco Antiguo (Old Town)
  • Beaches such as Playa Postiguet

If you’re heading for Alicante to get some sunshine, we’ve got a guide on things to do and see in Alicante that includes some great food tips for you to check out!

Day 5: Murcia

Murcia is a city in the southeast of Spain and the capital of the region with the same name. Travellers who don’t know much about Spain (yet) might not have heard of the city before but this doesn’t mean it is not worth a visit.

The drive from Alicante to Murcia is quite short with 1 hr by car and 1 hr 10 min by bus . This will give you a good amount of time to explore the university city and get a rest from all the driving.

Accommodation in Murcia: Since Murcia is a less touristy city you’ll find great places to stay and (generally) fewer crowds.

Check here for hotels in Murcia .

Specifically, the Hesperia Murcia Centro is a clean and modern hotel right in the city centre near the Cathedral. There’s also  private onsite parking and a tasty breakfast.

If you want to stay closer to the coast – you could stay in Cartagena (about 30 minutes away from Murcia). Here, check out  NH Cartagena – with bright, sea views and parking all in a great location.

Must-see Attractions in Murcia:

  • Murcia Cathedral
  • Floridablanca Gardens
  • Monteagudo Castle

orange and white houses seen from above in granada spain.

From Murcia, your journey will continue to Granada, a city which we have mentioned quite a few times by now so we won’t go into details again. If you haven’t yet, make sure to get your Alhambra tickets in advance!

Driving from Murcia to Granada will be a slightly longer trip with 2 hrs 45 min by car and around 3.5 hrs by bus .

Accommodation in Granada:  Since Granada is a popular travel destination, many accommodations are available.

Check here for hotels in Granada .

Specifically, Hotel Granada Center is a VERY popular hotel with great breakfast, a very central location, and private underground parking onsite .

Also situated in the city centre is Granada Five Senses Rooms & Suites – a sleek and modern hotel with small rooftop pool with great views of the historic old town! If you are looking for a hostel, you can check here for hostels in Granada . 

Since we have mentioned Málaga countless times above, there is not much to add. As you probably know by now Málaga has a great airport to fly out of so this is where this 7-day Eastern Spain itinerary ends.

The journey from Granada to Málaga is approximately 1,5 hrs by car and 2 hrs by bus .

Accommodation in Málaga: Malaga is a popular tourist destination in Spain so there are lots of available accommodations – with apartments being the most popular.

For hotels, check out Hotel Boutique Teatro Romano . This minimalist design hotel is bright and offers a great breakfast while being located right in the city centre.

For longer stays, check out Apartamentos Nono . Located close to the beach and to the city centre, these apartments have kitchenettes for small meal prep, terraces, and onsite private parking .

If you are searching for a hostel, you can search for hostels in Malaga here . When visiting Malaga with a friend, Lisa stayed at Casa Al Sur Terraza .

It’s a popular place to stay in Malaga with private rooms and a great rooftop terrace. She and her friend stayed in a private room and really liked it!

Spain Itinerary – 14 Days

This road trip would be a beast. As planned above with the scheduled day trips you’d cover around 2600 kilometres .

The driving time would be around 27 hours and 30 minutes – but of course, this varies by traffic and which day trips/stop days (beach days) you opt to take, etc.

If you swung down to Gibraltar at the end and then went to Granada and Malaga, it could very well be a tad longer.

You should also consider the price of renting a car for two weeks to see if there are any companies that offer discounts!

Compare prices for your car rental from Bilbao here .

Since you have read about most of these places in some of the itineraries above we’ll keep this one short.

Our version is written from north to south, so from Bilbao to Málaga. As with most of our itineraries, you can reverse the direction if you feel like it So, to really see the whole country, your updated 14-day Spain itinerary might look something like this:

14-Day Spain Itinerary Overview

  • Day 2: Day trip to Santander, Vitoria-Gasteiz or Beach Day
  • Day 3:  Donostia-San Sebastián
  • Day 4:  Zaragoza

Day 5+6: Barcelona

Day 7: valencia, day 8+9: madrid.

  • Day 10: Toledo or Córdoba

Day 11: Seville

  • Day 12: Seville or Day trip to Cádiz/ Gibraltar
  • Day 13: Málaga (or Granada)
  • Day 14: Málaga

Once again we are starting this itinerary in Bilbao since it is an easy city to get to. There are quite a few things to see and delicious foods to try so with this itinerary you have slightly more time to explore the city!

Accommodation in Bilbao:  Once again, Bilbao is a bigger centre in Spain so you’ll find lots of accommodations to suit many different styles and budgets.

Specifically, Hotel NH Bilbao Deusto is a bright hotel with breakfast and underground private parking . Friends of Lisa stayed here and enjoyed it. It’s the river from the Old Town – but it’s a nice area and a quick walk to everything.

To stay in the centre of Bilbao’s historic old town, check out Ercilla Hotela . This is a very stylish hotel with a great rooftop terrace/lounge, onsite parking , and food onsite, too.

If you are wanting a hostel, Bcool Hostel is a great option in Bilbao. Just remember: when booking any accommodations in Bilbao,  try to book in the centre or near the river since the edges of the city can be very hilly!

Since the next day in this itinerary is a day trip we’d suggest booking your accommodation in Bilbao  for two nights !

Day 2: Day Trip to Santander, Vitoria-Gasteiz or Beach Day

white and coloured buildings with tower behind in vitoria-gasteiz spain.

To give you the chance to see a bit more of the region we recommend a day trip to either Santander or Vitoria-Gasteiz, the capital of the Basque Country.

Alternatively, you can also opt to spend the day at the beach if the weather is nice (more on that below!) or use the time to see more of Bilbao.

Getting to Santander from Bilbao takes approximately 1 hr 15 min by car and 1.5 hrs by bus . The journey to Vitoria-Gasteiz is slightly shorter, taking approximately 1 hr by car and the same amount of time by bus .

Must-see Attractions in Santander:

  • Palacio de la Magdalena
  • Centro Botin
  • Sardinero Beach

Must-see Attractions in Vitoria-Gasteiz:

  • Catedral de Santa María
  • Iglesia de San Miguel

If you opt for a beach day instead, we would recommend Sopelana beach. It is easy to reach by metro. Just take the line no 1 in the direction of Plentzia and get off at the Sopelana stop.

From there you can either walk or take the bus to the beach. It’s Lisa’s favourite beach in the Bilbao area since it looks beautiful and is not too crowded. It’s also a great stop to try some surfing.

Day 3: Donostia-San Sebastián

The next stop on your 14-day Spain itinerary is San Sebastián – a city we have already mentioned before. Beautiful beaches and delicious pintxos await you!

The drive from Bilbao to San Sebastián takes around 1  hr 15 min by car  and 1.5 hrs by bus . There are very frequent buses by lots of different operators between these two cities. 

Accommodation in San Sebastián : San Sebastián is one of the more expensive towns in Spain. It’s also very popular among luxury travellers. So, don’t be surprised if accommodations seem a little more expensive overall.

Specifically, check out Casual de las Olas San Sebastián . This hotel is a bit further from the old town and beach but makes up for it with sleek decor, breakfast, and air conditioning.

If you want more of a laid-back feel, check out Talaia HT . This authentic and cozy guesthouse is located in the heart of the old town – and has public parking nearby .

If you are looking for a hostel, you can find hostels across San Sebastián here . Wherever you book, our advice is to book accommodations early. Generally, you save money when doing that.

Day 4: Zaragoza

Day 5 of this itinerary will take you to Zaragoza, a city mentioned in the 5 day Northern Spain itinerary. The drive will be a bit longer but you’ll still have enough time to check out some of the attractions Zaragoza has to offer.

Driving from San Sebastián to Zaragoza will take approximately  2 hrs 45 min by car  (including a toll road) and around  4 hrs by bus .

Accommodations in Zaragoza: Zaragoza is a smaller city but there are still lots of really great accommodation options.

Specifically, check out Hotel Sauce . This bright hotel is located right in the city centre and has buffet breakfast, air conditioning, and private parking onsite for those with a car in Spain!

If you want a hotel with a rooftop pool, Hotel Palafox is for you! Also situated right in the heart of the city, the hotel has a unique decor, city views, a nice breakfast, and also has parking and air con!

red towers near large roundabout with palace behind in barcelona.

A tour across the country wouldn’t be complete without including Barcelona. Since there is so much to see you’ll be spending two nights in the city to give you enough time.

The drive from Zaragoza to Barcelona will take you approximately 3 hrs 10 min by car (includes a toll road), 3.5 hrs by bus and 1.5 hrs by train .

Accommodation in Barcelona : As mentioned above, you’ll find loads of great hotels and apartments in Barcelona.

If you are looking for a hotel, check out Catalonia Born Hotel with a boutique style and rooftop pool in the city centre (also close to the beach).

If you travel by car, Sallés Hotel Pere IV is a lovely and affordable hotel with a spa that is located in the heart of the city and has a private parking garage onsite .

As for hostels, you can check out Barcelona hostels here. Specifically, we enjoyed Kabul Hostel . Hostel or hotel – just remember to book early because Barcelona is a popular city. Also remember that for this itinerary, you’ll be staying over for two nights .

And we’re back in one of Lisa’s favourite cities. The drive from Barcelona to Valencia will be a bit longer but it is worth it (in our opinion at least).

Driving from Barcelona to Valencia will take around  3.5 hrs by car  (including a toll road),  3 hrs by train  and  4 hrs 15 min by bus .

Accommodation in Valencia:  Since Valencia is a bigger city, you’ll find accommodations that work for your style and budget.

Check now for hotels in Valencia .

Specifically, Petit Palace Ruzafa is a boutique hotel very much in the lovely city centre. They offer healthy breakfast, free bike rentals, and no parking – making it great for travellers without a car!

If you’re looking to stay right the beach, you’ll likely love Hotel Miramar . This cool beachfront hotel has a bar/restaurant right downstairs, ocean views, and has paid parking onsite . If you want to stay in a hostel, you can check now for hostels in Valencia .

Must-see Attractions in Valencia: 

old buildings in surrounding old spanish square with statue in middle in madrid.

Of course, you can’t forget about the capital of the country when going on a trip through Spain.

Since there is so much to see and do you will spend two nights in Madrid. This will also give you some time to recover from the long driving days you’ve had.

Driving from Valencia to Madrid takes approximately  3.5 hrs by car  and slightly less than  2 hrs by train .

Accommodation in Madrid : Being the capital city of Spain, Madrid is a popular city with lots of accommodations.

Keep in mind that Madrid has “hostals” which are technically guesthouses but are basically hotels. Also, parking can be very expensive per day but that’s just Madrid for you.

Specifically, check out Room007 Select Sol . This charming and trendy hotel is right in the heart of the city, has air conditioning, and serves breakfast at a cafe next door. You are very much in the city centre here!

If you are looking for more of a guesthouse stay right in the centre, check out Hostal Madrid .

This authentic accommodation is so centrally located with attractions and the metro close by. It’s good value for money –  the two times Lisa travelled to Madrid she actually stayed here both times!

Should you want an actual hostel, there are loads of hostels in Madrid. You can check here for hostels in Madrid . Keep in mind wherever you book, you will be booking this accommodation for two nights  if you are following this itinerary.

*We have written in-depth about many of the attractions you can visit in Madrid in our things to do in Madrid guide!

Day 10: Toledo or Córdoba

small houses and green trees on hill with old fortress behind in toledo spain.

For the next stop on your itinerary, you can decide where you would like to stop. From Madrid you are driving further south and both Toledo and Córdoba would be great options for a stop on the way to Seville.

The drive from Madrid to Toledo will be short and only take  an hour by car or bus . The drive from Madrid to Córdoba is a lot longer and takes approximately  4 hrs by car  and  2 hrs by train .

While this drive would be longer, your drive the next day would be significantly shorter from Córdoba than from Toledo.

Accommodation in Toledo:  If you choose to stay in Toledo, you can check here for hotels in Toledo .

Specifically, you have to check out Hotel Santa Isabel – an authentic and charming Spanish hotel in the heart of the city with an incredible rooftop terrace, good breakfast, and private parking under the hotel  if you need it.

Accommodations in Córdoba: If you end up in Córdoba, you can check now for hotels in Córdoba .

Specifically,  Maciá Alfaros is an authentic hotel located right in the heart of the city with a nice swimming pool and parking onsite.

Hotel Cordoba Center is an elegant hotel located just a short walk to the centre. It’s location is very close to the train station – and there is a lovely rooftop pool with city views!

There are also many hostels with very good ratings so you can check here for hostels in Córdoba .

On day 11 you will drive from either Toledo or Córdoba to Seville – a city we have mentioned multiple times now because it is very much worth the visit.

If you ended up staying in Toledo, it’ll take you 4.5 hrs by car  and  4 hrs by train to get to Seville. If you stayed in Córdoba it’ll only take you 1.5 hrs by car  and  45 min by train  to get to Seville.

Accommodation in Seville : As we have mentioned above a bunch of times, Seville is a big and popular city so you’ll have no shortage of accommodations to pick from.

Check here for hotels in Seville .

Specifically, we like the look of Petit Palace Puerta de Triana . It’s a trendy design hotel with a buffet breakfast located right in the city centre close to top sights!

If you want more of a “historic stay”, Hotel Simon is a simple and authentic hotel located in a historic building!

They also do breakfast and are also located in the city centre. So you know: neither of the above hotels have parking – but not that many hotels in the city centre offer onsite parking (or even nearby public parking).

If you have/rent a car and need parking available, we’d say check out La Parada del Marqués . It’s a beautiful guesthouse/hotel also quite conveniently located but they also have parking, breakfast options, and good connections to public transit!

Should you be looking for a hostel, you can search for hostels in Seville here .

Again, since Seville is very popular so we would advise booking any accommodations ahead of time – especially during the high season! Remember, you’ll stay for two nights  if you follow this itinerary!

Day 12: Seville or Day trip to Cádiz/ Gibraltar

tall rock with green bushes around it and town in distance behind.

Since there is a lot to see and do in Seville, you have the option to stay another day to explore more of what the city has to offer.

If you’d prefer to see a different place you can consider day trips to either Cádiz or Gibraltar. Know that Gibraltar is not officially part of Spain but belongs to the United Kingdom instead.

It’ll take you around  1.5 hrs by car or train  to get from Seville to Cádiz. To get from Seville to Gibraltar it’ll take  between 2 and 3 hrs by car .

There does not seem to be any public transport between Seville and Gibraltar since it is another country, but you can participate in an organized tour from Seville to Gibraltar .

Must-see Attractions in Gibraltar:

  • Rock of Gibraltar
  • Great Siege Tunnels
  • The Old Town

Day 13: Málaga (or Granada)

view of town from city wall of old fortress in granada spain.

On your second to last day of this itinerary, you will drive from Seville to Málaga, a route we have mentioned quite a few times by now up above.

If you really wanted to visit Granada you could also drive there instead. You could then make the trip to Málaga at the end of the day or the next day.

The journey from Seville to Málaga will be approximately  2.5 hrs by car  and  2 hrs by train.  Whatever city combo you choose, just remember to book the right amount of nights in cities (one or two) for the end of your itinerary (keeping in mind where you fly out)!

Accommodation in Málaga:  As a popular city in the south, Malaga has lots of places to choose from when it comes to accommodation options.

For hotels, have a look at Hotel Boutique Teatro Romano . This lovely design hotel offers breakfast – and it’s very centrally located in the heart of the city!

For an apartment rental (maybe for a longer stay), check out Apartamentos Nono . Located close to the beach and a quick walk to the city centre, the apartments have kitchenettes, terraces, and private parking onsite (if you travelling by car).

Malaga also has lots of hostels if you like. You can search for hostels in Malaga here . Lisa stayed at Casa Al Sur Terraza when travelling to Malaga with a friend.

For a “hostel”, the Casa is a very popular place to stay with private rooms and a sunny rooftop terrace. Lisa and her friend booked a private room and enjoyed it!

Accommodation in Granada:  Since Granada is popular, many accommodations are available.

Specifically, Hotel Granada Center is a VERY popular hotel with a great breakfast, a very central location, and private underground parking onsite  if you have a car.

Also situated in the city centre is Granada Five Senses Rooms & Suites – a modern hotel with a small rooftop pool with views of Granada’s old town! If you want to book a hostel, you can check here for hostels in Granada . 

Day 14: Málaga

And this is the end of your two weeks Spain itinerary. Once again Málaga is the city you fly out of since there are lots of great flight connections to other places in Europe.

Alternatively, you could also stay in Seville and visit Málaga on a day trip if the airport in Seville works better for you.

Things to Consider When Travelling in Spain

Before you dive into Spain trip planning, you’ll want to consider a few details. From the currency they use (the Euro) to the weather, public transport, and the best time to visit, we cover a few key areas below to help you prepare.

Best Time of Year to Visit Spain

Spain is a destination that can be visited year-round – you just have to set your expectations right. Lisa visited Malaga with a friend in December and it was quite warm but of course not warm enough to go swimming.

Since the country is quite big and has a diverse geography, there are actually a lot of different climate zones in Spain. Generally, the summers are hot and dry while the winters are mild and quite rainy.

The average maximum temperature for July and August is 30 °C and 17/16 °C in December and January. However, this can vary greatly depending on which city you are visiting (e.g. Granada is always a little bit colder).

We would recommend that you avoid the south – especially Seville – and Madrid in July and August since it can get VERY hot.

And according to Lisa’s Spanish teacher in Bilbao, it would probably also be a good idea to avoid visiting the Basque country during the winter months since it can rain a lot.

In our opinion, the perfect months for visiting Spain would be from March to June and September to the end of October.

Public Transportation in Spain

Spain has a very well-developed long-distance bus system. Lisa was especially impressed by that since in Germany long-distance buses didn’t exist until a few years ago and sometimes it can still be a bit chaotic or unclear.

In Spain, almost every major city has an actual bus station (and not just a signpost). One of the biggest bus companies in Spain is Alsa .

Lisa has used them quite a few times when living in Spain (to go from Madrid to Bilbao for example) and always had a pleasant experience.

In addition to buses, Spain also has a pretty good rail system. You can check the train connections and prices on the RENFE website here .

We would recommend that you always check both buses and trains as sometimes they take approximately the same amount of time and the bus can be significantly cheaper.

In a few areas (such as parts of the Basque country), the buses can be actually a lot faster than the train.

You can reach all of the places mentioned in these Spain itineraries with public transport.

So if you don’t feel comfortable with renting a car in a foreign country you can still follow all of these itineraries. The bus and train stations are often very centrally located so it shouldn’t be a hassle to get into the centre in any of the cities.

Car Rental in Spain

If you would like to rent a car and make these itineraries a road trip that is a great option, too.

Driving in Spain is generally pretty safe – but it can get a little crazy in bigger cities like Barcelona or Madrid. Spaniards also like to speed – but if you are a confident yet careful driver then this shouldn’t be an issue.

Since Spain is such a popular destination, there are lots of different rental car agencies available. Make sure to read the fine print about additional costs in case there are any issues.

You can compare prices for your Spain trip with this handy comparison tool .

In Spain, there are quite a few toll roads which start with an ‘AP’ in the name. If you want to avoid paying tolls you can often find a road that runs in a similar direction.

Generally, your driving time will be longer if you avoid toll roads but you never know which hidden gems you come across on your way.

Travel Insurance for Spain

When visiting Spain you – and especially when renting a car – should get travel insurance.

While you’ll probably be fine, accidents do happen (and Spaniards are more reckless drivers than in other countries) and they can be expensive. That’s why we always travel with insurance.

If you live in a European country and have European health insurance, you can get the blue EU Health insurance card with which you are covered in emergencies. If you don’t have that option, we recommend that you get private travel insurance.

Related Posts

If you are planning your visit to Spain, check out our other posts on travelling, working, and studying in Spain!

  • 12 Need to Knows When Travelling to Spain for the First Time
  • 11 of The Most Beautiful Cities in Spain
  • 17 of the Top Attractions in all of Spain
  • Catalonia Road Trip Itineraries

And there you have it – 5 epic itineraries around Spain! Whether you need 5 days or 14, we think you’ll have lots to work with to plan that perfect trip. Lisa is so happy to be able to provide you with her knowledge of the country.

There is still so much to cover – but we think that these itineraries are a great starting point – you may even do the routes as is and see how they go!

As always, Happy Waddlin’, – L&E

  • Compare flights on Skyscanner
  • Check for Hotel Deals or Book A Hostel
  • Get A Rental Car (depending on the destination)
  • Research plug types and possibly get a travel adapter
  • Go over our packing list

Pin it for later!

photo reading "sample routes for trip through spain" with photo of old spanish town above and old fortress photo below.

As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases.

Destinations

Privacy policy

Disclaimer & Affiliate Disclosure

Terms of use

© 2024 Creativlier Media Inc.

itinerary to visit spain

view of park guell barcelona from above, a fun stop on a 10 days in spain itinerary

The Ultimate 10 Days in Spain Itinerary (+ Travel Tips)

If you’re planning your first trip to Spain and are hoping to sample a variety of what makes this sun-drenched country special, we designed this 10 day Spain itinerary for you!

Spain has had a special place in our hearts ever since we landed in Madrid for the first time when kicking off our supposed “6-month” round-the-world trip (that was almost 7 years ago, and that trip arguably never ended).

In the years since, we have been lucky enough to visit Spain so many times that we’ve lost count, exploring countless cathedrals, castles, alcabazas , beaches, and cities along the way.

We’ve explored the country via train, car, bus, and ferry, sampling iconic attractions and little-known villages alike, traveling both alone and with various groups of family and friends.

This itinerary for Spain in 10 days has been curated for first-time travelers based on our lived experiences in Spain, and we hope that you walk away loving this beautiful country as much as we do!

Here’s how to fall in love with Spain in 10 days.

Table of Contents

How We Structured This 10 Day Spain Itinerary

Getting around during your 10 days in spain, the ultimate 10 days in spain itinerary, the best time of year to enjoy this itinerary for spain, more than 10 days in spain, what to pack for your trip to spain, your 10 day spain itinerary map.

kate storm jeremy storm and ranger storm in plaza de espana seville spain

Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.

We structured this 10 day Spain itinerary to cover many of the country’s most popular destinations in a “U” shape, beginning in Madrid and ending in Barcelona.

In addition to the ever-popular Madrid and Barcelona, this itinerary also loops through Toledo, Seville, Granada, and Cordoba in a quest to sample a variety of what makes traveling in Spain special.

With the help of the high-speed train between Madrid and Barcelona , you can easily enjoy this trip by either flying round-trip to and from Madrid, or booking an open-jaw ticket where you fly into Madrid and leave from Barcelona.

And, while we opted to start this itinerary for Spain in the capital, you can easily reverse it and start in Barcelona instead, if the flights work out better that way!

ranger storm overlooking toledo spain on his first vacation in europe

Since this 10 days in Spain itinerary is focused on cities, there’s no need to rent a car or drive on this route!

The simplest (and most fun) way to travel between each destination on this itinerary is via train.

For most places, you’ll have the choice of a high-speed train (more expensive but much faster), or a slower regional train.

We recommend comparing train schedules and prices via Omio , the service we use to book many trains around Europe.

Spain’s high-speed AVE trains, like many high-speed trains around Europe, use dynamic pricing–in other words, you should lock down your fares as soon as you can commit to dates!

Once you’re in a given destination, each city is walkable (with the help of public transportation and/or cab rides in certain places).

Shop train tickets for your trip to Spain today!

laptop open to our escape clause on renfe train in spain itinerary

Day 1: Arrive in Madrid and start sightseeing.

There’s nowhere better to kick off your 10 days in Spain that in the vibrant capital city of Madrid!

Often underestimated compared to popular Barcelona, Madrid is beautiful, endlessly interesting, and pulsates with life from every corner.

It’s one of our favorite cities in Europe to fantasize about living in, and who knows–one day we might just make it happen.

On your first day in the city, tour the (gigantic, opulent) Royal Palace , check out the cathedral, meander through Plaza Mayor, and stop by the Templo de Debod.

And, of course, your first day in Spain can’t be complete without tapas!

Head to Mercado San Miguel for endless options, or opt for this popular tapas tour to learn the ins and outs of this tradition (knowledge that will be very useful for the rest of your time in Spain).

Book your Madrid tapas tour today!

Kate Storm and Jeremy Storm in gardens of Madrid Royal Palace, an excellent stop on any 3 day Madrid itinerary

Where to Stay in Madrid

Hostal Adis  — Located just off Puerta del Sol and boasting excellent reviews, you couldn’t ask for a better location in Madrid–and at a budget price, too!

Hostal Adis is an excellent property for budget travelers looking for an excellent location and plenty of privacy–rather than being a traditional hostel, Hostal Adis is more like a budget hotel.

Check rates & book your stay at Hostal Adis today!

Hotel Regina  — Featuring plush beds, spacious rooms, excellent customer service, and a perfect location near Puerta del Sol, mid-range travelers can’t go wrong with a stay at the popular Hotel Regina.

If you’re feeling like a bit of a splurge, upgrade to a room with a panoramic view for an experience you won’t forget anytime soon!

Check rates & book your stay at Hotel Regina today!

Metropolis Building in Madrid Spain--when trying to see Madrid in 3 days, its most popular building is a definite stop worth making.

Catalonia Las Cortes  — Simultaneously sleek and cozy, modern and traditional, Catalonia Las Cortes is housed in an 18-century building in the heart of Madrid and has blended together all the best of classic atmosphere and modern convenience.

We’ve stayed at a few Catalonia hotels over the years and have always been impressed.

An excellent location near Puerta del Sol, rave reviews and beautiful rooms make Catalonia Las Cortes the perfect luxury hotel choice for those looking for a blend of traditional and modern during their 3 days in Madrid!

Check rates & book your stay at Catalonia Las Cortes today!

Kate Storm in a gray coat walking down the street in Madrid with a red brick building to her left

Day 2: Enjoy a second day in Madrid.

The second day of this itinerary for Spain opens with one of the most memorable art museums in the country: Spain’s National Art Museum, the Prado.

Packed with masterpieces (primarily Spanish, but also from across Europe), the Prado is one of those museums that we never get tired of.

Skip-the-line tickets are a great idea here, but for the most context (and efficient sightseeing), consider taking a tour in order to make sure you see the best of Velázquez, Goya, El Greco, and beyond!

Book tickets to visit the Prado today!

Once you’re ready to move on, head to the delightful Retiro Park.

With gardens to explore, rowboats to rent, statues to admire, lawns to lounge on, and even the Palacio de Cristal to enjoy, Retiro Park is a wonderful place to relax.

kate storm, sophie nadeau, and christina juan at cristal palace in retiro park madrid in the fall

Eventually, make your way to the exit by the Puerta de Alcalá and head up Gran Vía to check out some of Madrid’s most famous architecture!

This shopping street is where you’ll find the iconic Metropolis Building (the rooftop bar and restaurant on top of the Círculo de Bellas Artes has an amazing view of it!), as well as the Cybele Palace.

Branch off to explore the Puerta del Sol and lively La Latina neighborhood in the afternoon and evening!

Don’t wrap up your last (full) day in Madrid without at least one round of churros con chocolate at Chocolatería San Ginés , either.

pile of churros con chocolate at Chocolatería San Ginés one night in madrid spain

Day 3: Take a day trip to Toledo.

Today, it’s time to leave the capital behind and take a day trip to the beautiful medieval city of Toledo.

Set about 35 minutes away from Madrid by high-speed train (or about an hour by bus or car), beautiful Toledo is easily one of the best day trips from Madrid.

Surrounded on 3 sides by the Tagus River, Toledo is as charming to look at as it is historically relevant.

The city once briefly served as the capital of Spain, and was even an independent kingdom at one point!

view of toledo spain from the opposite side of the tagus river

Some of the best things to do in Toledo include visiting the magnificent Toledo Cathedral, touring the Alcázar, stepping inside the Monastery of San Juan de Los Reyes, and meandering through the city’s charming streets.

Don’t miss the viewpoints of the town from across the river, either!

You can easily take the high-speed train to Toledo yourself for the day, but if you prefer the context of a tour (and/or want the easiest access to the viewpoints from across the river), this popular day trip is also an excellent option.

Book your day trip to Toledo today!

interior of toledo cathedral, an amazing addition to an itinerary for spain in 10 days

Day 4: Head south to Seville.

Sunshine, sour orange trees, flamenco, and some of the most fascinating architecture in Europe await in the next part of this Spain itinerary: welcome to Andalucia.

This is one of our favorite regions in Spain, and it always seems to keep drawing us back.

A roughly 2.5-hour high-speed train journey will deliver you from Madrid to Seville, the capital of the Andalucia region and an excellent jumping-off point for your explorations.

We recommend taking an early train down from Madrid, dropping off your luggage at your hotel (most are happy to hold it until check-in for you), and starting your sightseeing.

Today, be sure to check out the stunning Seville Cathedral , climb to the top of the Giralda (bell tower) for beautiful views of the city, wander through the famous Plaza de Espana, and explore the delightful neighborhood of Barrio Santa Cruz.

tiled benches of plaza de espana as seen during a day in sevilla espana

The Royal Alcazar of Seville is stunning, and also one of the best attractions in town–but we’d only recommend visiting today if you’re a really big architecture fan.

As amazing as the Alcazar is (and it is, truly), it’s somewhat overshadowed by the Alhambra, which you’ll see in another couple of days when following this 10 day Spain itinerary.

On the other hand, if you’re interested in adding a flamenco show to your Spain itinerary, Seville is the place to do it.

Andalucia is widely considered the birthplace of flamenco (though the specific origins are debated), and a flamenco show like this is a wonderful way to close out your evening.

Book your flamenco show in Seville today!

view of the torre del oro with women in flameno dresses in front, a fun place to walk during a one day seville itinerary

Where to Stay in Seville

When deciding where to stay in Seville, location is key as ideally, you’ll want to stay within walking distance of Seville’s best attractions.

We had a fantastic experience at  Petit Palace Puerta de Triana  on our most recent trip to Seville.

The hotel  has a fantastic location (central but also quiet–a far-from-guaranteed combination in Spain), a delicious breakfast, and comfortable rooms.

Looking for something a bit different?

The incredibly popular  Hotel Rey Alfonso X  is an excellent choice, and its rooftop views are sublime!

If you’d like to stick to more of a budget,  Hotel America Sevilla  gets wonderful reviews and doesn’t sacrifice too much in terms of location.

Meanwhile, for the height of luxury, you can’t beat the absolutely stunning  Hotel Alfonso XIII !

Check rates & book your stay in Seville today!

ranger storm in the plaza de espana smiling at the camera

Day 5: Take a half-day trip to Cordoba.

Less than an hour from Seville by train or car, you’ll find the captivating Andalucian city of Cordoba–which happens to be one of our favorite places in the region!

Once the most powerful city in Islamic Spain, the Cordoba of today is small and manageable, a bite-size tourism destination that nonetheless leaves a big impact on visitors.

Cordoba is most famous for its incredible Mosque-Cathedral –literally a former mosque with a cathedral built into its center–which is one of the most memorable buildings we’ve had a chance to visit anywhere.

The Mosque-Cathedral should absolutely be your top priority when visiting Cordoba, but beyond that, there’s still plenty to see within a short walk!

Snapping photos of the picturesque Calleja de las Flores, relaxing in the Patio de los Naranjos, wandering through the Jewish Quarter, and checking out some of the beautiful patios of Cordoba should also be on your to-do list.

kate storm in a floral dress visiting one of the patios of cordoba during a spain vacation

After seeing the best of Cordoba, you have two options for the rest of your day: first, you could enjoy another evening in Seville.

Or, if you’d rather make today particularly busy in favor of having more time for sightseeing tomorrow, you could head onto Granada.

Granada, home to the Alhambra, is about 3 hours from Seville by train or car and is your destination for tomorrow.

You could opt to continue sleeping in Seville and take a long day trip there on day 6, or, if you’re open to packing and unpacking an extra time, you could sleep in Granada starting tonight to give yourself more time in the city.

Personally, we love Granada and would recommend spending extra time there, but both options are compatible with this Spain itinerary.

highly decorated center of mosque in cordoba spain

Where to Stay in Granada

When spending a few days in Granada, we opted to rent an apartment from  Mosaiko Homes and could not have had a better experience: the owner was responsive, the apartment fantastic, and the location unbeatable!

Mosaiko Homes  is located on a quiet street a short walk from many of Granada’s top sights, offering the combination of a convenient location and a lack of noise at night–two things that can be difficult to find together in Andalucia!

Another excellent option with near-perfect reviews is the incredibly unique  Casa de Reyes  (that decor!).

For a bit of luxury, the popular  Shine Albayzin  is not only housed in a 16th-century palace, it overlooks  the Alhambra .

Generally speaking, lodging in Granada is much more affordable than in, say, Barcelona or even Seville.

If you’re going to splurge on a luxury property during your 10 days in Spain, Granada is a fantastic place to do so!

Check rates & book your stay in Granada!

colorful street in albayzin granada, fun stop on a 10 day southern spain road trip itinerary

Day 6: Explore Granada and tour the Alhambra.

Whether you’re visiting on a day trip from Seville or spending the whole day in Granada (we recommend the second, but the first is doable too), there is one major item on the agenda today: the Alhambra.

This collection of centuries-old palaces (plus a fort, gardens, ruins of a medina, and more), is one of the most unique groupings of architecture in Europe, and the most-visited tourist attraction in Spain!

We wrote about visiting the Alhambra extensively here , so I’ll try to keep this (kind of) brief, but the long and the short of it is that this is a place you need to plan ahead for.

Tickets often sell out, and a tour is a great idea here if you like historical context ( we enjoyed this one ).

If you’re visiting from Seville, we recommend booking a day trip , because 3 hours of transit each way plus navigating to and from the complex is a headache in a short time frame (we rarely suggest taking day trips this long, but the Alhambra is worth it).

court of the lions in nasrid palaces alhambra spain

However you decide to visit, make sure that you book a ticket or tour that includes the Nasrid Palaces!

These magnificent palaces, the final stronghold of Islamic Al-Andalus before the Reconquista was officially completed by the Catholics in 1492, are the jewel of the Alhambra and an absolute must-visit.

Not all tours and tickets include them, though, so book yours carefully .

Once you wrap up at the Alhambra, if you’re staying in Granada, be sure to wander through the Albayzin neighborhood, admire the views of the Alhambra from a distance at the beautiful Mirador de San Nicolas, and visit the beautiful Granada Cathedral.

Granada is also a fantastic place to enjoy Spain’s tapas culture, so be sure to indulge in some snacks along with a tinto verano .

kate storm and ranger storm at the mirador san nicholas in granada spain, one of the best places to visit in andalucia

Day 7: Head north to Barcelona.

Today, say goodbye to Andalucia and head north to Barcelona!

This is the longest travel day included on this 10 days in Spain itinerary, and you can expect to spend 6+ hours on a train from Granada to Barcelona.

We recommend booking this trip at least a few weeks in advance, as you’ll want a choice of schedules and to get the best price possible.

If you’re on a budget, you can price out flights too, but traveling by train is much more fun!

Once you arrive in Barcelona, you can check into your hotel, get unpacked, and start exploring.

Meander through the Gothic Quarter, check out the Barcelona Cathedral, sample the Santa Caterina Market, stroll down Las Ramblas, and soak up the beauty of Plaça Reial.

placa reial in barcelona spain with a fountain surrounded by palm trees

Where to Stay in Barcelona

When deciding where to stay in Barcelona, it’s important to keep in mind that this sprawling city requires some effort to move around–there’s no way to stay near all the best things to see in Barcelona, but it’s best to stay by some of them!

We checked into Citadines Ramblas Barcelona and were extremely satisfied–to the point that we may just keep going back on additional trips.

Our room was spacious, complete with a kitchenette, and extremely quiet despite the hotel being located in a prime spot right along Las Ramblas.

The view of the Barcelona Cathedral from the rooftop deck of the Colón Hotel Barcelona is pretty incredible too, though, and we have it bookmarked for a possible future trip.

If you’re traveling on a bit more of a budget, Hotel Nouvel also gets excellent reviews and is in a wonderful location.

Check rates & book your stay in Barcelona today!

kate storm walking through the columns of the balcony at the barcelona opera house

Day 8: Explore Barcelona’s unique architecture.

On your first full day in Barcelona, start with a visit to either Casa Milà or Casa Batlló , two of the most famous homes designed by Gaudi!

They’re fairly close together, but with only a couple of days left in Spain, we recommend only going inside one and seeing the other from the outside.

You’ll also want to get an early start–personally, we recommend pre-booking tickets for Casa Batlló when it opens).

From there, explore any nooks and crannies of the Gothic Quarter you didn’t get to see yesterday, including Catalunya Plaza and Mercado de la Boqueria.

fruit stand in mercado de la boqueria barcelona itinerary spain in 10 days

If you’re excited about all of Barcelona’s Catalan modernism architecture, we can also heartily recommend a visit to Palau de la Música Catalana .

Though not designed by Gaudi, it’s an amazing (and compared to much of Barcelona, uncrowded) example of the style and a memorable place to visit!

Barcelona’s Arc de Triomf is also only a 10-minute walk away.

From there, you’ll be about a 25-minute walk from Barcelona’s beaches and bustling coastline.

view of barcelona beach on a crowded day with a palm tree in the foreground

Day 9: Dive deeper into Barcelona (and possibly take a day trip).

With its long list of incredible attractions, it would be very easy to spend the penultimate day of your Spain vacation exploring the city in-depth–but another option would be to add on a trip to the monastery of Monserrat.

This mountain retreat away from the city is known for its incredible views, and a half-day trip there is a wonderful way to get a taste of Catalonia beyond Barcelona itself.

However, staying in the city also has its charms: the views from Park Güell  and/or Tibidabo, the incredible Picasso Museum (which holds over 4,000 of the artist’s works), and a visit to Camp Nou are possible additions to your list.

view of park guell in barcelona spain, a top europe bucket list travel destination

And, of course, we can’t forget the Sagrada Familia : Gaudi’s unfinished masterpiece of a cathedral is an absolute must-see when visiting Barcelona!

We visited in the early evening after hearing that the interior’s light was at its best then, and we were not disappointed–the colors were phenomenal.

If you wrap up at the Sagrada Familia before sunset and would like to enjoy the Mediterranean while in Barcelona, consider wrapping up your evening with a sunset catamaran cruise .

Book skip-the-line tickets to visit the Sagrada Familia today!

interior of the sagrada familia in barcelona spain, an amazing destination when traveling to europe for the first time

Day 10: (Maybe) head back to Madrid and say goodbye to Spain.

How the final day of this itinerary for Spain works for you depends on one factor: whether you’re flying home from Madrid or Barcelona.

If you’re taking an evening flight home from Madrid, you’ll need to take the high-speed train back to the capital (we highly recommend booking this in advance ).

If you’re leaving from Barcelona, you may have time for one more round of pan con tomate enjoyed while admiring the bustling of the city before you catch your flight!

However you close out your 10 days in Spain, we hope you say goodbye already dreaming of your trip back.

Shop train tickets from Barcelona to Madrid today!

patio in the palacio de viana, one of the best attractions cordoba spain

Spain is the definition of a year-round destination, and that includes this Spain itinerary!

That being said, though, if you have flexible dates and are trying to pinpoint the ideal time to travel Spain, we recommend enjoying this itinerary in the spring or fall.

Summer in Spain, especially in Andalucia, can be brutally hot (we shudder to think of visiting the Alhambra at noon in July).

Winter is perfectly doable, but the weather can be rainy and less predictable than in spring or summer.

On the plus side for winter, though, you’ll experience few crowds, low prices, and still have a decent chance at soaking up some Spanish sun, albeit with a jacket at hand.

The sweet spot for this 10 day Spain itinerary, though, which travels a decent chunk of the country and therefore needs to take multiple climates into account, is the spring and fall.

We have visited Spain in every season, and while each trip was a delight, we have a special place in our hearts for our spring and fall visits!

kate storm and ranger storm on a balcony overlooking toledo spain in winter

Lucky enough to have longer than 10 days in Spain? If so, congratulations!

Our first recommendation with a couple of extra days to add to your Spain itinerary is to slow down: every destination covered in this travel guide could easily use another day or two at least.

While it’s doable to travel Spain at a breakneck pace for a week and a half, the longer you’re there, the slower you’ll want to travel.

Alternatively, if you want to keep the speed going, you could add on another day trip: visit Girona from Barcelona, Segovia from Madrid, or Ronda from Seville, for example.

view of cliff of ronda spain with countryside in the background, a fun addition to a 2 weeks in spain itinerary

If you have closer to 2 weeks in Spain, consider adding Basque country to your itinerary!

San Sebastián, Bilbao, Vitoria-Gasteiz, and beyond makes for a wonderful extension to round out a couple of weeks in Spain.

Alternatively, you could opt to extend the Andalucia portion of your trip to include a couple of days on the Costa del Sol.

With near-limitless ways to enjoy a Spain vacation, it’s safe to say that wherever you head, you’re bound to have a wonderful trip.

tossa de mar, costa brava, from above, with castle in the foreground and water in the background, one of the best beach towns in spain

Our detailed packing lists for Europe in summer , fall , and winter cover just about everything you’ll need to bring on your 10 day Spain vacation!

To get you started on your list, though, here are a few essentials to add to your packing list:

Travel Adaptors for Spain — If you’re coming from outside of mainland Europe, you’ll definitely need adaptors for your electronics. 

Camera  — We completely adore our  Sony a7R III , but whatever camera you’re comfortable with works–just make sure you have something with you to preserve your memories! 

jeremy storm standing in front of sagrada familia in barcelona spain travel guide

Comfortable Day Bag  — We currently use   Pacsafe’s sleek anti-theft backpack  and love it, but if you don’t want to shell out the cash for this trip, that’s totally understandable.

Just aim for something comfortable to wear, not flashy, and medium-sized–we used a  Northface Jester backpack  for years and loved it as well.

Sunglasses  — They’re not kidding about the Spanish sun! I find myself reaching for sunglasses regularly even when visiting Spain in winter.

Portable USB Charger  — Don’t stress about your phone dying while you’re sightseeing in Spain: bring a USB charger along for the ride.

Take This Map With You! Click each highlight to pull up the name of the destination. To save this map to “Your Places” on Google Maps, click the star to the right of the title. You’ll then be able to find it under the Maps tab of your Google Maps account! To open the map in a new window, click the button on the top right of the map.

4 photos of spain travel destinations, barcelona cordoba seville and granada. black and red text reads "how to spend 10 days in spain"

About Kate Storm

Image of the author, Kate Storm

In May 2016, I left my suburban life in the USA and became a full-time traveler. Since then, I have visited 50+ countries on 5 continents and lived in Portugal, developing a special love of traveling in Europe (especially Italy) along the way. Today, along with my husband Jeremy and dog Ranger, I’m working toward my eventual goal of splitting my life between Europe and the USA.

63 thoughts on “The Ultimate 10 Days in Spain Itinerary (+ Travel Tips)”

Great overview and suggestions, Kate!

Any suggestions you can offer for an afternoon of wine tasting along the journey?

Thanks, Rob!

We haven’t done a lot of dedicated wine tourism in Spain, though of course, the local wines are delicious. You’ll be near wine regions in each stop, though, so can easily opt for a half-day wine tasting outside the city somewhere.

Alternatively, every city has more excellent wine bars and wine shops than you can count!

Amazing!! Thank you so much for all of this!!

Kate quick question if I may bother you for a bit.

I went through everything you wrote and I calculate maybe about $5,000 would cover the hotel, train and eating expenses between cities for a family of three (My husband and I and our baby girl, toddler) This does not count the air flight ✈️ to Spain.

We were thinking of visiting ending of May or Beginning of June.

Does this sound about reasonable amount to take ??

$5000 (USD, I’m assuming) is very doable, especially if you’re conscious of your budget when booking hotels! I’d recommend booking your train tickets in advance too, as those can be pricier at the last minute.

Generally speaking, Barcelona will be the most expensive stop on this itinerary and Andalucia the most affordable.

Thank you so much!

Thank you so much for creating this! This is extremely helpful and I appreciate all your tips. I am going to Spain in the middle of Semana Santa, but flying into Barcelona and departing from Madrid. I would love to visit the cities you mentioned, but this is the current itinerary I have going. Do you think that this is doable?

DAY 1 – ARRIVAL IN BARCELONA DAY 2 – BARCELONA DAY 3 – BARCELONA Easter DAY 4 – Fly to GRANADA DAY 5 – GRANADA (Alhambra visit) DAY 6 – SEVILLE DAY 7 – SEVILLE (day trip to Cordoba) DAY 8 – SEVILLE DAY 9 – MADRID DAY 10 – MADRID DAY 11 – Fly home

Yes, that sounds like a very reasonable itinerary! You’ll have a great time.

I’d definitely have some food/snacks with you as you’re traveling on Easter Sunday, as you’ll no doubt run into lots of closures.

The week of Easter is also VERY busy in Spain (and in much of Europe), so expect higher-than-usual prices and crowds. I’d recommend booking your hotels ASAP and Alhambra visit ASAP!

I love your site and this itinerary for Spain. We’re spending about 12 days in Spain in early April (unfortunately also over Easter, like Chloe in the message above), and using your itinerary as our template, we want to add a day or two in Gibraltar & Tangier. Have you done this? Too ambitious to add to the itinerary? It would look something like this:

1 – Arrive in BARCELONA 2 – BARCELONA 3 – Fly to GRANADA 4 – GRANADA (Alhambra visit) 5 – GIBRALTAR 6 – TANGIER 7 – SEVILLE 8 – MADRID 9 – MADRID (Toledo) 10 (Easter) MADRID 11 – Back to BARCELONA 12 – Fly home

That is a very packed schedule, but I do get the temptation of adding on a quick day in Morocco (and the UK, in a manner of speaking).

If you want to add on Gibraltar and Tangier, I’d consider trimming a different destination to give yourselves more breathing room, as that’s a tough pace to keep up for 12 days (though doable, if you are dedicated to seeing every last place).

Seville is a gorgeous city, but taking it off your itinerary would give you another day to work with, which you could then add to Granada or Gibraltar, since you’ll really only have an afternoon and evening there.

If you really want to see Gibraltar, of course it’s worth seeing, but if it’s more or less just a stop on the way to Tangier, you could also look at Tarifa, a beautiful Spanish beach city (no passport control) that you can access Morocco from (I believe the ferry is slightly shorter from there, too–we’ve taken that one ourselves).

Alternatively, the high-speed trains do run on Easter, so if that day is more or less just a holding day on your calendar (since the Madrid sites will be closed), you could travel back to Barcelona then, which would give you day 11 back to see a bit more of that city.

Any high-speed trains you do opt for, though, I’d book ASAP. It’s often a mad rush for trains over Easter with people traveling for the holiday.

Thanks Kate. After doing some more reading and research, we’re going to bypass Tangier. Instead, we’ll use that time to explore the towns between Granada and Seville (Thinking Nerja and Ronda) by car. Have you rented a car and driven in southern Spain? Any issues we should know about or is it a pretty standard car rental experience?

Gracias! Chris

We’ve driven in southern Spain many times(including Granada, Seville, Ronda), but generally by renting cars in Portugal and then driving them over.

It’s a pretty standard European driving experience, though–parking outside of historic centers and walking in, etc. If you’re a confident driver I wouldn’t be worried. The driving is also stunning–plenty of chances to enjoy gorgeous views along the way!

There is no condensed itinerary on this page

Here you go, Sarah. 🙂

Day 1: Arrive Madrid Day 2: Madrid Day 3: Day Trip to Toledo From Madrid Day 4: Travel to Seville Day 5: Half- Day in Cordoba Day 6: Granada and the Alhambra Day 7: Travel to Barcelona Day 8: Barcelona Day 9: More Barcelona or Day Trip Day 10: Travel Home

This is a GREAT article. I’m going to follow your itinerary. I’d also like to visit San Sebastián and Cadiz. Could you recommend a way to incorporate these into your itinerary? Thank you!

So glad you found our post helpful!

There’s not an incredibly efficient way to add San Sebastian to this itinerary, as it’s several hours out of the way regardless of where you add it on. It is a gorgeous city, though!

Your best bets would probably be either visiting after Madrid and then flying to Andalucia from San Sebastian, or visiting after Barcelona (especially if you’re flying out of Madrid) and then taking the train back to Madrid to head home.

Of course if you find a good flight to or from San Sebastian you could use it as a starting or ending point, but Madrid and Barcelona tend to have the best deals for transcontinental flights (assuming you’re not coming to/from Europe).

Cadiz is much easier to add on–it’s just an hour or so south of Seville by car, so you can easily add it to your Andalucia leg. Some people even visit it as a day trip from Seville.

Hi! Your trips look amazing! Wondering if you could offer advice. I have 10 days to plan. In my head I will be able to see Madrid, Barcelona, Seville, a beach town, Lisbon or some location in Portugal, and Morocco. As I’m researching, this looks like it might be impossible. Knowing my family would like to hit all 3 countries, what would you offer as a reasonable way to spend these days without feeling crazy and traveling constantly. It is myself, my husband, and kids age 13 & 17 who travel very well. Thanks for any help!

You know, I actually have it on my list of future blog posts to write some sample itineraries combining Spain and Portugal. Thanks for the reminder!

If you want to see all 3 countries in 10 days, the most realistic way is to do it via a sampler platter style, meaning 1-2 base destinations in each of Spain and Portugal, depending on whether you want to take a day trip to Tangier or you plan to spend a few days in Morocco.

One option could be 3 days in Lisbon (with a possible day trip), 3 days in Seville (with day trips further afield–possibly Granda/the Alhambra and Cordoba), 2 days in Tarfia (pretty Spanish beach town with ferries to Tangier), and then a couple days in Tangier. But that’s already pushing it as far as what you can fit in!

Keep in mind that unfortunately, Spain and Portugal are not very well-connected to each other by rail. When you’re short on time, your best options will be renting a car and driving across the border (in the south/if you want to go to the Algarve) or flying (between major cities).

Hi, Thank you for this great itinerary! My husband and I are planning a trip on similar lines this year and I had a few questions I was wondering you could advice us on: 1. Is early September a good time to visit? Would August be too hot?! 2. Is one day in Granada enough? I have heard that Alhambra itself can take quite a while and hence was wondering if one day would be too tight a squeeze 3. Between Barcelona and Madrid, if you had to suggest one for first time travellers, which would you recommend?!

Hi Rushali,

Of course, happy to help!

Early September is definitely preferable to August. It’ll still be warm, especially in Andalucia, but it’ll be much less crowded. It often feels like all of Europe heads to the beaches or mountains in August and then promptly goes home by September 1–so September will be much more pleasant from that angle.

One day being enough in Granada is all dependent on how much else you want to do! In a perfect world, I’d love to rent an apartment in Granada for a few months and take advantage of all the food and nearby hiking. 🙂

But for the purposes of a short trip, one day is enough to see the Alhambra (it will take up the bulk of your day) and then do a quick pass through the rest of town, hopefully prioritizing the Albayzin neighborhood, the Mirador de San Nicholas, and tapas.

If you’re able to add on a second day (or even half day, like I laid out as an option above), you won’t be sorry, though.

Barcelona vs Madrid… that’s an intense debate! Personally, we prefer Madrid, but we’re in the minority. Barcelona is wildly popular (deservedly so!) and has the beach, more outlandish architecture, and a more fast-paced vibe.

Madrid is arguably more elegant, with world-class museums, and is a bit cheaper.

Both are incredible–if you are struggling to decide, I’d make a list of the top 3-4 things you want to see in each city and see which ones pull to you more.

Hope you guys have a wonderful time!

Hi Kate, Would you recommend activities like River Rafting, Hot Springs, Walk in the wild while in Spain? We are planning a trip during early May

If they’re priorities for you and you have time, absolutely! Andalucia in particular has great options for all of those. You might want to look into extending your time in Granada if you want to get outdoors during your trip.

Hi! My husband and I are going on a 10 day trip starting in Barcelona. We go to Mallorca then Seville. Were having a hard time deciding if we want to end in Madrid or Lisbon, any recommendation?

Hi Samantha,

That’s a hard call, as they’re both wonderful but very different!

Very generally speaking, I’d say that Madrid is best if you’re looking for museums, the royal palace, and a chance to travel overland from Seville (it’s an easy train ride).

Lisbon is best for views, being near the coast (you can easily take a day trip to Sintra, Cascais, or both), and the chance to sample another country during your trip. There’s no train service from Seville, you’ll need to fly, drive, or take a bus.

Both offer popular food options, but Lisbon has a bit more of a seafood focus while Madrid tends toward pork.

This is all very general, but I hope it helps a bit!

If you haven’t seen them, our guides to spending a few days in each city will give you a feel for them:

Madrid: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-madrid-itinerary/ Lisbon: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-lisbon-itinerary/

Good luck deciding! 🙂

Hi Kate! Would recommend Lisbon or Madrid if we can only go to one on our trip? Were going to Barcelona, Mallorca and Seville before.

Hi Kate! Thank you for this great itinerary. My husband and I are planning to visit Spain this September (finally will be going on our honeymoon!). We are thinking of being out there for about 10-12 days. I have two questions that I would love your insight on. First, considering we may have extra days, any suggestions on which cities we should extend our stay at? We love wine, great food, and the outdoors. Second, what, if any, restrictions are still in place due to COVID that we should keep in mind? Thank you in advance for your help!

Congratulations on your marriage!

Honestly, any of these cities are worthy of spending more time in, but if I absolutely had to pick, I’d recommend Granada (because your time there is really compressed in the original 10-day itinerary and there’s lots of great hiking just outside of town) or Barcelona (the most popular day trips include the Penedes Wine Region and the beautiful small towns along the Costa Brava–a different kind of nature to appreciate).

I could make a case for any of them, though!

As far as COVID, there aren’t any current restrictions that are likely to impact your trip. I believe masks are still required in pharmacies and hospitals, but that’s about it.

Hope you guys have a fantastic honeymoon!

Hi! Thanks so much for this super helpful blog.. I have a question about transportation. We are a group of 3 ladies arrving from US to Madrid in the afternoon and would like to start our trip in Barcelona and end in Madrid for return flight. I think we will travel via train same day to Barcelona but my concern is luggage. Do you know if trains allow for larger suitcases or will we be met with bag costs?

Thanks so much for any advice!

You can take your luggage onto the train without issue! European trains are much more flexible with bags than any plane is, you’ll even see people bringing sporting equipment and such onboard, depending on the place.

We have many more tips on what to expect on trains here: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/travel-europe-by-train/

Have a great trip!

Hi Kate! I am planning a two-week trip to Spain for my husband and me for next spring. (Your 10-day Spain itinerary has been super helpful!) So far, I am generally following that itinerary with a few extra nights in some places (we have 3 nights in Madrid with a day trip to Toledo, 3 nights in Seville with a day trip to Cordoba, 2 nights in Granada, and 4 nights in Barcelona with a day trip to Girona). My question is, if we still have 2 more nights we can add on somewhere, would you recommend renting a car and seeing some of the White Hill Towns of Spain (with 2 nights in Ronda), or using the Lisbon stopover program and spending those 2 nights in Lisbon (with a day trip to Sintra)? I can’t decide between the two! Any thoughts or suggestions you have would be great! Thanks!!

Definitely a very hard decision! And unfortunately, there’s no right answer.

I’d opt for the hill towns if you’re looking for more peace and quiet with a side of nature, and Lisbon if you’re looking for a city break and palaces (in Sintra). The hill towns are gorgeous but aren’t as heavy on sightseeing as a capital city is.

Lisbon definitely adds more variety to your trip, so I’m inclined to lean that way (the stopover program is very convenient, we used it ourselves several years back), but if hill towns definitely make for a more relaxing trip since you’ll be spending a full week in Andalucia that way.

Hope that helps a bit, but I’m afraid there’s no clear winner or loser here!

I think we are going to spend a few days in Lisbon! Thank you!! 🙂

Hi, how would you recommend adding Ibiza to this itinerary in a 2 week trip?

Hi Rebecca,

Assuming you’re trying to fit everything within 14 days, the only realistic way to do so would be to trim another destination or two. Personally, I’d recommend visiting either Madrid or Barcelona (whichever appeals to you more/has better flight options for you), then Ibiza by plane, then fly to Andalucia from there.

You can take the ferry to Ibiza as well, but I’d recommend looking into an overnight route so you don’t lose one of your days to traveling there.

If you have longer than 14 days and want to add Ibiza as an addition, I’d probably leave from Barcelona and then fly to Andalucia afterward.

Hi Kate, we will be visiting friends who live in Madrid in later March-early April of 2023 (exact dates still TBD). We’re spending a week 3/23-3/31 with them at a rental house in Benimeli, but will likely travel around on our own for another week or two on our own. Your itinerary sounds lovely. Can I ask why you don’t include Valencia? My sister studied there in college and loved it.

For the same reason we didn’t include Basque Country, Mallorca, Galicia, and many more… simply time! Can’t see it all in 10 days, as lovely as that would be, so we focused on the destinations that tend to be a priority for first-time visitors.

Valencia is a beautiful city, though, and would definitely allow you to trim the budget a bit if you swapped it for Barcelona. 🙂

Hi Kate! This is SO helpful!

I’m planning a trip for December, which will be winter and on Christmas Eve/Day. Do you have advice or tips for travelling, where to go, what to do/not do or anything that would be useful for being in Spain at this time?

Thank you!!

In general, expect for things to be closed and everything to be VERY quiet on Christmas Eve and Christmas Day! Some places will be open the morning of the 24th and then close around midday.

I’d recommend stocking up on groceries and planning to spend a relaxed day exploring places that can’t “close”–parks, plazas, etc.

If you’re there before Christmas, check out any Christmas markets that are around! They don’t have quite the same atmosphere as the ones in Central Europe, but they can still be lots of fun.

We’ve already been to Seville (loved it of course), any thoughts on swapping it with Valencia? Curiously nobody in the comments has mentioned it, and you don’t either…we travel in January and seems like a really nice place to visit that time of year. Looks beautiful. 10ish days split between Madrid/Valencia/Barcelona seems easy travel wise too.

Valencia is a beautiful city, and very popular with expats! It doesn’t tend to call as many tourists as Seville, probably due to both location and fame. I don’t know anyone who has visited who didn’t love it, but as most people are working with very limited time, the most iconic cities tend to pull visitors.

I’d have a hard time suggesting someone skip Andalucia entirely if it’s their first trip to Spain (it’s one of our favorite regions, and we’re far from alone in that), but you’re obviously in a different position!

We are planning this trip from Jan 1-11th. Thank you so much for sharing your trip. The only place we are skipping is Granada. Should we try to accommodate a stop there, or leave it for another trip.

1st DAY- MADRID (1)(Hotel Regina, RIU, or any other) 2nd Day- TOLEDO (2) (35 mins highspeed train) 3rd Day- MADRID TO SEVILLA (3) (2.5 hrs highspeed train) 4th Day- Still in Sevilla (Day trip to Cordoba (4)) 5th Day- Sevilla to Cadiz (5) 1hr 24 mins 6th Day- Cadiz to Malaga (6) 3hrs 48 mins (day trip to Marbella(6)) 7th Day- Malaga to Barcelona (7) 6hrs 17 mins 8th Day- Barcelona 9th Day- Barcelona 10th Day- Madrid

Your itinerary is already very full, so if Granada isn’t at the top of your priority list, I think it makes sense to leave it off for this trip!

I’m not sure if you’re planning to sleep in Toledo on day two or take a day trip, but personally, I’d recommend opting for a day trip to keep the transition simpler.

The other day that sticks out is day 6. It doesn’t seem like you have enough time to explore both Malaga and Marbella, so I’d recommend choosing one of them and staying there. If you’re mostly hoping to appreciate Marbella, in other words, I’d just head right there and spend the night instead of taking a half-day trip after spending several hours getting there from Cadiz.

Hope that helps and that you have an incredible time in Spain!

Kate and Jeremy,

Thank you so much for taking the time and effort to educate those of us who will be traveling to Spain for the first time. My wife and I, who are around 70, are planning a 10 – day trip to Spain in September. Your 10-day intinerary sounds fantastic. While we are both in good health, my wife does have a knee that can act up. Based on your experience, is this itinerary a reasonable one for people our age?

The other question I have is whether there is a travel agent you would recommend to help us coordinate everything? We are spoiled as we just returned from a trip to Argentina and worked with an amazing person — both professionally and personally. Plans came together perfectly. Does anyone come to mind?

Thank you, again, for your thoughtful recommendations. It is incredibly helpful and reduces the anxiety of being completely overwhelmed by all the touring options. Happy holidays.

Gayle and Alan

So happy you’ve found our site helpful!

Everyone is different at any age, of course, but I’d say you’d have better luck with this Spain itinerary than, say, a similar one in Italy–fewer hills. You’ll definitely want to take advantage of tours to smaller towns (with possibly some hop on/hop off bus tours), including Toledo, to limit walking in hilly places. For the Alhambra, definitely take transportation up to the palace–it’s a long, steep walk from town.

But Madrid, Barcelona, and Seville all offer lots of flatter walking areas.

Anecdotally, we visited Seville and Cordoba last year with my grandparents in their late 70s, and they found it very doable.

As far as travel agents, no advice to offer there, I’m afraid–we’ve never worked with one ourselves.

Hope you guys have an incredible trip!

I have been practicing Spanish for the goal of traveling to Spain in 2024 or 25 with my family. I wanted to do 10 days and capture all the popular and non-popular but recommended spots. I think this is perfect – going to save it!

That’s great to hear, thanks Anita! Good luck with your Spanish studies–it definitely does a lot to enhance a trip. 🙂

HI KATE HOPE YOU DOING GOOD . UR DETAILED ITENIARY ABOUT SPAIN IS AMAZING . WE ARE PLANNING A TRIP IN START OS MAY . THOUGH WE ARE CONFUSED WHETHER WE SHOULD DO SPAIN OR ITALY . WE HAVE 10 TO 12 DAYS IN HAND , COULD YOU PLEASE SHARE SOME OF YOUR VIEWS TO IT . THANK YOU MARISHA

So happy you found our posts helpful, Marisha!

Choosing between Spain and Italy definitely isn’t easy! Personally, we have a slight preference for Italy, but both countries count among our favorite places to travel. You truly can’t go wrong, so I’d decide which is home to your absolute top 1-2 destinations, whether that’s Madrid, Cinque Terre, etc, etc, and then go with whichever country that is.

Alternatively, you could of course enjoy one city in each country with a flight betweeen!

Here’s our recommended 2 week Italy itinerary if you want to compare: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/2-weeks-in-italy-itinerary/

Thank you for all your wonderful tips! My husband and I are planning a 10-12 day trip to Spain this year and wanted to ask for some advice on cities to see. We love architecture, churches, markets, and music and enjoy walking and exploring new sites.We were thinking of doing the following cities: Madrid (fly in/out of), Toledo, Seville, Cordoba, Granada but wanted to know what other day/overnight trips you would recommend to places such as Ronda, Nerja, Malaga, Andalusia or Estepona. As much as we would love to visit Barcelona we would rather do that on another trip.

Hi Melinda,

There are definitely more than enough day trip options (or overnights) to keep you busy with that timeline! Truly you don’t necessarily need to add any others–slowing down a bit in the places you mentioned will still leave plenty of stones unturned–but if you would like, the white villages (including Ronda, Setenil de las Bodegsas is also very memorable, among others) are a great option.

The Costa del Sol is a bit further, but if you want to spend some time on the beach, Estepona, Malaga, Cadiz, Tarifa, etc, are all wonderful bases as well.

Our Seville day trips guide might give you some ideas, it covers the general area pretty well: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/day-trips-from-seville/

Thank you Kate for the info! Do you mind giving recommendations on day trips vs. overnight stays? I don’t want to feel rushed when visiting a city but don’t mind spending a night or two in places where there’s plenty to see and do.

In your case, if you’re hoping to spend time on the Costa del Sol, I’d pick one base to spend a night or two in down there and potentially visit another spot from that base. Personally, we love Tarifa, while Malaga is very convenient for hopping from village to village. The smaller beach towns are lovely, but I’d opt for one of those if you’re hoping to stay in one place for a bit, as opposed to using it as a place to take day trips from.

The small white villages, like Setenil de las Bodegas, can easily be done as a day trip. We spent a few days in Ronda and loved the slower pace, but you can easily cover over half its main attractions on a day trip as well–just depends on your priorities!

Hi Kate, thank you for creating this itinerary! We used your Portugal itinerary last year and loved it! Planning a 12-day family trip to Spain in July with 3 kids ages 14-17. Currently considering the following: Fly into Malaga (2-3d) Granada (1d) Seville (1d) Cordoba (1d) Madrid (1-2d) /Toledo day trip (opt) Barcelona- remaining time/fly out of Main question- is Malaga worth visiting? Or we can do start/ end in Barcelona. Is it too much? Remove/add something? We don’t plan to rent a car, but may consider if it makes sense for a portion of the trip. Thank you in advance!

That’s amazing you hear you enjoyed our Portugal suggestions, thank you for sharing!

First, Malaga–if you’re wanting to spend a couple days relaxing on beaches, I’d consider going a bit further afield, perhaps to Nerja, Estepona, etc. If you’re just wanting some general sightseeing, a full day in Malaga is probably enough, and I’d consider trimming a day or two there and giving it instead to Seville, Granada, or Madrid.

Malaga has some cool places, and it’s definitely worth seeing the Alcazaba, Picasso Museum, Cathedral, etc. if you fly into there, but I would say that personally, we find it the least compelling city on your list (which is admittedly a list with very stiff competition).

You may already be planning on this, but I’d definitely take a day trip to Cordoba from Seville rather than spending the night there to avoid the hassle of changing hotels again–it’s a very easy day trip.

If you trim a bit from Malaga, I think you’ll be moving at a very doable pace, and agree there’s no need for a car on this route.

Enjoy some tapas for us!

Hi Kate, thank you so much for your reply and additional tips! I was thinking the same regarding Malaga, given the competition :). So reworked the itinerary as follows: D1 Fly into Madrid (seems to be doable with current flight options) D2 Madrid /Toledo day trip D3 Seville D4 Seville/Cordoba day trip D5 Granada D6 Granada D7-D12 Barcelona- /fly out of

A couple of questions: 1. Would you recommend adding a day or two D1-D6, and if so, where? 2. In addition to sightseeing in Barcelona, we hope for some beach time. Would you recommend staying in Barcelona for the beaches? Or is there one that is a reasonable day trip and is worth it. 2a. I looked into Cala sa Boadella, do you have any thoughts on that or any other one? Thank you so much!

Personally I’d suggest adding one day to Madrid to give you time to see a bit of the city in addition to visiting Toledo. Gives you a little more time after the flight to get settled, and Madrid is also a very cool city (we love it there).

Barcelona’s beaches are expansive, sandy, and good for relaxing on, but they’re generally not considered the best beaches in the region. If you’re looking to get out of the city for a little beach time, Sitges is a very easy and popular day trip, and Tossa de Mar offers a combination of beach + castle. There are lots of beach towns nearby, though! A Barcelona expat we know wrote up several day trip options from Barcelona for us and she included quite a few beach destinations: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/day-trips-from-barcelona/

Hi Kate! I am so sorry, somehow I missed your reply, just saw it. Thank you so much, I greatly appreciate it! Love Barcelona day trips, we will plan to do at least one. Thank you again!

Hi Katie I just read through your entire itinerary and it sounds great. My husband and I and our two adult children are flying into madrid, arriving on 4/15 and out of Barcelona on 4/24. We want to visit Sevilla during the Feria de Abril. I was thinking 4/15 and 16 in Madrid. Should we take train to Sevilla on the 17th or plan to leave Madrid on the evening of the16th? Want to do a day trip to Cordoba and see Granada before heading to Barcelona, Could you give me your thoughts how we should alot time in each city

Hi Suzanne,

If you are open to a more fast-paced itinerary, I’d definitely consider an evening train to Seville on the 16th, since it sounds like you’re hoping to fit in quite a bit down there.

From there, I’d recommend spending the 17th-19th in Seville (with one day allotted for Cordoba), then head to Granada on the 20th, see the Alhambra on the 21st, and head to Barcleona the 22nd.

That leaves you with only enough time for a very whirlwind tour of Barcelona, but since you’re hoping to enjoy the Feria de Abril, you won’t want to cut Seville short!

Kate This might be a duplicate comment. Going to Spain arriving in Madrid 9am on 4/15/24 and leaving from Barcelona on 4/24/24. We want to see El Palacio Real and Prado museum for sure. We are thinking of just staying one night in Madrid and then heading to Sevilla. We would like to go to Toledo. Should we go from Madrid or Sevilla? We are not interested in other museums in Madrid but have considered 2 nights in Madrid. We also want to go to Granada before Barcelona. Not sure how to split up our days. Any suggestions? We are traveling as a family with my husband, 31 yr old daughter and 28 yr old son. Also what are would you suggest if we would rather get an apartment than hotel in Madrid

Just saw you left two comments! I also have a message for you under your other one. 🙂

For Toledo, I’d recommend taking a day trip from Madrid and not changing hotels. You will have to double-back slightly that way, but overall it should be more efficient than changing hotels again, as the city is really very close to Madrid.

As far as using a hotel vs apartment in Madrid, there are pros and cons to both (and we use both depending on the trip). For such a short trip, though, we’d personally probably opt for a hotel unless you’re planning on eating most of your meals in an apartment versus going to markets/restaurants. If you do opt for an apartment, I’d carefully peruse the reviews for noise, as it can be an issue in Madrid depending on the street and neighborhood!

Not sure about the festival but we will be there during that time. How much time should we consider spending in Sevilla? If we want more time in Barcelona would you give up Cordoba or Granada?

I’d recommend making your you have one full day in Seville itself, excluding days you arrive, depart, or take a day trip to Cordoba. Here’s what we’d recommend doing with one day in the city: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/one-day-in-seville-itinerary/

As far as Granada versus Cordoba, they’re both wonderful.

Based purely on sightseeing, I’d recommend Granada, as it’s a distinct city that has a very different feel than Seville, and it also has the Alhambra, which is easily one of the best historic sites to visit in Spain.

However, Granada can’t easily be done as a day trip from Seville (you really need an organized tour for it, and even then, it’s a very long day), so I’d make the decision based on whether you want to keep your pace of travel slower (in which case I’d visit Cordoba), or if you want to prioritize seeing as much variety as possible in limited time, in which case I’d visit Granada but make sure to spend at least one night there.

That being said, we love Cordoba too! The Mosque-Cathedral is an unforgettable building, and either city will be a great addition to your trip.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Highlights of Spain: 3 great travel itineraries to make the most of your visit

Jul 21, 2022 • 9 min read

Happy multiracial females with different body size having fun walking on the beach during summer holidays

Be inspired to travel Spain with these great itineraries © Getty Images / iStockphoto

Seductive Spain attracts travelers to its diverse land, comprising 17 distinct regions. To help you decide where to start, here are three of our best itineraries to inspire you.  

See the highlights of Spain on this 14-day itinerary

To understand why many visitors fall in love with Spain and never want to leave, look no further than its vibrant, passionate, beautiful cities. This 14-day tour takes you through the best Spain has to offer. 

Days 1–3: Admire Modernista marvels in Barcelona

So many Spanish trails begin in  Barcelona , Spain’s second-biggest city and one of the coolest places on earth. You’ll need at least three days to explore the main attractions here, including nightlife and restaurants. From the standout Gaudí highlights – the incomparable  Sagrada Família and colorful  Casa Batlló – to its wonderful art museums of  Picasso and  Miró and the historic sights hidden among the narrow streets of the Gothic Quarter, there’s more than enough to keep you coming back for more. Dine on Catalan classics in the Ciutat Vella, tapas in hip El Born and international delights in the neighborhood of Gràcia.

A hand reaches into a large flat pan full of rice and mussels as a paella dish is prepared

Days 4–5: Eat your way through paella in Valencia

Catch the fast train down the coast to  Valencia in just three hours for a dose of paella, nightlife and the 21st-century wonders of the  Ciudad de las Artes y las Ciencias . Spend some time exploring the narrow winding streets and charming plazas of the Ciutat Vella, then hit the city’s fabulous modernist  Mercado Central for some local treats. Hire a bike to tour the lush  Turia Gardens set in an old riverbed, before relaxing on Malvarrosa Beach with a traditional paella valenciana at Casa Carmela . 

Days 6–7: Tour Madrid, the captivating capital

A fast train whisks you inland to the capital, mighty  Madrid , in just two hours where you will find irresistible street energy, pretty plazas and one of the richest concentrations of art museums on the planet. Soak up the atmosphere in the grand  Plaza Mayor with some chocolate-dipped churros from  Chocolatería San Ginés , then make your way to Madrid’s Golden Triangle to marvel at the collections of the  Reina Sofia ,  Prado or Thyssen-Bornemisza art museums. In the afternoon, relax in the vast  Parque del Buen Retiro  before hitting the stands at the Mercado de San Miguel or the famous bars on Calle Cava Baja.

Day 8: Admire the beauty of Córdoba's Mezquita

Yet another two-hour fast train takes you deep into Andalucía , with  Córdoba your entry point into this wonderful corner of Spain; the most obvious highlight is the city’s 8th-century  Mezquita . Local dishes to try include a traditional flamenquín (a breaded and deep-fried wrap filled with ham, cheese and pork) and  salmorejo (a thick cold gazpacho-like soup of tomato and garlic).

A woman walks up some steps in a building with walls covered in many tiles

Days 9–11: Be spellbound by Seville

From Córdoba, it's a short hop (just 50 minutes by train) to fabulous  Seville . You’ll want at least two days in this most romantic of southern Spanish cities or even three, if you can spare it. Climb to the top of  La Giralda , the cathedral’s Moorish minaret for the incredible views, followed by more Moorish discoveries at the opulent  Real Alcázar . On your second day in the city, head to the gorgeous grand sweep of  Plaza de España and its exquisitely tiled pavilions, before hopping over the river to check out the atmospheric neighborhood of  La Triana , where most of Seville’s tiles were once created. Andalusia serves up some of the best tapas in the country and, as its capital, Seville’s offerings are second to none. Make your way around the old Jewish neighborhood of Santa Cruz to dine in its fountain-filled plazas.

Day 12: Get to know Málaga

Another short train ride takes you down to  Málaga , often merely a stopping point on the way to the beach resorts of the Costa del Sol, but definitely a city that warrants a little more exploration. Discover the palatial fortification of the  Alcazaba , visit the childhood home of  Pablo Picasso , then head to the chiringuito (beach bars) for some classic grilled fish, cooked right on the sand.

Flamenco dancer and muisicians performing by the Archiepiscopal Palace at Alonso Cano square in the historical centre of Granada

Days 13–14: Enjoy flamenco, food and palaces in Granada

We’ve saved the best until last:  Granada boasts the extraordinary  Alhambra , its soulful alter ego the Albayzín, and an eating and drinking scene that embraces Spanish culinary culture in all its glorious variety. Bar hop your way along Calle Navas for free tapas bites with each drink, then head up to the caves of the Sacromonte neighborhood for a traditional flamenco show.

Got just 10 days? Then you'll need this itinerary to Northern Spain

Is 10 days enough for Spain? Well, it might not be enough to see the whole country, but it’s plenty to explore a particular section in depth. Spain's Mediterranean coast may get the crowds, but the country's northern coastline from San Sebastián to Santiago is one of the most spectacular in Europe. Here’s how to see northern Spain in just 10 days.

Days 1–2: Have a food tour of San Sebastián

There is no finer introduction to the north of the country than  San Sebastián , with its dramatic setting and extraordinary food scene. Two nights is a minimum here. Begin with a stroll around the sweeping bay of La Concha to see the impressive  Peine del Viento sculptures by the famous Basque artist Eduardo Chillida, then learn all about Basque culture at the  Museo San Telmo . Later, make your way around the Old Town stopping for pintxos bites along the way, followed by the best baked Basque cheesecake for dessert at  La Viña .

A huge spiral installation by artist Richard Serra that can be walked through at the Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao

Days 3–4: Discover the delights of the Guggenheim in Bilbao

West of San Sebastián, three hours by train,  Bilbao is best known as the home of the showpiece  Museo Guggenheim and warrants at least a night, preferably two. After visiting the masterpieces inside Frank Gehry’s titanium ship, there’s much more art and architecture to see, including Philippe Starck’s Azkuna Zentroa building and the city’s innovative street art. In the evening, go barhopping for tasty pintxos in the Casco Viejo. If you have two days in the city, spend your second day at nearby Arrigunaga Beach learning how to surf the waves.  

Day 5: Drive through coastal Cantabria

Leave Bilbao behind and head west through Cantabria and Asturias. To make the most of the coast, you'll need a car. Cantabria's cobblestone Santillana del Mar , the rock art at Altamira and the village of Ribadesella will fill one day. 

Woman hiking and looking at the view on the top of a mountain with a beautiful landscape at sunrise

Day 6: Hike in the Picos de Europa national park

Drive south into the steep gorges and soaring peaks of the  Picos de Europa , one of Spain’s largest and best national parks . Spend your time here hiking through the verdant green valleys or up into the clouds and, if you’re lucky enough, you may spot golden eagles, wild boar and brown bears.

Day 7: See historic architecture and sample local cider in Oviedo

Head to irresistible  Oviedo , the capital of Asturias, known for its historic medieval old town and its Unesco World Heritage 9th-century stone churches. Make sure to take a break to visit a traditional sidrería for a glass of local Asturian cider.

Day 8: Explore the wild shores of Galicia

Tackle Galicia's coastline, one of Spain's great natural wonders, punctuated by secluded fishing villages and stunning cliffs. Don't miss Cabo Ortegal peninsula where the Bay of Biscay meets the Atlantic Ocean, the Glass City of  A Coruña with its gorgeous galerías and the dramatic Costa da Morte . Along the way, stop for a traditional plate of pulpo a feira (Galician-style octopus sprinkled with paprika).

Days 9–10: Meet with pilgrims in Santiago

For the last two nights, linger in the thoroughly Galician city of  Santiago de Compostela , a place of pilgrim footfalls, fine regional cuisine and a cathedral of power. There’s plenty to see here besides the cathedral however, including several impressive monasteries and convents. Feeling hungry? Make your way to  Bar La Tita for – dare we say it – the tastiest tortilla de patatas (potato omelette) in Spain.

A street lined with large white turreted buildings

This 14-day itinerary takes you from Valencia to the Balearics

This journey takes you from the shores of the Mediterranean in Valencia to Mallorca, Ibiza and their hip little cousin, Formentera, three of the most beautiful islands anywhere in the Med. You'll need a car to explore the two bigger islands.

Days 1–2: Tour futuristic architecture and scoff paella in Valencia

Begin in  Valencia , that most appealing of Mediterranean cities, which is worth staying in for a couple of nights. Spend your first day looking around the Old Town, the impressive Cathedral to search for the Holy Grail, the large Modernist food market and the exquisite Unesco  La Lonja de la Seda . On day two, marvel at the futuristic Ciudad de las Artes y las Ciencias (The City of Arts and Sciences). If the heat gets too much, cool down with a traditional glass of horchata (tiger nut milk) at the 200-year old  Horchatería Santa Catalina .

Days 3–4: Discover the best of Mallorca’s capital

Fly or catch a boat to  Palma de Mallorca , the capital of the Balearics and a dynamic city with stirring architecture and world-class food. It’s well worth a couple of nights here before you head to the countryside and the beaches. Visit the city’s landmark  La Seu Cathedral , explore the Casco Antiguo and tour the opulent  Palau de l’Amudaina . There are plenty of museums and great restaurants to occupy your time too. When you need a break, stop for a delicious powdered-sugar-covered ensaimada (a typical Mallorcan pastry swirl).

A sheep stands in front of an orange tree in Majorca

Days 5–6: Drive through the mountains and orange groves in central Mallorca

After a couple of nights, take two days to drive Mallorca's west coast and the  Serra de Tramuntana mountain range. Stop for one night in the charming mountain village of Valldemossa and the other in pretty Sóller , surrounded by orange groves and just a short hop to the coast.  

Days 7–8: Relax on the beaches of Port de Pollença

Base yourself in Port de  Pollença to explore the island's north for a couple more days, including the idyllic Cap de Formentor and the historic town of Alcúdia, surrounded by old medieval walls. Return to Palma to catch the ferry to Ibiza .

Days 9–10: Take in Ibiza’s Old Town

On arrival, take a couple of days to soak up the considerable charms of Ibiza Town's fortified old town of  Dalt Vila and its superb nightlife. Here it’s more chic outdoor cocktail bars and romantic candlelit restaurants than thumping discotheques.

Days 11–12: See the quiet side of Ibiza

Leave it all behind for Ibiza's quiet and natural north coast, stopping in Sant Llorenç de Balàfia, with its great restaurants where you can order the traditional bullit de peix (fish stew), remote little Sant Mateu d'Aubarca, and artsy Santa Gertrudis de Fruitera.

Day 13–14: Spot wildlife in Ses Salines Natural Park

When you can tear yourself away, head for the Parc Natural de Ses Salines, some of the wildest and most beautiful country in Mediterranean Spain. Comprising both sea and coastal ecosystems, these salt flats and wetlands are home to over 200 bird species including pink flamingos, cormorants and ospreys.

Day 13–14: Experience island life on Formentera

Head back to Ibiza Town to catch the ferry (35 minutes) over to the tiny former hippie island of  Formentera for your last two nights before heading home. It’s the perfect place to explore by bicycle, just 19km (12 miles) long and crisscrossed with many bike lanes and green routes.  

Explore related stories

Tourists enjoy street flamenco traditional show, performance for spectators visitors at Plaza de Espana

Mar 9, 2024 • 5 min read

Seville is one of the most beautiful cities in Spain, but the seasons will impact the type of trip you'll have. Read on for the best times to visit.

itinerary to visit spain

Mar 7, 2024 • 10 min read

itinerary to visit spain

Feb 28, 2024 • 3 min read

itinerary to visit spain

Feb 10, 2024 • 7 min read

5Shops-Palma-Hero-Image.png

Feb 2, 2024 • 6 min read

itinerary to visit spain

Jan 7, 2024 • 13 min read

itinerary to visit spain

Nov 1, 2023 • 15 min read

itinerary to visit spain

Sep 22, 2023 • 11 min read

itinerary to visit spain

Aug 22, 2023 • 7 min read

itinerary to visit spain

Jul 25, 2023 • 5 min read

travelpassionate.com

10 Days in Spain, Itinerary for First-Timers

Park Güell

Planning to spend 10 days in Spain, a country bursting with life, color, passion, and fire? Spain is a country that caters to the needs of every traveler. From the staggering landscapes, the bustling plazas, the cities that never sleep, and the unparalleled gastronomic and cultural experiences – you’ll be spoilt for choice.

The country of Spain needs at least a few months to get around and see everything and get to actually experience the diversity that it offers, but this 10 day Spain itinerary can be a great introductory trip to get a gist of the country.

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links. This means that should you click on certain links, and then subsequently purchase a product, I will receive a small commission.

Table of Contents

10-Day Spain Itinerary: Barcelona, Madrid, Toledo, Seville & Granada

  • Day 1- 3: Barcelona
  • Day 4 – 5: Madrid
  • Day 6: Toledo
  • Day 7: Seville
  • Day 8-9: Granada
  • Day 10: Fly home

itinerary to visit spain

Barcelona Go City Pass

A good way to save time and money is to invest in a  Barcelona Pass . With the pass, you can save up to 50% on the top Barcelona attractions.

The  Barcelona Pass  is all-inclusive and provides access to popular attractions, like:

  • Casa Batlló
  • Sagrada Familia Guided Tour
  • Park Güell Guided Tour
  • Barcelona Bus Turístic
  • FC Barcelona – Immersive Tour

Click here for more information and to book your Barcelona Go City Pass.

Day 1 Barcelona

Your 10-day Spain itinerary starts in Barcelona. After settling down at your hotel, get ready for the first sight of the city. Barcelona is a city that teems with life unlike anywhere else in the world…A city that truly has it all.

From the azure beaches to the pumping life to the spirit of Gaudi looming over the city and manifesting itself into the city’s hypnotic façade…Barcelona will never fail to enchant you. Colorful, lively, youthful, and so international – I can guarantee that Barcelona will end up being one of your favorite cities.

Tip: Barcelona is a big city get around comfortably with a 2, 3, 4, or 5-day public transport ticket.

Where to stay in Barcelona

Petit Palace Boqueria Garden : Situated right in the Boqueria of Barcelona, this gorgeous hotel combines all the amenities needed and a central location. It’s simple, beautiful, and has a genuine atmosphere to it. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices. Ciutat de Barcelona : Huge sunlit windows, a rooftop terrace, a swimming pool, and all amenities you might need in a hotel, the Ciutat de Barcelona is a 15-minute walk from the beach and only 1 minute away from the Gothic Quarter. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices. The One Barcelona : Extremely sleek and super luxurious, the One is located in the prestigious Passeig de Gracia. The hotel looks directly at La Pedrera and boasts spacious rooms, a restaurant, and a cocktail bar, and a spa. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices.

Check here for a complete guide on where to stay in Barcelona . 

Placa de Catalunya

Barcelona, plaza de Catalunya - 10 days in Spain

Placa de Catalunya is the pumping heart of the city, the place where all life begins, all nights end, and where LasRamblas and the Gothic Quarter also start and end. Impressive fountains, elegant statuary, large squares dotted with shops, and hoards of people from all over the world meet, greet and leave….Spend a little bit of time checking out the different shops and then head over to Las Ramblas.

You can check this Northern Spain itinerary for more inspiration.

Las Ramblas

Las Ramblas - 10 day Spain itinerary

The main street in Barcelona, Las Ramblas is as energetic and as lively as it gets. It’s one of the most energetic boulevards in the world, throbbing with life, with soul, and with an array of activities, you can do. Starting at Café Zurich, you’ll be able to really get yourself into the mood where dancers, tourists, performers, and locals all mingle together to enjoy the bustle of Barcelona’s heart.

L ooking for a great tapa place in Barcelona? Check out the Tickets Barcelona Restaurant .

La Boqueria

itinerary to visit spain

To further get a true taste of Barcelona’s culture, you need to live it like a local. Head over to La Boqueria market in the middle of Las Ramblas, where you’ll be able to catch a glimpse of a plethora of colorful food stacked on top of each other.  From exotic herbs and spices to vegetables – you’ll find it all.

Do you want to plunge deeper into the culinary repertoire of Barcelona?

🍲 Learn about the history and cuisine of Barcelona by looking at the counters at the La Boqueria food market and then walking through the alleys, squares and back streets of the Gothic Quarter and the El Born quarter on this tour

Gothic Quarter

Gothic Quarter - 10 days in Spain

You’ll see that Las Ramblas hides dozens of different alleys that take you to hundreds of winding streets….Let me introduce you to the gothic quarter. An unbelievable blend of medieval architecture contrasting modern shops, streets that have been there for thousands of years, and a charm that will make you forget that you’re in Barcelona. This was originally the place of a Roman settlement and has now been transformed into a place dotted with bars, shops, and cathedrals.

Barcelona Cathedral

Barcelona Cathedral - ten days in Spain

In the middle of the Gothic Quarter is the Barcelona Cathedral – soaring proudly into the sky; make sure you go there just before the sun sets. People are all huddled around the cathedral, violin players set the mood, the church bells ring, and the mood is beautiful.

You might also be interested in: Essentials travel tips to know before visiting Spain.

Day 2 Barcelona

Your second day will be all about Gaudi – after all, he had the main inspiration for what Barcelona looks like, and an iconic symbol to not only Barcelona but to Spain as well.

Sagrada Familia

Sagrada Familia - 10 day Spanish itinerary

Start your day by going to Sagrada Familia first thing in the morning as the lines get extremely long and the place gets incredibly crowded. I highly suggest that you buy your skip the line tickets online or book a tour in advance to avoid disappointment.

Sagrada Familia is Barcelona’s iconic symbol, it’s the Eiffel Tower of the city, a symbol of Gaudi, his masterpieces, and of both spirituality and design. Make sure to check the different exteriors that depict different stories (crucifixion, life and death, and even the birth of Jesus).

Tip: Looking for a Gaudi tour? I highly recommend the following: Complete Gaudí Tour: Casa Batlló, Park Guell & Extended Sagrada Família

Casa Milà – Casa Batlló

Casa Batlló - 10 days in Spain

Next, head to both, Casa Milà and Casa Batlló. They are a 6-minute walk away and are both the perfect reflection of Gaudi’s eccentric architecture. Curvy walls, weird alleyways, polychromatic colors, hypnotic paintings, and much more, you’ll be able to truly get a taste of Gaudi on a more intimate level than ParcGuell. It’s a legend of architecture, of creation, the true meaning of letting your creativity run wild.

Click here to book your Casa Milà skip-the-line ticket and here to book your skip the line tickets to Casa Batlló .

Placa Reial

Plaza Real - Barcelona - Spain itinerary

Just off La Rambla, Placa Reial is a square that is known to be filled with bars, clubs, restaurants, and all sorts of performances, people, and life. Jazzy tunes echo from the bars and twirl around Gaudi-made lamps, and cafes and restaurants keep the place booming with life. Have your lunch here, grab a cold glass of beer, and enjoy the live performers!

El Palau de la Música Catalana

Catalan Concert Hall (Palau de la Música Catalana)

El Palau de la MusicaCatalana is only a 12-minute walk from Placa Reial. This is one of the most important concert halls in the world and an incredible reflection of Catalan art. Bright colors, intricate mosaics and a chance for you to watch a show as well!

Click here to book your Palau de la Música Self Guided Tour.

Day 3 Barcelona

Start very early in the morning and go to Park Guell and then Museo Picasso so you can have time to go to the beach later!

Offering the most incredible panoramic vistas of Barcelona and the beach, Park Guell is one of the most well-known attractions in the world. Quirky designs, colorful mosaics, great architecture, and dozens of columns with little poems on them.

Click here to buy your skip-the-line tickets to Park Güell.

Museo Picasso

An incredible look into the life of Picasso, and how Barcelona has been a major inspiration to him and his art you’ll even get to enjoy the scenic Gothic building in the museum is situated into. Hundreds of works of art by Picasso will give you that artistic fix you need!

If you are a fan of Picasso you can check the Picasso Walking Tour & Picasso Museum of Barcelona.

Head to the beach – La Barceloneta

It should be afternoon by then – the perfect time to take a stroll by the beach. Hundreds of people in swimsuits, swishing around in rollerblades and skateboards, and dozens of beach bars filled with life, clubs, bars, volleyball, and all sorts of activities are only a glimpse of what you get by being on the beach. Enjoy a cold mojito on the beach, let the sun warm up your soul, and have lunch at one of the many cafes there.

Plaza de España

Plaza de España

Try to go to Plaza de España before the sun sets and visit MNAC – the Museum of National Art of Catalunya. If you don’t want really to go through the gallery, then this palace is enough to put you in awe. Gorgeous fountains dance around the classical façade of the MNAC, the Montjuic mountains rise beautifully in the distance, and the views you get of Barcelona are absolutely unparalleled.

You might also like: How to spend 2 days in Barcelona .

Madrid Go City Pass

A good way to save time and money is to invest in a  Madrid Pass . With the pass, you can save up to 50% on the top Madrid attractions.

The  Madrid Pass  is all-inclusive and provides access to popular attractions, like:

  • Prado Museum guided tour
  • Bernabeu Stadium Tour
  • Madrid Royal Palace tour
  • Madrid hop-on hop-off bus tour
  • Museo Nacional Thyssen-Bornemisza
  • Reina Sofía Museum guided tour
  • Toledo and Segovia full-day tour

Click here for more information and to book your Madrid Go City Pass.

Day 4 Barcelona – Madrid

Now it’s time to take the plane or a high-speed train to Madrid. The train takes about 2 hours and 30 minutes, and the plane about 45 minutes.

Where to stay in Madrid

Here are my favorite accommodation options in Madrid.

Francisco I is located 250 m from Plaza Mayor and Puerta del Sol. It offers simple rooms with a private bathroom, TV, and free Wi-Fi. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices. Hostal Central Palace Madrid is centrally located and overlooks the Sabatini Gardens in Madrid’s Plaza de Oriente. Rooms have free Wi-Fi, toiletries, and a flat-screen TV. Breakfast is served in a nearby cafe. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices. Hotel Círculo Gran Vía, Autograph Collection by Marriott is an adults-only hotel located in Gran Via just 400 m away from Puerta del Sol. It offers stylish rooms with air-conditioning, flat-screen TV and coffee facilities, bathrobes, and toiletries. Other hotel amenities include a restaurant, bar, and business facilities. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices

First, settle in your hotel and then embark on your journey around Madrid in 2 days !

itinerary to visit spain

This is where you should start your day in Madrid. A place that has been there since the 18th century, you’ll get to start your trip by watching the large monument dedicated to Miguel de Cervantes, and then the stone sculpture of Cervantes – two of the most prominent Spanish people to date. 

The Gran Via is the Times Square of Madrid. Art Deco façades blend with large moving billboards, elegance juxtaposes with cobbled alleyways, and of course – an endless of cafes and shops dot the street. This is your shopping hot stop  – sales, hundreds of shops, and a great variety of both international and local brands.

Palacio Real

3 days in Madrid what to do and see

One of the most elegant and biggest palaces in Western Europe, this palace made of stone is a symbol of Madrid. Iconically perched on top, the palace overlooks the hills that are to the west of Madrid and embodies the true meaning of royalty. You’ll be exploring over 3,418 rooms (not in the same go of course!), be led by vast staircases, and explore different halls (Hall of Columns, Hall of Mirrors, and even King Charles’s room!).

Click here to book your skip-the-line tickets and tour of Madrid’s Royal Palace.

Plaza Oriente

You now get to walk to the park next to the Palacaio Real – the Plaza Oriente. An exotic park that is lined by plants, trees, and 44 statues of previous Spanish monarchs that start from the Gothic period.

Mercado San Miguel

A trip to Madrid would not be complete without the Mercado San Miguel, where you’ll be taking a journey the gastronomic vibe of Spain, and the culinary culture there. Enjoy dozens of different stalls of food – from tapas to sushi to sugary snacks. End your night with a sparkling glass of champagne!

Plaza Mayor

An old historical rectangular square that is right in the middle of the city – Plaza Mayor is perfect for enjoying the Spanish gathering culture, where people enjoy good food, good beer and live performers by sunset.

Puerta del Sol

Puerta del Sol - 3 days in Madrid what to do and see

A great place to spend an afternoon or an evening – this place is the perfect way to check out shops, bars, restaurants and nearby parks. Whether you want to take a picture of the country’s kilometer 0, or enjoy the quintessential Casa de Correos or El Oso y El Madroño, you’ll be able to do both there!

Chocolateria San Gines

Churros in Chocolateria San Gines Madrid

If you’re in Puerta del Sol, then you have to pass by Chocolateria San Gines. A churros place that looks the same since 1894 (yes, you heard that right!)and is open for 24 hours a day. Perfect for either a quick snack after a night out, or just a break from exploring…Who would say no to a rich and smooth chocolate that you can dip your churros in?

Day 5 Madrid

Retiro park.

Retiro Park - Madrid - 10 day Spain itinerary

Retiro Park is the breathing lungs of Madrid, once a royal park, El Retiro now houses exhibition halls, gardens, and palaces. After soaking in the sun and the abundant greenery, make sure to visit these places:

  • Velazques Palace
  • Crystal Palace
  • Monument to Alfonoso XII
  • Walk of Argentina or the Walk of Statues
  • Jardines de Cecilio Rodriguez: an enclosed garden with a lot of peacocks.
  • Palacio Cristal

There are many museums in Madrid. I don’t think you will have time to visit all, but you can choose one or two depending on your taste. My favorite is Prado.

Reina Sofia

One of the most important museums in Madrid, the Reina Sofia is a great place to get a taste of Spanish contemporary art and get your dose of art and culture. From Dali to Miro to Juan Garis – there are over 20,000 works of art that it will be impossible for you to finish in just a day. You have to choose which floor you want to explore or which sort of artwork you want to get into.

Book a Reina Sofia Museum Tour.

Museo Thyssen-Bornemisza

The breadth of the collection is unparalleled as well. 1000 paintings that range from the 13th century up until the 20th century. You have to explore Museo Thyssen from the top floor and work your way downwards. You’ll find medieval art, Italian, German, and Flemish works by Monet, Picasso, Juan Gris, and much more.

Book your Museo Thyssen- Bornemisza tickets.

El Prado- 3 days in Madrid what to do and see

El Prado is easily the most famous museum in Madrid, hence why you save the best for last! 8600 paintings dot the place that ranges from 18th-century neo-classical sculptures to some of the most famous paintings in Europe including Las Meninas and the Triumph of Bacchus by Velazquez, the Naked Maja by Goya, the Garden of Delights by Bosch.

Click here to book your skip-the-line tickets or guided tour.

Now if you are a football fan, definitely visit:

El Bernabeu Stadium

itinerary to visit spain

One of the world’s most elite stadiums is Bernabeu, a UEFA-classified stadium that is essential to every football fan in the world. From touring around the presidential box to getting panoramic views of the whole stadium – if you’re a football fan you’ll find this a treat!

Book here your skip-the-line tickets and tour to Bernabeu .

You might be interested in: 3 days in Madrid .

Day 6 Day trip to Toledo

Toledo - 10 day Spain itinerary

Take the train from Madrid to Toledo, which will take you about 33 minutes!

Alternatively, you can book a guided day trip from Madrid.

Toledo Full-Day Tour from Madrid. Toledo & Segovia Tour from Madrid with Alcázar Ticket

Here are some of the things you can do while you’re there:

The city of three cultures: Christian, Muslim, and Jewish, Toledo is a magnificent city that effortlessly blends mosques with gothic cathedrals; canvases of el Greco contrast the city’s glory and the city oozes in picturesque charm.

The Toledo Cathedral

The Toledo Cathedral is an incredible place in Spain and is one of the three 13th-century High Gothic cathedrals in Spain and is considered to be the epitome and personification of Gothic architecture and culture in Spain. You can check out the Chapter House, Choir, Treasury, and Sacristy. The cathedral took 286 years to build, and it towers 100 meters into the sky, creating a backdrop to the Plaza del Ayuntamiento.

Toledo

Once a stone fortification, Alcazar de Toledo is located at the highest point of Toledo. A roman palace that has been renovated multiple times – this place contains such an immense amount of history you will love the overload of it all.

You’ll find displays of uniforms, medals, military artifacts and a mixture of Islamic and Christian architecture and monuments blending together. You’ll even see the central patio, Moscardo’s office with bullet holes, and a lot more!

itinerary to visit spain

Museum of El Greco

A museum that contains all sorts of paintings by artists from the Spanish Golden Age, the Museum of el Greco is not only rich with artifacts, but it is also housed in a gorgeous Gothic house with a courtyard. You’ll find, of course, works by El Greco himself, along with a dozen other painters. This is how you get to explore the era of the 16th and 17th centuries with its furniture, ceramics, and travesties.

itinerary to visit spain

Day 7 Madrid – Seville

You can either fly to Seville (1 hour) or take the train (2 h 20 minutes). Seville, home to flashy flamenco skirts, dancers, tapas, and a fiery passion unlike any other – Seville is so quintessentially Spanish. No other place in the world embodies the Spanish culture, as well as Seville, does. The perfect place to truly enjoy some good old Spanish authenticity.

Where to stay in Seville

Hostal Plaza Santa Cruz For the easy-going traveler, this is the perfect place to be in. free luggage storage, free Wi-Fi, a guest-house feel, and access to rooftop terraces all the time – this place is the definition of cozy. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices. Hotel Fernando : Located right in Seville’s historic center, you get the perfect mixture of hotel amenities including free WiFi and modern rooms, along with your perfect dose of history. The hotel also has a rooftop terrace that offers incredible city views, a swimming pool for those hot summer days, and rooms with balconies! Click here for more information and to check the latest prices. Hotel Alfonso XIII Outdoor swimming pool, a gym, garden fountains, and beautiful elegant rooms that boast Arabic designs, this hotel is the personification of Seville’s heart and soul. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices.

Plaza de Espana

One Day in Seville - Plaza de España

Built in 1929, this plaza is home to some of Spain’s biggest accomplishments when it comes to architecture and when it comes to boasting the accomplishments of the industry.

The plaza is a quintessential Spanish paradise with orange bridges, artifacts that reminisce over kings that long died, 48 pavilions that decorate the beauty of the place, and archeology museums that steal the show.

Cathedral of Seville

One Day in Seville - Seville Cathedral

The Cathedral of Seville is a gothic church that was actually once a mosque and was transformed into a church. You’ll find all the evident Moorish influences with their sculptures, artifacts and paintings, and fountains but you’ll also find all the signs of a church, making it an otherworldly, eccentric, yet beautiful mixture unseen anywhere else.

The Giralda Bell Tower

The Giralda Bell Tower is what’s left of the Moorish Seville cathedral. A beautiful entrance that’s decorated with an ornate fountain, you’ll find that the cathedral is a great religious monument mixing both religions together. Renaissance influences blend beautifully with Moorish splendor.

One Day in Seville - Seville Cathedral

The Alcazar is one of the most beautiful royal palaces in all of Spain – an iconic monument that shows the effects of the historical evolution of the city of Seville and of Spain in general. It was developed by Moorish Muslim Kings and the Mudejar architecture is at its most intricate everywhere in the palace. This is actually one of the most visited complexes in the world, a place where culture and educational activities both blend together to put you in awe!

Tip: The lines are huge to enter the Alcazar, I had friends who didn’t even get in after waiting for hours, so book your tickets and tour in advance. 

Check here for more information and to book your guided tour to the Alcázar. If you are interested in a guided tour that includes the Alcázar, the Seville Cathedral, and La Giralda I recommend a guided tour of the Alcázar, Seville Cathedral, and La Giralda.

One Day in Seville - Las Setas

Setas directly translate to mushrooms and lie in the center of Seville. This is one of the biggest wooden structures in the world and has a museum, a marketplace, and even a public park. You have to watch the sunset from there, where you’ll get to enjoy some of the best views of Seville from up there.

Torre del Orro

One Day in Seville - Torre del Oro

This military watchtower is right in the heart of Seville as well. Back then, it was supposed to protect Seville from Christian attacks. Built in the early 13th century, it remains one of the most important monuments in Seville up to this day.

If you have time, you can cross the river and stroll in the Trianna neighborhood. A great place to watch a flamenco show.

Trianna neighborhood

The Trianna is an emblematic neighborhood in Seville, beautifully typically Spanish, and is definitely one of the best places to eat, drink and shop! You’ll get to eat tapas like a local, watch some good old flamenco, and even visit the Museum of Tolerance r the ruins of the San Jorge Castle. It’s actually known as the “independent Republic of Triana.”

Attend a flamenco show.

It would be a waste of time if you went to Seville without enjoying some of its amazing flamenco, so better head to a flamenco bar and enjoy the melancholic yet energetic form of dance and culture!

Book your tickets for the Pura Esencia Flamenco Show in Triana.

You might also want to read: How to spend one day in Seville and how to spend 2 days in Seville.

Day 8 Seville – Granada

Alhambra, Granada - 10 days in Spain itinerary

Take a train from Seville to Granada, which will take you about 4 hours, and then find some time to settle down at your hotel. You have two days in Granada, so you don’t need to be in a rush!

Where to stay in Granada

Gar Anat Hotel Boutique It is a cozy hotel that gives off a vibe of Granada’s architectural spirit but also has calm, cool, and beautiful rooms with a Granada-styled courtyard for your morning cup of coffee. The hotel is also 5 minutes away from Granada Cathedral. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices. Hotel Granada Center One of the most renowned hotels in Granada, the Hotel Granada Center is only 10 minutes away from the old town and has free Wi-Fi, great rooms, and an a la carte restaurant. You’ll also be 10 minutes from the Granada Cathedral! Click here for more information and to check the latest prices. Alhambra Palace This hotel has a location unlike any other. You’ll be enjoying the Moorish-inspired décor in the hotel while being minutes away from the massive walls of the Alhambra Palace. Mediterranean cuisine, a terrace with a garden and panoramic views, and the perfect reflection of Moorish architecture and Arab designs. Click here for more information and to check the latest prices.

Granada Cathedral

Granada Cathedral

This is simply the fourth largest Cathedral in the world, an incredible personalization of the true meaning of Spanish Renaissance architecture and mixing with Gothic styles. This cathedral was built in 1523 and was actually the place of a previous mosque.

Royal Chapel

Royal Chapel of Granada

The Isabelline-style building contains the tombs of the monarchs: Isabel, Ferdinand and Juana, and Felipe. Intricate designs, gold altarpieces, and beautiful interiors all make the Royal Chapel a quintessential piece of Granada’s architecture.

Albayzin Neighborhood

Albaicin Neighborhood

Head over to the Albayzin neighborhood after you’re done exploring the church and the chapel. Get ready to be transported to one of the most typically Arab souqs in the world – one where the smell of Arab spices seeps through the thousands of clashing colors, and where you can have little strolls around spice shops, have the ultimate Arab experiences, watch traditional houses and get the typical smell of Arabian coffee.

Day 9 Granada

The alhambra.

Alhambra-Granada

A 700-year-old fortress, an icon of Spain, an icon of Islam and Christianity, and even of Europe – the Alhambra is one of the most magnificently striking monuments you will get to see in the world. Majestically standing over the city with the snow-peaked Sierra Nevada in the backdrop, the Alhambra is iconic in every way.

From the lush landscapes and the rustling leaves, there is no Muslim palace as old as the Alhambra, and you even get to indulge in the major history lesson you’ll get just by being there. The palace was built in the 13th century, ruled by Nasrid Dynasty for 250 years, and then taken over later on.

Alhambra of Granada

You have to check out:

  • The Alcazaba (the oldest part of the fortress)
  • The Courtyard of the Lions
  • The Nasrid Palaces
  • The Sala de los Anencerrajes
  • Sala de los Reyes
  • Museo de Bellas Artes

View of The Generalife courtyard, with its famous fountain

The Quran very accurately describes what heaven would look like, and it’s a major part of the Islamic religion for all Muslims. That’s why the Palacio de Generalife was modeled according to the depiction and description of paradise in the afterlife. The place is teeming with terraces, grottoes, flowerbeds, and fountains and is blessed with the backdrop of the Alhambra behind it.

Tip: The lines are usually big; to save time and get to see the Alhambra book your tickets and tour in advance.

Book your Skip-the-Line Alhambra & Generalife 3-Hour Guided Tour

The Banuelo baths (El Banuelo) - Granada

The Bañuelos was a major part of the Muslim community. That was where locals used to go hang out; people got haircuts, and women got a chance to actually get outside of the house. You can see the 11th-century Arab baths and also visit the three different rooms:

Plaza Nueva

Plaza Nueva-Granada

This is the oldest center in Granada and is the absolute center of the city from a touristic point of view. On one side, you have Torre de le Vela, and on the other you have Alhambra. It was formerly one of the most important parts of the cities and is now a meeting place with several fountains and cafés.

Check out: How to spend 2 days in Granada.

Day 10 Flight back home

This is the day you finally fly from Granada and Spain back to your home! I hope you enjoyed your 10 days in Spain and will come back for more.

TRAVEL TIPS

🚗 Rent your car in advance

with Rentalcars and make your trip as convenient as possible

✈️ Book your flight in advance

To find the cheapest flights and most suitable option, use WayAway

🧾 Get your tickets and tours

with Viator and get the most out of your journey

Sharing is caring!

7 thoughts on “10 Days in Spain, Itinerary for First-Timers”

Thank you soo much for sharing this post! I’m planning a trip to Spain in the fall and you gathered everything that I needed.

Happy to have helped. Don’t hesitate to contact me for further information.

I enjoyed reading your itineary. Can you please tell me how much this trip costs? Also did you book any tours or did you just go around the cities by yourself?

Thank you. The price of this trip depends on many factors, the time of year you will go, what kind of hotel you will choose etc. I usually book my tours through Get Your Guide to avoid the queues that are really big in many attractions. I moved between the cities by plane and train mostly.

This is truly helpful. I see that your day 7 is partially spent on travelling from Madrid to Seville which, as you stated, will take 2 hrs 20 mins by train and I see that day 8 is partially spent on travelling from Seville to Granada which makes me think that the time spent in Seville is less than 24 hrs if someone arrives one day and leaves the following day. Will that comfortably be enough to see majority, if not all, of the places you recommended to visit in Seville? I plan to travel with my 2 teen-aged sons. Thank you.

Hello Glenda,

Yes you can see the places I have mentioned in a day, I have done it myself. Seville is a compact city easy to walk. You just need to book your entrance to the Alcazar and Seville cathedral.

Great post on Spain! Now, I’m ready to plan another trip.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Let's be friends! Sign up receive our monthly newsletter with updates and new in-depth guides. 

Wheatless Wanderlust

2 Weeks in Spain: How to Plan an Amazing Spain Itinerary

Wondering how to spend two weeks in Spain? Or maybe your time is shorter or longer than two weeks and you’re trying to figure out how to make the most of your trip to Spain. You’re in luck! We recently spent more than a month in Spain – mostly southern Spain – and wrote this detailed guide to help you plan an amazing Spain itinerary for anywhere from 7 days to 2 weeks or more.

We loved Spain, and can’t wait for a return trip to explore some of the parts of northern Spain that we missed. 

Because this guide is based on our experience, it is essentially a southern Spain itinerary. You’ll visit Spain’s major cities  – Madrid and Barcelona – along with some of the highlights in Andalucía, which is our favorite part of Spain. 

It needs to be said at the beginning of this guide – Spain is a huge, diverse country with a bunch of fascinating regions with their own distinct identities. You’re not going to be able to see even close to everything in two weeks.

Even with over a month in Spain we still had to put some places on the list for our next trip. 

This guide to planning your Spain itinerary is meant to help you narrow down where to visit, and help you figure out how to organize your visit to Spain based on our personal experience and what we enjoyed.

Don’t worry if you have less than two weeks – below the main itinerary, we have ideas on how to condense the itinerary into shorter time frames. We DON’T think you should try to visit the same number of places in a shorter time, and instead would recommend choosing less places and spending the same amount of time exploring each. 

itinerary to visit spain

Disclaimer: Some of the links in this post, like hotel links, are affiliate links, meaning at no additional cost to you, we make a little bit of money if you click through and book. That being said, we would never recommend something to you that we don’t stand behind 100%.

How Much Time Do You Need in Spain?

Well, the answer to this question is essentially, as many as you can spare! 

If you have 14 days in Spain, you’ll have enough time to see both the highlights and some of the destinations that most tourists never make it to. However, two weeks still isn’t really that much time, so there are going to be times you’re going to say “I guess we’ll have to do that next time.” We certainly did, and we had over a month! 

With that in mind, we strongly recommend that you focus on picking four to five cities or regions in Spain rather than spending a night in each place and trying to fit it all in. That trip will be exhausting, and you’ll be missing so much richness and history by shortchanging each individual place. 

Our recommendation for you is to focus your time on: Barcelona (and Catalonia), Madrid (and the surrounding area), Granada , and Seville .

That means your itinerary is going to be heavily focused on southern Spain, which we think is the best introduction to Spain, and you’ll have to come back to explore northern Spain like Basque country and Asturias another time. 

If you’re visiting Spain with less time, we’d cut down on the number of places you’re visiting rather than spending a day or two in each place and still trying to fit them all in. I know, it feels weird to go all that way and only see a couple of cities and their surrounding areas. 

But we’d strongly recommend opting for fewer places and more time in each place, which will give you a deeper understanding of the city, the culture, and the people and allow you to get a level deeper than just seeing the main sights. 

If you have 7 or 10 days in Spain, we have suggestions on how to spend that time below the main itinerary. 

Where to Start and End Your Trip to Spain

We’ve organized this trip going east to west from Barcelona to Seville, but you could easily do it the opposite direction. 

If you follow it as written, you’ll want to fly in and out of different airports on what’s called an “open jaw” flight. This will save you a 5 to 6 hour train ride to return to Barcelona or Seville at the end of your trip, though the flight might cost a little bit extra (not always, though). 

If you do this as a one-way journey working from east to west, that means you’ll want to fly into Barcelona and out of Seville .

Barcelona has a very nice international airport with plenty of domestic and international flights available, and Seville’s, though smaller, will still give you plenty of options (though you’ll need to connect if you’re flying back to the US or Canada – not a whole lot of direct flights go from Seville to North America). 

If you find a cheap flight deal (we use Scott’s Cheap Flights , which sends you flight deals from your home airport to your inbox, and love it!), you can absolutely fly in and out of the same city.

But you’ll have to organize your time in a way where you make your way back to the airport you’re flying out of, which is going to mean extra train time and cost over the course of your trip. 

The price might work out though, depending on how cheap the flight is!

Getting Around Spain

Once you’re in Spain, you should plan on using the efficient and affordable rail network to get between places.

Occasionally, like from Madrid to Segovia, the bus is actually more efficient, but we took trains between cities and on day trips and always had a great experience. The train is a fantastic way to travel, and we wish we had a better high-speed rail network back home in the US.

You shouldn’t fly domestically between Spanish cities. It’ll be more expensive and once you’ve gotten to the airport a couple of hours in advance, it’ll likely take longer than the train, where you can show up 20 minutes ahead of time and still have time to grab coffee before boarding (in most cases). 

Plus, it’s generally more expensive and time consuming to get from the airport to the city center (or vice versa). 

Our point is that trains are easier in almost every way. 

We often ran into issues with the website of Spain’s rail network, Renfe, where it wouldn’t take our credit cards no matter how many times we tried.

After being frustrated several times, we turned to Omio , a private company that presents all the bus and train options in a significantly more user-friendly package (an app with tickets available offline, no glitches with payments, and it’s all in English). You’ll pay a small service fee, but we think it’s worth it for the significantly better experience.

Should You Rent a Car in Spain?

For context, we did not rent a car, used exclusively trains, and had a lovely time exploring the country.

However, there is one place where it might be nice to rent a car and have a little more flexibility to explore at your own pace, and that place is Andalusia. If that sounds like something you’re interested in, our advice is to pick up the car as you’re leaving Madrid, and drop it in Seville the day you arrive . 

You won’t need a car in Barcelona or Madrid, and the day trips to Toledo and Girona are very easily accessible using the train. 

Check prices and book on AutoEurope , which is our go-to rental car company in Europe. We used them twice on our three month European adventure – including in Sicily – and it was perfect both times.

The Route for a 2 Week Spain Itinerary

If you have two weeks, we’d recommend starting in Barcelona, making your way to Madrid, heading down to Granada, and ending in Seville. 

Here’s what that looks like in map form .

You’ll notice that this itinerary is missing HUGE swaths of the country, but two weeks really isn’t enough time to see everything. Instead, we’d recommend taking the time in the places you do visit to really get a feel for each place and go deeper on the unique histories and cultural quirks, which is what makes each place special. 

Here’s a day-by-day breakdown of what that trip looks like.

  • Day 1 : Arrive in Barcelona (and sleep)
  • Day 2 : Barcelona
  • Day 3 : Girona Day Trip
  • Day 4 : Barcelona
  • Day 5 : Barcelona & Late Train to Madrid
  • Day 6 : Madrid
  • Day 7 : Madrid
  • Day 8: Toledo Day Trip
  • Day 9 : Granada
  • Day 10 : Granada
  • Day 11 : Seville
  • Day 12 : Seville
  • Day 13 : Córdoba Day Trip
  • Day 14 : Seville & Fly home

Obviously, you have a little bit of flexibility in terms of which days you choose to do a day trip, how many days to spend in each place, and more. But this is how we’d do it if it was our first time in Spain. 

Two Weeks in Spain: A Complete Guide to Planning a 14 Day Spain Itinerary

Alright, now that we’ve covered logistics and given you an overview of what the itinerary below looks like, time to get into the details. 

Days 1-5: Barcelona

itinerary to visit spain

Barcelona is one of the most famous cities in Europe, and it’s not really that hard to understand why when you’re immersed in its charm. It has a great food and drink scene, plenty of fun neighborhoods to explore, and is a hub for some great day trips. 

And, of course, there’s the fingerprints of Antoni Gaudí, the Modernist architect who has had such an impact on the look and feel of various parts of the city, from Modernist buildings along Passeig de Gràcia, to the Sagrada Familia, one of the most impressive religious sites we’ve seen.

You really can’t visit Spain without including Barcelona. We think Barcelona is worth a full three days, and we think a day trip to Girona to get deeper into Catalonia and see one of our favorite cities in Spain also deserves a place on your visit to Spain. So that’s four full days in and around Barcelona. 

Please note that we’re assuming you arrive on the first day of this itinerary, probably sometime in the afternoon depending on where you’re coming from.

If you’re coming from outside of the EU, that means you’re going to have some jetlag to deal with, which means that the first day is largely lost. If you’re not dealing with jetlag, lucky you! You can probably spend one less day in Barcelona, and take that day and use it somewhere else later in the itinerary. 

What to Do in Barcelona

Here are some of the things to do in Barcelona that we think should be staples on your trip. Obviously, there are a ton of other things to do, see, eat, and drink, but these were the highlights for us.

For more detail, head over to our guide to planning a Barcelona itinerary . 

One important note : Tickets for the Sagrada Familia and Parc Guell – especially in high season – sell out. Sometimes months in advance. After you book your place to stay in Barcelona, those should be the next things you book if you want to see them. 

The Sagrada Familia

Of all the churches we saw on our three month European adventure that took us to Italy (including Sicily), Spain, and Portugal, this was our favorite of them all.

The reason? The amount of thought and care that has gone into every single element – the two facades, the interior, everything – is staggering.

It’s a masterpiece, and it’s well worth having the audio guide or a guided tour to enrich your experience and learn more about Gaudí’s masterpiece, which is still in-progress (though is due to be completed in 2026, 100 years after his death). Y

ou can get tickets on the official site .

If they’re sold out for your dates, look at Get Your Guide for skip-the-line tickets , or join a guided tour (we’d recommend this one with Take Walks, our favorite tour company in Europe).

itinerary to visit spain

Another Gaudí masterpiece, this is a park up on the hill behind the Gràcia neighborhood with great views back towards the city and water.

It’s going to be crowded at any hour, but it’s worth braving the crowds for the Modernist architecture.

Tickets here . 

Explore Barcelona’s Markets

There are three markets in Barcelona that we liked (though we went to a couple of the more local markets that are found in each neighborhood and enjoyed those too).

First, and most famous, is La Boqueria , which is right on Las Ramblas. It’s the biggest, and because of its location, it’s always crowded with tourists. Go early in the morning for the best experience, and get some fresh fruit or fruit juice for breakfast (Satan’s Coffee Corner a few blocks away is where you should go to get coffee).

The other two – Santa Caterina and Barceloneta – are within fifteen minutes on foot, and are smaller. But both are more enjoyable and are more evenly split between tourists and locals going about their shopping. 

Learn About Catalonian History

We really enjoyed the Museu d’Historia Catalunya , a relatively small multi-floor museum in Barceloneta by the beach.

It’s a dive into the history of both Spain and specifically Catalonia, which is something we had never really learned about in school.

You’ll come away with a deeper understanding of the region and its complex history and origins of its unique culture. 

Discover the Secret to Perfect Paella

We love to cook (and eat, of course), and when we sat down to talk about the best things we did in Spain, our cooking class with Clara where we learned the secrets to a good paella was at the top of the list for both of us.

You’ll meet Clara at her family’s house up in Gràcia and learn how to make two different kinds of paella in a beautiful outdoor garden.

Plus, Spanish wine and a variety of tapas to enjoy while it cooks, and the opportunity to connect with Clara and fellow like-minded travelers.

Click here to check prices, reviews, and availability . 

A Day Trip to Girona

We loved Girona, which is 100km northeast of Barcelona and is a deeper dive into Catalonia and its unique culture. Plus, it’s a gorgeous small town set on a river (multiple rivers, actually) and Game of Thrones filmed a bunch of major scenes from Season 6 in Girona. 

We have an entire guide dedicated to planning a day trip to Girona from Barcelona , which you should read for more details. Otherwise, here are the highlights. 

itinerary to visit spain

Take the high-speed AVE train from Barcelona-Sants to Girona , which takes just 40 minutes each way. Book tickets either directly through Renfe , or through Omio for a much more user-friendly experience (that comes with a small service fee).

  • Arrive early and walk the city walls before it gets packed. You can get up onto the walls from the Jardins de la Francesa behind the massive cathedral ( here on Google Maps), and they continue alllll the way around back to right around Plaça de Catalunya (though you can get off the walls at several points between those two spots). Don’t miss climbing up into at least one of the towers along the way for great views of the city and cathedral!
  • Head down to Espresso Mafia for the best coffee in Girona and a pastry or two, or over to their sister cafe La Fabrica if you’re in the mood for a more hearty brunch. 
  • Join our favorite walking tour in Spain at 10:30 am. And the best part is, you have two options! We loved the history-focused walking tour we did with Raquel, whose knowledge about Girona and Catalonia as a whole was impressive, and it’s the one we’d recommend for most people. However, they also do a Game of Thrones Tour , which fans of the TV show (minus the last season of course, which was hot garbage) will appreciate because it takes you to places in the city where they filmed pieces of Season 6. 
  • After the tour, grab lunch somewhere in the old town (ask your guide for a recommendation!). 
  • During the siesta, where the entire city basically shuts down for a few hours in the afternoon, hit the informative Jewish History Museum , which covers the history of the Jewish population in Girona, which shaped the city prior to being expelled in 1492, and then the Girona Cathedral , which is home to an impressive cloister, a huge nave (with no arches in the middle, which is unique) and the Tapestry of Creation from the 11th (ish) Century. 
  • Afterwards, spend the rest of your time wandering the old town and stopping into any place that catches your eye before catching your train home!

itinerary to visit spain

Where to Stay in Barcelona

There are, essentially, two main options in our minds here. 

We have a guide to choosing where to stay in Barcelona that goes through five neighborhoods, in detail, with pros and cons for each to help you find the right place to stay for your group, style, and budget. If you want more detail, make sure to read that. 

Now, back to those two areas. They are Gràcia , a more residential and low-key area north of the city center (our personal favorite), and l’Eixample . 

Staying in Gràcia: Endlessly Charming with Great Food and Drinks

Like we mentioned above, Gràcia is our personal favorite neighborhood in Barcelona. It’s a little further out, sure, but we stayed there for the majority of our time on our latest trip, and found that the metro made it easy to get everywhere we needed to go, and fast. 

You’re going to want to invest in the fabulous Hola Card if you stay here, which gives you access to unlimited transportation from between 24 hours and a week (in 24 hour increments).

Once you get off of the bustling wide boulevard of Passeig de Gràcia and into the narrower streets in the core of the neighborhood, you’ll start to see why we like it so much. It used to be a separate town from the city of Barcelona, and has very much retained its own unique character despite being swallowed up by the Catalonian capital. 

It’s charming, full of locals with their kids and dogs (or both), and has a great selection of bars, restaurants, and coffee shops and cafes. In other words, all of our favorite things.

  • If you want a mid-range hotel : Stay at Casa del Sol
  • If you want a boutique hotel : Look at Hotel Barcelona 1882
  • If you want an apartment : Check out Be Mate Paseo de Gràcia
  • If you want a hostel: Casa Gràcia and Generator Hostel are basically tied in our books. 

Staying in l’Eixample: Central, Walkable, and Well Connected

L’Eixample is the area between the Ciutat Vella (old town), the site of the original Roman city dating back two thousand years, and the outlying neighborhoods like Gràcia that used to be separate towns. It was created to connect the two and modernize Barcelona, which is why it has wide boulevards with multiple lanes of traffic, and a grid layout (versus narrow, winding alleys). 

It’s a great compromise between location (and therefore, convenience) and calmness. It’s still very busy, don’t get me wrong, but not nearly as chaotic as staying in a place like the Gothic Quarter, which is swarming with tourists at all hours of the day.

We really like the range of places to stay in l’Eixample too. There are great options from affordable hostels all the way to luxury hotels, and just about everything in between. 

  • If you want a hostel : Yeah Hostel Barcelona (they have private rooms and dorms)
  • If you want a fun, mid-range hotel : Look at the Praktik Hotels ( Garden , Vinoteca , and Bakery in particular), which are designed with the modern traveler in mind and give you everything you need at a relatively affordable price tag. Each property is centered and designed around a theme (like wine or gardens), which we’re into!
  • If you want a boutique hotel : Stay at Casa Bonay . Period. The end. 

Days 6 & 7: Madrid

itinerary to visit spain

As a second stop in Spain after Barcelona, Madrid is going to be quite the contrast. You’ll get to see the stark differences between the Spanish capital city and its most famous city (the latter being Barcelona). Madrid feels distinctly more livable, with dense housing and sprawling green spaces, and the biggest difference we noticed is that we heard far, far fewer people speaking languages other than Spanish. 

The other thing we noticed is that Mardillenos say “vale” (which means “okay,” roughly) about every three words. We love those funny language quirks. 

We enjoyed Madrid, and think two days in the city itself is a perfect amount of time to see the highlights and get a feel for the bustling capital. 

However, there are some great day trips to be had from Madrid – Toledo, Segovia, and Avila, to name a few.

We’d highly recommend spending an extra day to do a day trip to Toledo from Madrid , where you’ll see a city shaped by Muslim, Jewish, and Christian cultures over the course of centuries. You could also spend the night in Toledo, but it is going to mean extra time on your trip to Granada. 

Getting to Madrid

The best way to get to Madrid is by train. 

There are multiple direct high-speed trains a day running between Barcelona-Sants and Madrid Puerta de Atocha, which are the stations you’re going to want.

It takes roughly three hours and costs around 40 Euros per person to start, more if you book closer to your travel dates. So try to book your long-distance train tickets as far in advance as possible to save money!

One other thing to note – the best way to get from Atocha Station to the center is using the regional train system (called “Cercanías”), and your train ticket includes a transfer to that system.

You have to scan your long-distance train ticket at a special scanner – ask an attendant how to do it if you can’t figure it out. More information here . 

Click here to see prices and timetables for the journey from Barcelona to Madrid on Omio .

What to Do in Madrid

Madrid has fewer major tourist attractions than, say, Barcelona, but it’s an equally enchanting city, with fun, lively neighborhoods full of people that actually live there (versus Barcelona, which feels like it might actually just be 100% tourists in places like the Gothic Quarter). 

The most famous of the things to do in Madrid is the Museo del Prado, a collection of mainly paintings that was shaped by the Spanish royal family at the peak of their power between the 16 th and 19 th Centuries. We have an entire section on the Prado below, because we think it’s that important. 

Here are some things that you shouldn’t miss while you’re in Madrid. 

Visiting the Prado Museum

itinerary to visit spain

I want to preface this section with the fact that we’re not really art museum people. But thanks to an expert guide who helped make sense of the huge collection at the Prado, it was still a highlight of our trip to Spain. 

The Museo del Prado is the premier attraction in Madrid, and it made its way onto our list of our favorite art museums in Europe.

For that reason, you’ll find that tickets are competitive in the same way that the Sagrada Familia is, and you’ll want to buy tickets well in advance to ensure that you get to see it. Tickets are known to sell out in the high season. 

There are a couple of themes in the Prado Museum, the main ones being the Spanish collection, featuring some of Spain’s most famous painters like Goya and Velasquez, the Italian collection, and the Flemish collection, which was our favorite. 

Flemish art is imaginative, vibrant, and… dark. Very dark. It’s a very, very unique style, and the Prado Museum is one of the best places in the world to see it. There are entire rooms dedicated to the Flemish masters, and we would make sure to cover it on your visit. 

The Prado is massive. You could easily spend a full day here and not see everything.

Like most of the main art museums across Europe, we think the Prado is best experienced with a knowledgeable guide who knows something about art history. Which is how we experienced the museum.

After considering a bunch of tours, we picked this tour with Jaime , whose knowledge about Spanish and art history turned our experience from “those are some cool paintings” to a much deeper understanding of the pieces of art, including the context around them in terms of Spanish history, and the artist’s life. 

itinerary to visit spain

Perhaps the most important thing a guide brings to the table is curation. There are thousands of pieces of art in the Prado, and we certainly would’ve had no idea where to start. Jaime picked out a few important pieces in each section, and we went deep on those rather than trying to see everything.

If you’re interested in a guided tour , we’d recommend this one with Jaime (the one we did), or if Jaime isn’t available, this tour that was on our shortlist.  

Visiting the Prado independently : If you want to visit on your own, you can find tickets on their official website . You’ll need to choose a timeslot for your visit – we heard that the later afternoon times tend to be the least busy, but it’s generally always full in peak season. 

Pro-tip : Leave the backpack at home – you’ll need to check it in the coatroom, and the lines are notoriously long. 

Tickets sold out for your dates? You have a couple of options. Show up on the day you want to go when the ticket office opens to buy tickets for that day. Check Get Your Guide to see if they have any skip-the-line tickets available. Or join a guided tour that includes tickets . 

The Royal Palace

One of the biggest in Europe, the Madrid Royal Palace is built on the site of the original Muslim city. Madrid became the capital of Spain in the 16 th Century, and the Royal Palace as we know it today was built around that time.

Sort of, it has burned down a couple of times and has been rebuilt. Buy your tickets in advance to avoid the huge ticket lines .

Tickets are available on their official website .  

Tapas in La Latina

itinerary to visit spain

Tapas qualify as a must-do in Madrid, and there’s a particular street in La Latina, a very fun neighborhood just south of the main center, that is famous for tapas bars.

It’s called Calle Cava Baja , and it’s lined with all sorts of different tapas joints of varying qualities and styles. It’s particularly popular around lunchtime and in the late afternoon before dinner. 

A Walking Tour through Medieval Madrid

To understand the context around Madrid and its role in Spanish history, we’d recommend connecting with a local expert.

You’ll learn about how Madrid wasn’t much of a big city until the 16 th Century when it became the capital, and all the shenanigans that have happened since.

We have two personal recommendations here. First, the walking tour we did with Bradley , an American with a PHD in Spanish history, which covered the origins of Madrid and the evolution of the city over the centuries.

Second, Jaime’s version of a similar walking tour . Jaime was our guide for the Prado, and he was born and raised in Madrid and has an encyclopedic knowledge of Madrid’s history, culture, and art.  

Parque El Retiro

itinerary to visit spain

Madrid’s best green space, located on the eastern side of the city near the Prado Museum. There’s a rose garden, a lake, and all sorts of lovely greenery that provide a nice break from the bustling city streets.

Start from the northwestern corner at Puerta de Alcala, and make your way south to the rose garden, passing the lake and Palacio Cristal along the way.

Where to Stay in Madrid

While there are a bunch of fun, unique places to stay in Madrid (you can read all about them in our guide to the best places to stay in Madrid ), two areas rise to the top for very different reasons. 

Staying in Malasaña: Our Favorite Neighborhood in Madrid

Malasaña is the hipster haven just north of Gran Vía, the main artery running east to west through the heart of Madrid. It’s charming, hip, and full of amazing places to eat and drink at all hours of the day, from morning coffee to midnight mojito. 

Here are some specific places to consider:

  • If you want an upscale hostel : Stay at Bastardo Hostel
  • If you want a boutique hotel: Stay at 7 Islas Hotel
  • If you want an apartment : Stay at limehome Madrid Calle de la Madera

Staying in Sol-Gran Vía: As Central as it Gets

Sol-Gran Vía is much more about the central location than how charming it is. It’s where we stayed, and we basically walked everywhere we went in Madrid. It’s 15-20 minutes to both the Royal Palace and Prado Museum, and 10 minutes to the heart of Malasaña and La Latina, two of our favorite places to hang out in Madrid.

Plus, Plaza Mayor is going to be just a few minutes away (it’s inside the boundaries of the neighborhood). 

  • If you want an upscale hostel : Stay at TOC Hostel
  • If you want a boutique hotel : Stay at Vincci The Mint
  • If you want an apartment : Stay at Smartrentals Centric Gran Vía ( where we stayed )

Day 8: A Toledo Day Trip

itinerary to visit spain

Before Madrid rose to prominence in the 16 th Century, Toledo was actually the most important city in the region. Today, it’s one of the best examples (outside of Andalucía, I suppose) of the coming together of the three prominent religions and cultures in Spanish history – Muslim, Jewish, and Christian. 

It’s one of the few places in Spain where you can see a cathedral, a synagogue (two, really), and a mosque. 

Plus, Toledo is a beautiful city, with the alcazar perched atop a hill overlooking the Tagus river below. Even the walk to the center from the train station is gorgeous – you cross a bridge with the center of Toledo across the river from you, towering above you. 

To Day Trip, or Not to Day Trip?

Because it’s just a 30 minute train ride from Madrid, Toledo is absolutely doable as a day trip from Madrid. In fact, that’s exactly how we did it. 

However, we also think that it’s worth investing some extra effort to be in Toledo early in the morning and late in the afternoon, when the pesky day trippers aren’t around and the city is at its most beautiful.

You’ll get to see the city at its best, when only a fraction of the day’s tourists are around, and you’ll have a little more time to go a level deeper and really appreciate the coming together of the three cultures in Toledo. 

We see the merits of both approaches, and this one comes down to your personal preferences. It is worth noting that you have a somewhat long train ride down to Granada, and to do it from Toledo you’d actually have to go back to Madrid (even though Toledo is located towards Granada) and connect from there. 

That alone might make it worth doing it as a day trip, but it’s up to you. 

How to Spend a Day in Toledo

Here are the best things to do with a day in Toledo. 

We would actually skip the interior of the Toledo Cathedral , which, while spectacular, costs more than 12 Euros to enter, and even more if you want to go up into the belltower and cloister. It’s a church! Sure, it’s massive and monumental, and beautifully decorated with works from famous Spanish artists like Goya, but we think 12 Euros is still steep. 

The Alcazar & Military Museum

The Alcazar of Toledo – which is a castle with roots in the 3rd Century – is perched on a hill overlooking the Tagus River (which runs all the way to Lisbon in Portugal) and is now home to a military museum. But it’s not actually about the military, really.

The best part of this museum is the detailed chronicle of Spain’s history in six chapters. Which does include a lot of things focused on the military, but uses a much wider aperture to explore the history of the country.

They also have some collections of guns and swords and stuff like that, which isn’t that unique or impressive, in my opinion.

It’s well worth the couple of hours it’ll take you to go through Spain’s history. The museum is free on Sundays!

The Two Synagogues

There are two synagogues in Toledo that are worth visiting, and they represent two of very few old synagogues left in Spain.

The first, Sinagoga de Santa María La Blanca , is the more famous one, and I was a little surprised at the lack of information inside. Still, the arches and in the dimly lit interior are quite something.

It’s technically no longer a synagogue after it was confiscated when the Jews were expelled in 1492. Today, it’s owned by the Catholic Church, who has yet to return it to the Jewish community despite them asking the church to do so.

The second is the Sinagoga del Tránsito , which is very different – far less ornate – and has a small but mighty museum (the Sephardi Museum) on the history of Judaism on the Iberian Peninsula.

We enjoyed the Mudejar style, which takes inspiration from Islamic architecture and was often created by Muslim artists for non-Muslim buildings and patrons. More on that style when we get into Andalucía. 

The Monastery of San Juan de los Reyes

Just down the street from the two synagogues is a nice monastery whose main attraction and highlight is undoubtedly the multi-floor cloister in the middle.

Originally, it was supposed to be the burial place of Queen Isabella and King Ferdinand – the royal couple responsible for bringing the two Spanish kingdoms together – but they ended up deciding on Granada later in life after they conquered the last Muslim kingdom in Granada in 1492.

Make sure to do the ground floor and upper floor of the cloister, and check out the gargoyles on the upper floor. 

You’ve seen Christianity, you’ve seen Judaism, now for the last of the three main monotheistic religions, Islam. There’s a small (former) mosque in the center of Toledo near Puerta del Sol that was built in 999 AD.

Throughout our time in Spain, particularly in Andalucía, we were struck by the contrast between the grandeur of cathedrals and churches, which were very much meant to project power first and foremost, and mosques, which are more humble places of worship.

This former mosque, called the Mosque of Cristo de la Luz, is small compared to any church in the city, and it was converted into a church when the Christians conquered the city (SURPRISE). 

Days 9 & 10: Granada

itinerary to visit spain

Granada was one of our favorite stops in Spain for a couple of different reasons. First, the Alhambra is an impressive feat of architecture, and it’s well worth half a day exploring the former fort turned palace at the top of the hill. The gardens of Generalife, the former summer palace of the Nasrid family, and the Nasrid Palaces in particular are stunning.  

However, Granada is more than the Alhambra, which is why we’d recommend spending a couple of days here rather than coming, doing the Alhambra, and then leaving. 

Granada was the last Muslim stronghold on the Iberian Peninsula, falling in 1492 to the Christian monarchs after many centuries as part of a Muslim caliphate. The impact of those centuries of a strong Muslim community are immediately evident as you walk the streets of Granada, particularly in the Albaicín, the Muslim Quarter. 

From mosques that have been turned into churches but still retain some unique architectural elements, to countless tea houses (Alysha’s favorite!), Granada is a city worth exploring beyond just the Alhambra to understand how the different cultures have mixed over the centuries. 

For more information on Granada, make sure to check out our guide to 2 days in Granada , which has everything you need to know to spend a couple of days in the city, including how to see the Alhambra. 

Getting to Granada

From Madrid, Granada is a bit of a journey. It’s basically due south, and the Sierra Nevada Mountains make the journey a little longer and more circuitous than it should be. Along the train ride, you’ll pass olive trees as far as the eye can see. 

No, seriously. Almost the entire train ride is just views of row upon row of olive trees. 

It’s going to take you three and a half hours or so to get from Madrid to Granada, but we think it’s worth it and the train ride is pretty beautiful. Tickets can be expensive, so book as far in advance as you can.

Check prices and train times for your dates on Omio , which is what we used in Spain to book trains and buses when the official Renfe website wouldn’t take our American credit card (which happened at seemingly random times).

We like Omio because it’s a more user-friendly experience, giving you all the train and bus options in one place, and it’s all in English. You’ll pay a small service fee, but we think it’s worth it. 

Things to Do in Granada

itinerary to visit spain

Like we mentioned, Granada is more than the Alhambra, though we definitely think you should see the Alhambra while you’re there.  

The Alhambra

itinerary to visit spain

One of the most popular tourist attractions in Spain, the Alhambra was built by the Nasrid dynasty, the last Muslim territory on the Iberian Peninsula. It’s part defensive castle, part royal palace, and there are three parts of the complex.

The Generalife (summer palace and gardens), the Alcazaba (the castle part), and the Nasrid Palaces (the most unique and beautiful part).

You can get a ticket that covers all three, but the Nasrid Palaces require a timed entry reservation, while the other two can be visited at any time on the day your ticket is for.

itinerary to visit spain

All three are a must-visit, and you should get the ticket that gives you access to the entire complex.

Buy tickets on the official website as far in advance as possible to visit independently, but we’d recommend a guided tour to get the context you need to really understand what you’re looking at.

We did this guided tour , and really enjoyed it. 

Pro-tip : Bring water, sunscreen, comfortable shoes, and a hat if you’re visiting in the summer. 

Alhambra Tickets sold out for your dates? You have a couple of options. Show up on the day you want to go when the ticket office opens to buy tickets for that day. Check Get Your Guide to see if they have any skip-the-line tickets available. Or join a guided tour . 

Albaicín at Sunset

The Albaicín is the most romantic and charming part of Granada, at least in our view.

The Muslim Quarter of Granada sprawls up the hill, which used to be the home of the ruling family’s palace before it was moved to the Alhambra under a new ruling family.

It’s full of narrow streets and open plazas, some of which have spectacular views of the Alhambra across the valley.

It’s particularly stunning at sunset.

Go to The Mirador de San Nicolás ( here on Google Maps), which is more popular and full of people, or the nearby Mirador de la Vereda de Enmedio ( here on Google Maps) which is where we ended up, and there were only a small handful of people around as the golden light washed over the Alhambra.

We loved this walking tour of the Albaicín , where we got to learn more about the history of the neighborhood.

Experience a “Tetería”

Alysha isn’t a coffee drinker, but she LOVES tea. And the place to get tea in Spain is at one of the teterías – tea houses – in Granada.

One of the unique things you’ll find in Granada (and other parts of Andalusia, though not nearly as prominently as in Granada), are tea houses, which are a clear example of the influence of the seven centuries of Muslim rule in Granada.

We had a favorite that we went to multiple times over our time in Granada – La Tetería del Bañuelo ( here on Google Maps). 

The Granada Cathedral and Royal Chapel

We had heard from the guide on our walking tour that the Royal Chapel was the best part of the Cathedral complex to visit, and we’d have to say we agree with that assessment.

Inside the Royal Chapel, the first Catholic monarchs of Spain (Isabella and Ferdinand) are buried, along with their children (Joana and Phillip). You can walk down into the crypt to see where they’re buried beneath the ornamental mausoleums in the center of the Chapel.

It costs 5 Euros, and there’s a handy audio guide in English. 

Where to Stay in Granada

Granada is relatively compact, though we’d recommend staying somewhere near Plaza Nueva, which will give you access to everything you’ll want to see within about 15 minutes on foot.

We stayed at Limehome in Granada , which was one of our favorite places that we stayed during our entire month in Spain. Spacious, light-filled apartments with kitchens, and our particular apartment had a little terrace where you can catch a glimpse of the Alhambra. 

If we returned, we’d probably stay in the endlessly charming Albaicín , but it’s a little less convenient because it’s hard to access with a car, and it’s uphill if you’re walking (which can be a problem if you’re lugging bags). 

Days 11 – 14: Seville

itinerary to visit spain

Seville has a very important place in world history, and the city is a fascinating example of multiple cultures coming together, mixing and blending over time.

Before we can really talk about Seville – the capital of Andalucía – as a Spanish city, we have to talk about its origins. Because before coming to Seville, we had a very different picture in our heads of a city that is distinctly “Spanish,” more than any other city in Spain.

After visiting, we realized that this quintessentially “Spanish” city is a product of a rich history with a diverse cast of characters, which has resulted in a fascinating city. 

Seville’s history begins long before the Romans, but that’s where we’re going to start this fast-paced meander through history. Seville was an important city in Roman times, and if you don’t believe me, emperors Hadrian and Trajan were actually born in nearby Italica.

Julius Caesar himself was responsible for the construction of the original city walls of Seville, which are long gone as the city expanded well past the original Roman city’s boundaries. 

Next came the Visigoths and Vandals, who were in Seville for a few hundred years, before the most consequential period in Seville’s history began in the 8th Century.

That, my friends, is when the Umayyad Caliphate arrived, which kicked off a period of Muslim rule on the Iberian Peninsula that lasted for almost eight centuries in total, though Seville was conquered by the Spanish Christians in 1248. 

itinerary to visit spain

There’s a reason why I think it’s important to know Seville’s history going into your trip.

The entire time you’re in Seville, you’re going to be seeing the impact of the mixture of the different cultures on modern-day Seville. The main sights – the Alcázar (whose name itself is a good example of the mixing of cultures) and the Seville Cathedral have elements from both the Islamic period and various Christian periods that came afterwards.

In fact, the majority of both buildings are expansions that were built around structures that were built during the period of the Caliphate. 

Putting the history aside, Seville is a lovely place to spend a few days. Vibrant, orange tree lined plazas with people eating and drinking their hearts out, gorgeous architecture (especially Plaza de España, which you shouldn’t miss), and tons of green spaces in the city make for a perfect end to your Spanish adventure. 

Psst ! We have an entire detailed guide dedicated to helping you plan the perfect 2 day Seville itinerary .

Getting to Seville

From Granada, there are high speed trains that will take you to Seville in about two and a half hours. Some journeys have a change in Antequera-Santa Ana, which we did twice and is a relatively easy station to navigate.

Don’t be scared off by a change there, but know that it will likely be a bit longer with the change (but also a bit cheaper). 

What to Do in Seville

There are a few things we think you shouldn’t miss while you’re in Seville.

This list is obviously not exhaustive, and for more detail you should head over to our guide to 2 days in Seville , which goes deeper on the city and what to do and see while you’re there. The Cathedral, Alcázar, and Archivo de Indias (the latter of which isn’t really worth visiting) form a three-part complex that is a UNESCO World Heritage site. 

We do think that you should devote one day to Córdoba , which is a 40 minute train ride away and is home to one of the most important Muslim sites in Spain – the Mosque Cathedral.

It forms a triumvirate of important pieces of the Muslim history of Andalucía with the Alhambra in Granada and the Royal Alcázar of Seville. It’s worth making an effort to see all three during your time in Spain. 

Royal Alcázar of Seville

This was our first stop in Seville, and it’s a great introduction to the history of the city because it’s a palace (with an Arabic-inspired name) built for a Christian king predominantly by Muslims, in a style that blends Muslim and Christian characteristics.

All of this happened immediately after said Christian king conquered the city from the Muslim rulers who had been there for five centuries before he arrived.

The entire thing is one big mashup of different architectural styles, cobbled together over several centuries with Gothic, Renaissance, Mudejar, and other styles all blended together. There are actually three structures here, along with a nice set of gardens where there’s a water organ – one of only a few in the world – that plays every hour, on the hour.

itinerary to visit spain

The most interesting of the structures, by far, is the Palace of Peter, where parts of season five of Game of Thrones were filmed (mainly the parts that take place in Dorne).

We did this guided tour with Jose, and think it’s well worth it to have someone to help you get a deeper understanding of exactly what you’re looking at, which would be a bit confusing on your own. 

The Seville Cathedral

The Seville Cathedral was built on the site of a mosque, and provides a contrast between the part of the building that used to be a mosque – a humble place of worship made of affordable materials – and the addition of a massive cathedral that is equal parts worship and power projection.

Christopher Columbus (or at least part of him), famous for basically making one big mistake, is also buried here. The highlight is climbing the bell tower, known as the “Giralda,” for a nice view over the city. The way you get to the top is unique too.

Rather than stairs, which is what you find at most cathedrals, you’ll climb 35 ramps.

Tickets here .

Plaza de España

All of Spain’s major cities seem to have one, but Seville’s is the most spectacular, we think. I mean, parts of Star Wars: Attack of the Clones (by far the worst of the first six movies) were filmed there, so you know it has to be good.

It was built back in the early 20th Century before the Ibero-American Exposition, which was meant to strengthen ties between the Americas and Spain but turned out to be a flop given the global financial crisis that was unfolding at the time.

Still, the architecture is spectacular, with two towers, canals, and four bridges – each bridge representing a former kingdom of Spain. 

A Day Trip to Córdoba

Córdoba is a perfect place to spend a day, and the Mosque-Cathedral is sure to be one of the most interesting places you’ll visit on your trip to Spain.

With a high speed train connecting Seville and Córdoba, you can easily do a Córdoba day trip from Seville and see the main sights in a day.

For a more relaxed pace, spend the night and see the city once all the day trippers have gone home.

We loved Córdoba, and have a guide to a day trip to Córdoba that you should read if you’re interested.

Absolutely do not miss the Mosque-Cathedral , and do the gardens of the Alcázar too. 

itinerary to visit spain

Where to Stay in Seville

Seville is a relatively compact city that is also very flat, which means you’ll essentially be able to walk everywhere if you stay central. We’d recommend staying in one of the central neighborhoods that makes up the Casco Antiguo , Seville’s charming old town core. We particularly like the charming Jewish Quarter called Santa Cruz . 

We stayed at Come to Sevilla – Casa de las Especias , which is a set of serviced apartments (like a cross between a hotel and an apartment complex) in the heart of the old town.

If you want an apartment, we’d recommend it. They also have two other properties in the city, one in Arenal (near the river) and one on the border of Santa Cruz . 

If you’re looking for a boutique hostel – that’s a cross between a hotel and a hostel with private, hotel-style rooms and the social aspects you’d expect from a hostel – look at TOC Hostel . We stayed at TOC in Barcelona and enjoyed it, and they’re known for providing a great experience. 

Let Us Help You Plan Your Amazing Trip to Spain!

We’ve got plenty of other detailed guides for our favorite places in Spain – from Barcelona, to Madrid and Andalusia – that we wrote to help you plan an incredible trip.

P.S.: If the link isn’t there, it means we’re still working on it and the guide will be up shortly. It takes a lot of time and effort to put together these detailed guides! Bear with us.

  • Two Weeks in Spain: How to Plan an Amazing 14 Day Spain Itinerary
  • 4 Days in Barcelona: How to Plan the Perfect Barcelona Itinerary
  • Where to Stay in Barcelona: A Complete Guide to 5 Great Areas
  • Gluten Free Barcelona: A Complete Guide for Celiacs
  • Exactly How to Take an Amazing Day Trip to Girona From Barcelona
  • 2 Days in Madrid: A Complete Guide to Planning Your Madrid Itinerary
  • Where to Stay in Madrid: A Complete Guide to 5 Great Areas
  • Gluten Free Madrid: A Complete Guide for Celiacs (Restaurants + Bakeries)
  • Taking A Day Trip to Toledo From Madrid: A Complete Guide
  • 2 Days in Granada: A Complete Guide to the Best Things to Do in Granada
  • 2 Days in Seville: A Complete Guide to Planning a Seville Itinerary

What to Do with More Time in Spain

The way we see it, the answer to this question has two possible paths you could go down. 

The first path is adding more places along this general route, which is the one we’d recommend (and is essentially what we did on our trip). 

The second path would be to pick another region – like Asturias in the northwest or Basque Country in the northeast (or even Mallorca, an island off the south coast of Spain), and spend your extra time there. We would only recommend this path if you have another week in Spain – so three weeks total. Otherwise, the travel time to get there probably isn’t worth it. 

If you’re up for the first path, here are some other places that would make a great addition to your itinerary, along with how much time to allocate to each place. 

  • Ronda (1-2 days): One of the more charming towns in Spain, Ronda is one of the famous  Andalusian white hilltop towns. It’s probably not worth more than two days, and there’s no major tourist attractions, which makes it a great place to relax, walk around, and take in the atmosphere. It is definitely worth hiking down to get a good view of the famous bridge, though. 
  • Montserrat (1 day): A day trip from Barcelona for hikers and people who love religious sites. 
  • Avila or Segovia (1 day): Two more great day trips from Madrid, Avila is known for its intact medieval city walls (and defensive towers), while Segovia is known for its Roman aqueduct. 
  • Cadiz or Malaga (1-2 days): If you’re looking to spend a few days at the end of your trip on the beach, these are two good options in southern Spain. Both are easily accessible from Seville or Granada, and would be a great, relaxing way to end your trip. 

What to Do with Less Time in Spain

If you have somewhere between 7-10 days in Spain, you can do a condensed version of this itinerary, so you’ll be able to use the detailed information in the relevant sections to plan your trip. We’ll give you two 10 day Spain itinerary ideas, and two 7 day Spain itinerary ideas. 

If you have 7 days, we’d focus on two cities (e.g. Barcelona and Madrid, or Madrid and Granada). If you have 10 days, we’d expand that to three cities (e.g. Barcelona, Madrid, and Granada). Use a single city as a home base for the region to cut down on packing up your bags and moving around, which is a big lesson we learned on our three month trip to Europe. Packing sucks, so do it as little as possible!

7 Days in Spain: Two 7  Day Spain Itinerary Ideas

Here are two ways to organize a week in Spain, one that focuses on Madrid and Barcelona, which provide a nice contrast, and one that focuses on Madrid and Andalusia, some of the most “Spanish-feeling” parts of Spain. 

Madrid and Barcelona in 7 Days

Focus on Spain’s two major cities – Barcelona and Madrid – and use them as a home base to do a couple of day trips. 

  • Day 1: Arrive in Barcelona
  • Day 2: Barcelona
  • Day 3: Girona Day Trip
  • Day 4: Early train to Madrid
  • Day 5: Madrid
  • Day 6: Day Trip to Toledo
  • Day 7: Madrid & Fly Home

Madrid and Seville in 7 Days

Start your trip in Madrid, Spain’s capital, and make your way south to Seville, the capital of Andalusia, over the course of seven days. 

  • Day 1: Arrive in Madrid
  • Day 2: Madrid
  • Day 3: Toledo Day Trip
  • Day 4: Train to Seville
  • Day 5: Seville
  • Day 6: Seville
  • Day 7: Seville & Fly Home

10 Days in Spain: Two 10 Day Spain Itinerary Ideas

With 10 days, you have a bit more time, but not quite enough to fit Barcelona, Madrid, and Andalusia all into your trip.

Barcelona, Madrid, and Granada in 10 Days

In this version, you’re skipping Seville (one of our favorite places in Spain) in favor of Barcelona, Madrid, and Granada. Granada and the Alhambra gives you a taste of Andalusia, which you can come back to on a dedicated trip later. 

  • Day 4: Barcelona
  • Day 5: Early train to Madrid
  • Day 6: Madrid
  • Day 7: Day Trip to Toledo
  • Day 8: Granada
  • Day 9: Granada
  • Day 10: Fly Home from Granada

Madrid and Andalusia in 10 Days

In this version, spend the bulk of your time in Andalusia, with a couple of days in Madrid at the beginning and a full week split between Seville and Granada, where you’ll be able to dive a little deeper into the complex, intertwined history of the Muslim and Christian periods in southern Spain. 

  • Day 4: Madrid
  • Day 5: Granada
  • Day 6: Granada
  • Day 7: Seville
  • Day 8: Seville
  • Day 9: Seville
  • Day 10: Seville & Fly Home

itinerary to visit spain

Matt is the founder and main writer behind Wheatless Wanderlust, which he started back in 2018 as a way to share his gluten free travel guides with his fellow Celiac travelers.

Since then, Matt and his wife Alysha have visited 18 national parks, spent three months in Europe and six weeks in Colombia, and have explored every corner of the Pacific Northwest, which is where Matt grew up.

He writes super detailed guides to the places they visit, bringing together personal experience and historical context to help YOU plan an amazing trip.

I’m planning a trip to Spain next summer and have really enjoyed your blog! Your suggestion Madrid And Andalusia In 10 Days is just about perfect for us, thank you!

That sounds like an incredible trip – enjoy!

Thanks for this truly informative guide. I will have 3 wks in Spain next month and am booking everything so last minute. I’m set on Madrid, Barcelona, San Sebastian and a bit torn between Granada, Valencia & Seville. My Barcelona-based friend suggested the Canary Islands, too. I saved so many of your tips for museums, walking tours, neighborhoods to stay in and much more. THANK YOU! Glad you had such an amazing trip!

Hey Laurel! Thanks for the kind words – hope your trip is amazing. For what it’s worth, we really loved Granada and Seville. Cheers!

We have 14 days (not counting travel time from SFO and back) and hoping to see both Portugal (Lisbon & Porto) and Spain. I’m having such difficulty limiting number of region/cities in Spain to tackle. I’m looking at Barcelona, Madrid and so torn whether to do Seville or Granada.

From your extensive travel experience, does it make sense to start trip in Barcelona and fly back to SFO from Lisbon?

Your thoughts?

Hey Mylene! First of all, I want to say that this comment inspired me to start working on a Spain + Portugal guide, because multiple people have asked this, which must mean there are many more out there wondering how to combine the two!

After working through the logistics and outline for that guide, here’s what I’d do. I’d split it into six days in Portugal (just do Porto –> Lisbon, which you can read about in our Portugal itinerary), fly to Sevilla (the better flight options are from Lisbon, which is why we’d do Porto to Lisbon in that direction), and then do Sevilla (2 days + day trip to Cordoba), Madrid (2 days + day trip to Toledo), and Barcelona (2 days). If you have to cut something, probably cut Toledo.

We do love Granada, but we also loved Cordoba, which is an easy 45 minute train ride from Sevilla, and combining the two gives you a great introduction to Andalucía.

Can we see Granada and Seville without renting a car? Is there publich transport within these two cities?

Hey there! You sure can – we didn’t rent a car in Spain, and did Sevilla, Cordoba, Granada, and Ronda all without a car. The train connections are great, especially between the first three (Ronda is a little harder to get to, but still doable).

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

itinerary to visit spain

Out of Your Comfort Zone

The art of backpacking & adventures to get out of your comfort zone – tips and advice, how to plan the perfect 7-days itinerary in spain.

Last Updated on March 12, 2024 by Talita

Spain is one of the most beautiful places to visit in Europe, and no matter the season, you’re guaranteed to have a great time.

But, with the country being so spread out, and with limited time available, planning a trip to Spain is far from easy. That’s why I’ve created this perfect 7-Day Spain itinerary, for you to make the most of your time.

Whether you’re a foodie longing for authentic tapas, an art enthusiast willing to visit the Sagrada Familia in Barcelona , or a history lover, this itinerary promises a week-long extravaganza.

Ready? I can’t wait to tell you everything you need to know about this itinerary and more, at the end of this guide!

depositphotos_17409303-stock-photo-park-guell-in-barcelona-spain

Table of Contents

  • 1.1.1 Best Things To Do in Madrid
  • 1.3 Day 2: Explore Madrid + Half-Day Trip to Segovia
  • 1.4.1 Best Things To Do in Barcelona
  • 1.5.1 Best Things To Do in Valencia
  • 1.6.1 Best Things To Do in Malaga
  • 1.7.1 Best Things To Do in Granada
  • 3.1 Where to Fly to in Spain?
  • 3.2 How to Get Around Spain?
  • 3.3 What to Pack For Spain?
  • 5 Planning your next trip?

Spain Itinerary For 7 Days

Let’s dive right into this 7 days in Spain itinerary ! This journey is designed to give you a taste of Spain’s rich culture, amazing food, and incredible architecture, like Gaudi’s work.

I recommend starting your trip in Madrid, as you’ll be centrally located to easily access Barcelona on day 3.

Day 1: Madrid

Kick off your 7 days in Spain by exploring the vibrant Spanish capital. Start off early and visit some of the famous attractions, such as:

  • Plaza Mayor
  • El Retiro Park
  • Palace of Royal Families
  • Take a stroll through Gran Vía

I personally recommend starting the day early at Plaza Mayor, taking photos for your Insta feed, and then joining a Segway tour, which is a cool way to explore around.

After that, for lunch, stay in the Plaza Mayor area and have a delicious meal at either El MiniBAR or Los Galayos, 2 of the best eateries around. Needless to say, food-wise, this is the best start for your Spain itinerary!

In the afternoon, I suggest you get the Museum Card and see Museo Nacional Del Prado and Museo Nacional Centro de Arte Reina Sofía, which are absolute must-sees.

After a busy day of sightseeing, head out for a delicious dinner and drinks in the city’s lively tapas bars.

After a night out? Make sure to head over to Planet Club, the place to be after midnight, and cocktails are cheap too! But don’t go overboard, as day 2 will be a busy one!

Best Things To Do in Madrid

  • Wander through Retiro Park
  • Discover Gran Vía
  • Experience the energy of Plaza Mayor
  • Have Spanish cuisine at Mercado de San Miguel
  • Take in the view from the Teleférico cable car

Day 2: Explore Madrid + Half-Day Trip to Segovia

Start the day with a visit to one of Madrid’s most iconic landmarks, the Royal Palace. Take a tour or simply admire its beauty from the outside before heading back into town.

Then, why not go shop for souvenirs or clothes at Gran Via, where one of the biggest Primark in the world is!

In the afternoon, you’ll want to take a half-day trip to Segovia, one of the best destinations out of Madrid for a few hours. Of course, don’t forget your camera, as this will be your first introduction to real, authentic Spanish culture.

https://www.getyourguide.com/madrid-l46/segovia-half-day-with-toledo-el-escorial-optional-tours-t138215

This tour only lasts 5 hours, starting at 3.00 PM, and covers the famous Roman Aqueduct, an explanation of Spanish history through the medieval streets, and the Alcazar Fortress.

For dinner, get back to Central Madrid to have a few tapas , a paella, some chicharron, and why not end the meal with some churros? Yum!

Day 3 & 4: Barcelona & Montserrat

Day 3 and 4 are all about Barcelona and Montserrat – You can reach Barcelona from Madrid by air, taking a flight, which will take about 90 minutes.

On the other hand, you can also take a train, which will take 2.5 hours, but you’ll get to see the scenery around, as opposed to flying.

On day 3 in Barcelona, check out the stunning Sagrada Familia in Barcelona, which is famous for its incredible architecture. I recommend booking your tickets ahead of time if you don’t want to spend hours waiting in line!

After that, it’s time to head over to Park Guell, a stunning park with epic views over Barcelona – This will easily become the highlight of your trip to Catalonia.

For a nice meal, you’ll want to visit La Boqueria Market, where you’ll find Spanish delicacies, as well as some hearty dishes that you’ll love. And it’s affordable!

Take the afternoon to go for a walk around the Gothic Quarter and visit spots like Placa Reial, and Palau de la Musica Catalana.

On day 4, head to Montserrat which is about 1 hour away from Barcelona by train. Montserrat is famous for its beautiful hiking trails, and fresh mountain air. Its Benedictine monastery has become an iconic site in Catalonia, and it’s worth visiting for the spiritual ambiance alone.

You should also take a cable car to see Montserrat from above – An experience you won’t easily forget!

In the afternoon, why not come to La Rambla and go shopping for a while? That’s easily one of the must-dos in your Spain itinerary!

Best Things To Do in Barcelona

  • Visit Sagrada Familia
  • Explore the vibrant streets of Las Ramblas
  • Take a stroll through the enchanting Gothic Quarter
  • Relax on the beautiful beaches of Barceloneta
  • Experience the magic of Park Güell
  • Enjoy panoramic views from Montjuïc Hill

Monastery

View of Montserrat Monastery. Beautiful Benedictine Abbey, high in mountains. Catalonia. Spain

Day 5: Valencia

After visiting the 2 biggest cities in Spain, the next place you’ll want to add to your Spain itinerary is Valencia, and you’re seriously in for a treat!

Whether you choose to take a scenic train ride or hop on a fast-paced plane, getting to Valencia is half the fun. I personally suggest you take the train from Barcelona to Valencia, which is only about 3.5 hours away.

You’ll find plenty to do in Valencia , from immersing yourself in the rich history and culture of the city to indulging in delicious local cuisine.

Take a stroll through the winding streets of the historic district to discover hidden gems around every corner, or soak up the sun on one of the city’s gorgeous beaches.

Be sure to visit must-see attractions like the City of Arts and Sciences, a stunning showcase of modern architecture, and the Central Market, one of Europe’s largest and most colorful markets .

Valencia truly offers something for everyone, making it a destination that’s well worth visiting on day five of your 7-day Spanish itinerary.

Best Things To Do in Valencia

  • Explore the historic Valencia Cathedral
  • Visit the futuristic City of Arts and Sciences
  • Wander through the picturesque streets of the Old Town
  • Relax on Malvarrosa and El Cabanyal Beaches
  • Indulge in delicious paella, the city’s signature dish
  • Experience the vibrant atmosphere of the Central Market

Day 6: Malaga

Next place you’ll want to include in your Spain itinerary is Malaga , and this time, I suggest you book a flight from Valencia, which is faster and relatively cheaper.

What I love about Malaga is that it’s full of history, art, and people are very friendly, so you’re guaranteed a nice time in town.

Once you’re in town, be sure to explore the Old Town, complete with historic buildings, and plenty of cafes and shops to explore.

The first thing I thought when coming to Malaga was “This place is so rich historically” and I’m sure you’ll think exactly the same!

Take the chance to visit the iconic Alcazaba Fortress and the Picasso Museum, both of which are must-see attractions.

Needless to say, after a day wandering around, don’t forget to see the sunset at Playa la Malagueta, one of the best places in town for it! It’s also near major tourist attractions, which is convenient.

After an authentic dinner in town, you’ll want to have a cocktail at Mañana Cocktail Bar Malaga, one of the coolest spots for a drink! But drink moderately, because day 7 is all about visiting the ancient Arabic town of Granada!

Best Things To Do in Malaga

  • Explore the stunning Alcazaba fortress
  • Visit the Picasso Museum
  • See the sunset at La Malagueta
  • Wander through the charming historic center
  • Check out the views from Gibralfaro Castle

depositphotos_20975933-stock-photo-view-looking-west-from-malaga

Day 7: Granada

You’ll spend the last day of your Spain itinerary in Granada, an interesting town that was once part of the Arabic empire. In fact, it used to be the Emirate of Granada, and you’ll see the Arabic influence everywhere in town!

Once you arrive, set out to explore the city’s fascinating landmarks, from the awe-inspiring Alhambra palace complex to the grandiose Cathedral of Granada.

Speaking of the Alhambra, be sure to book your tickets ahead of time or you’ll have to wait for hours in line.

https://www.getyourguide.com/alhambra-granada-l2772/alhambra-general-with-nasrid-palaces-ticket-t75398/

The Alhambra in Granada is famous for its intricate designs, and the stunning backdrop of Sierra Nevada.

It’s worth noting that it competed to be a new wonder of the world but unfortunately came up 8th, but nonetheless, it’s still worth a visit!

After that, have lunch and wander through the narrow streets of the ancient Albaicin quarter, admire the colorful street art, and sample some of the region’s delicious tapas .

For an authentic meal, you won’t want to miss out on Ávila Tapas II , a top-rated restaurant with cheap prices, excellent location, and awesome tapas!

Don’t forget to take a leisurely stroll along the Darro River before dinner and packing to go back home!

Best Things To Do in Granada

  • Explore the Alhambra Palace
  • Roam around the historic Albaicín neighborhood
  • Visit the mesmerizing Sacromonte district, famous for its cave dwellings and flamenco shows
  • Climb to the top of the San Nicolas Viewpoint for views of the Alhambra and the Sierra Nevada mountains
  • Discover the rich history and art at the Granada Cathedral and the Royal Chapel

Things To Know Before Visiting Spain

Now that we’ve covered the perfect Spain itinerary for your vacation, let’s respond some questions from first-time visitors you may have too.

Where to Fly to in Spain?

If you’re looking for an ideal location that’s connected to all the major cities in Spain, I recommend flying into Madrid. This bustling city is famous for its lively atmosphere, artistic heritage, and of course, its amazing food.

From Madrid, you can easily travel to cities like Barcelona, Seville, Valencia, and many more, and that’s exactly what you need for your trip!

How to Get Around Spain?

For short-distance trips, the train and bus are always reliable options. You’ll be able to take in the scenic views of the Spanish countryside while traveling quickly and comfortably. Plus, these are normally affordable in Spain, which is an added bonus.

However, if you’re planning on traveling long distances, flights might be the way to go.

Getting from one end of the country to the other can take hours, even on a high-speed train.

Luckily, there are plenty of airports in Spain, meaning that you can easily catch a flight to your next destination.

What to Pack For Spain?

Whether you’re strolling the beach in Barcelona or exploring the historic streets of Madrid, it’s important to pack for the warm, sunny weather.

Remember to throw in a few pairs of shorts, a pair of jeans or pants, and some breathable leggings or athletic wear for more active days.

For casual outings, pack 4-5 light and comfortable shirts, and 1-2 dressier options for evening events or dinner.

Consider packing one skirt and a few dresses for a versatile look. Lastly, pack 2 bathing suits – you want to experience Spain’s gorgeous beaches!

In conclusion, this 7-day Spain itinerary, from the bustling streets of Barcelona to the historic charm of Granada, offers a rich mix of culture, history, art, and stunning landscapes.

While it may be packed with adventures, you’ll get to see and visit everything that the country has to offer to tourists, and I’m confident you’ll have an amazing time.

Remember to plan well, pack smart, and most importantly, immerse yourself in the Spanish way of life. Here’s wishing you a phenomenal journey and safe travels!

Tricks and Trips is a dynamic blogging company dedicated to providing travelers with up-to-date, comprehensive, and engaging information about travels in Europe, Asia, and beyond. Founded by a group of passionate globetrotters, our mission is to inspire and empower our readers to embark on unique trips while equipping them with the knowledge necessary to make the most of their trips.

Planning your next trip?

simbolo cruz vermelha

 Already reserved your hotel or hostel? If not, our article with The 6 Best and Cheapest Websites to Find & Reserve Accommodation can help you out. You’ll also find some promotions and discount codes .

simbolo avião laranja

 Still haven’t booked your plane ticket and want to save big? Take a look at our page with 16 Tips to Save on Flights where you’ll also find the 4 best websites to buy your plane tickets. 

simbolo carro azul

And finally, will you need to rent a car during your trip? Then surely our page with The 5 Best and Cheapest Websites to Compare and Rent Cars Around the World will help you choose the best rental car and find a good deal.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Next stop….The DMZ, South Korea

Voices of Travel logo

Best Of Spain Itinerary: 14 Days In Spain [2024]

  • Post author: Nicoletta
  • Reading time: 144 mins read
  • Post last modified: February 25, 2024
  • Post comments: 10 Comments

affiliate disclaimer

Spain is a very diverse country. It’s  culturally & historically rich , has  beautiful nature , and  delicious food  in every corner. I lived in Spain for 2 years and traveled extensively through the whole country. Thanks to my experiences , I’ve compiled this ultimate itinerary showing you the highlights.

I’ll take you to the  cities  reflecting many  cultures and rich histories . You’ll have a chance to relax on  beautiful beaches , see stunning nature, taste the  delicious Spanish cuisine , and experience  an authentic tapas crawl .

Ready for the exciting Spanish journey? Come and  explore Spanish culture  with me on this Spain itinerary for 8, 10, and 14 days.

✈ Travel Resources For Your Trip ✈

Here are some of my favorite travel resources I use for my travel adventures.

Overview Of The Spain Itinerary 14 Days & Map

Here is an overview of what you can expect from this Spanish itinerary each day:

How Many Days Are Enough To Explore Spain?

Spain is a huge country; you need at least 10 days to explore it. However, it all depends on what you want to see and what you want to do in Spain.

If you only want to explore major cities such as Barcelona, Madrid, Valencia, Bilbao, and Sevilla, 10 days would be enough to visit Spain.

In case you want to do more activities such as hiking, wine-tasting, cooking class, olive oil farm, surfing, or immersing into Spanish culture, I suggest spending at least 14 days in Spain .

✅ This itinerary is ideal for those who want to explore the highlights of Spain . With this itinerary, you can be sure to see it all and get the perfect overview of Spanish history and culture , do a cooking class, and enjoy its beaches and natural wonders.

spain map and regions

How To Get To Spain

You can get to Spain by plane, train, or bus .

Flying to Spain is the most convenient, fastest, and often the cheapest. Just be aware of the luggage charges, especially if you book your flight with budget airlines such as Ryanair and Wizzair.

Taking a train is also great, and it takes less time to get to Spain than by bus. But you’ll have to change trains at least once.

Taking a bus is great as there are direct bus connections from other major cities. If you’re a budget traveler , you can also save up on accommodation for a night as you’ll travel overnight.

Flying To Spain

If you’re traveling from overseas , the best way is to fly to major Spanish cities like Barcelona, Madrid, Seville, or Bilbao. For this itinerary, you’ll fly to El-Prat Airport in Barcelona .

Also, if you’re in Europe, take advantage of cheap flights from other major cities such as Milan, Paris, Vienna, or Budapest.

You can fly with Ryanair or Wizzair , which always have great flight deals . However, be aware of the luggage allowance (with cheap flights, there are huge charges for extra baggage).

➡ Check out Skyscanner for the best flight deals to Barcelona here.

Getting To Spain By Train

You can take a train if you’re visiting Spain from nearby countries such as France and Switzerland . For any longer distances, it’ll be cheaper and faster to fly.

RENFE (Spanish railways) and SNCF (French railways) are the companies that run these routes.

You can get to Barcelona by train from the following cities:

  • Marseille – 5 hours & 10 minutes to Barcelona (1 change)
  • Nice – 8 hours to Barcelona (1 change)
  • Paris – 7 hours to Barcelona (1 change)
  • Geneva – 9 hours & 20 minutes to Barcelona (2 changes)

➡ Get the best train tickets via Trainline by clicking this link.

Getting To Spain By Bus

Alternatively, you can also get to Spain by bus. I recommend booking a bus with Flixbus or OUI companies . They have the best and fastest connections.

The advantage of taking a train and a bus is that there are no restrictions on how much luggage you can take.

You can take a bus to Barcelona, Spain, from the following cities:

  • Paris – 15 hours to Barcelona (direct)
  • Marseille – 7 hours & 30 minutes to Barcelona (direct)
  • Geneva – 12 hours & 40 minutes to Barcelona (direct)

➡ Search the best bus connections via Busbud here.

How To Get Around Spain & Make This Itinerary

As for transportation, for each day, I provide how many hours it takes to get from one city or place to another. For this itinerary, half of it you’ll travel by train and you’ll rent a car for the rest in Andalusia .

Traveling By Train In Spain

I recommend you stick to  train travel  for longer journeys between cities like Barcelona, Valencia, and Madrid. So,  travel by train  on this itinerary  from day 2. until day 5. when you get to Madrid . You’ll take the following 2 train connections on this itinerary:

🚇 Barcelona – Valencia (day 3.) 🚇 Valencia – Madrid (day 5.)

Look for train connections on Trainline . It’ll show you the fastest and best train deals for these three trains you’ll take.

PRO TIP:  Make sure to buy the tickets in advance as Spain gets crowded and trains, especially during the summer (July and August).

Trains In Spain

The national railway company in Spain is called RENFE . For this itinerary, you’ll mainly travel on the high-speed trains called AVE . Trains in Spain are awesome. They’re reliable, you can get almost everywhere by train, and the journey is comfortable.

So I’m sure you’ll love traveling by Spanish train on this itinerary.

➡ Check out Trainline website and buy your tickets for AVE trains here.

Traveling By Bus In Spain

Bus connections are perfect in Spain. You’ll get by bus pretty much anywhere. The only disadvantage is that getting to a destination takes a lot of time .

You’ll only take a bus on this itinerary on day 7. for a day trip to Toledo and on day 8. when traveling from Madrid to Granada . There is no train connection from Madrid to Granada, so you must take a bus. Or you can rent a car already in Toledo if you want to.

Buses In Spain

The national bus company is called Alsa . You’ll take the Alsa bus for all your travels in Spain. Alternatively, you can also take Flixbus if it covers the route.

➡ Check out Busbud website and buy your tickets for Alsa bus here.

Renting A Car

It’ll be best to rent a car for the rest of this itinerary as it’ll give you much flexibility. Plus, train and bus connections in Andalusia (southern Spain) are not the best. I recommend renting a car in Granada on day 10 and returning it to Sevilla on day 13 of this itinerary.

So book a rental car for 4 days via Discover Cars . They have great deals:

RENT A CAR FOR YOUR ITINERARY

itinerary to visit spain

Rent A Car Via Discover Cars – best prices and big selection of car rentals. PRO TIP: Check ratings of the company you choose before booking ( ratings can be off ). Go on Google, see ratings of the car rental company, then book on Discover Cars.

Where To Start & Finish Your 14-Day Spain Itinerary

We’ll start this trip in Barcelona. So first, fly to Barcelona, which has 2 airports: El Prat or the Girona Costa Brava airport.

All international flights will get you to El Prat Airport in Barcelona .

How To Get From El Prat Airport To Barcelona City Center

Once you land at EL Prat Airport in Barcelona, you have 4 options to get to the city center of Barcelona:

  • RENFE train

You can take the  Aerobus , a blue bus shuttle from El Prat, directly to the city center ( Plaza Catalunya ). The bus will take you to the city center in 35 minutes.

You can also  take a metro L9  every 7 minutes between El Prat airport and Zona Universitaria. Get off at Torassa (with a connection to the L1 metro line). It takes about 30 minutes to get to the center.

Or take a  RENFE train  that stops at Barcelona Sans, Passeig de Gràcia, and Clot. The train ride takes about 25 minutes.

A  taxi ride  from El Prat to Barcelona center can cost anywhere between 30 EUR and 35 EUR. It’ll take you to the city center between 25 and 40 minutes.

Barcelona itinerary 3 days Plaza Catalunya

End Of Your Itinerary

We’ll  finish our route in Sevilla . The city also has excellent international connections. So you can fly away from Spain from Sevilla easily.

Alternatively, you can take a train to  Portugal  and explore another country.

Travel Itinerary Planning Services

1. day: barcelona.

Our itinerary starts in the second-biggest Spanish city, Barcelona. Let yourself sort things out once you arrive. Go to your accommodation and get some snacks or a late breakfast because we’ll be exploring this lively city today.

We’ll start the sightseeing right in the center,  Plaza de Catalunya . These are the sights I suggest you see today.

Sightseeing In Barcelona

🔅 La Rambla 🔅 La Boqueria Market 🔅 Plaza Espa ñ a 🔅 National Palace 🔅 Poble Espa ñ ol 🔅 Olympic Stadium 🔅 Montju ï c Castle 🔅 Magical Fountain Performance ( Plaza Espa ñ a )

🔅 Plaza De Catalunya

Plaza de Catalunya is the main square in central Barcelona. It divides  Gracia  and the  old town of Barcelona . The square is the perfect  start for our walking tour  today.

You can easily  reach it by metro or walk  from your hotel.

If you need a  coffee boost  at the beginning of your walk tour, there are several coffee-stop options: Cafe Zurich, Hard Rock Cafe, or Starbucks at the corner.

🔅 La Rambla

La Rambla is the  main shopping and touristy street  in the city. Walking through the street, you’ll experience various artists, souvenir shops, and historical buildings.

Some of the most important  historical buildings  are Gran Theatre de Liceu, Casa Bruno Cuadros, and Principal Theatre.

🔅 La Boqueria Market

La Boqueria Market is one of my favorite places in the city . It’s a bustling food market in the middle of La Rambla. You can buy fruit juices and pieces and taste delicious Spanish products such as tapas, fresh fish, seafood, bread with delicacies, and sweets.

Go in and get lost in the market. Then, buy some treats for the rest of your walking tour of Barcelona. Entrance is free of charge .

Barcelona itinerary 3 days La Boqueria market

🔅 Plaza España

Plaza España is hands-down the  most beautiful square in Barcelona . It prides itself on a stunning fountain and a street leading up to the National Palace with a  magical fountain  in the middle.

It also has an  arena  that used to serve  bullfighting  until the activity was banned in Catalonia in 2012. Nowadays, it’s a shopping center.

🔅 National Palace

When you walk from Plaza España towards the magical fountain, the beautiful National Palace will spread in front of you. Nowadays, it hosts the Catalan Museum of Archaeology. You can go inside if that’s something you’re interested in. The walk is stunning, with beautiful views and fountains, so enjoy it.

➡ Click here to get the skip-the-line tickets for National Palace (discounted).

Barcelona itinerary 3 days National Palace

🔅 Poble Español

What I highly recommend is visiting Poble Español nearby. It’s a  small Spanish village  featuring  regions of Spain  with their  points of interest ,  architecture ,  typical food , and  sights .

This village has a  unique atmosphere  and will give you the perfect  introduction to the Spanish culture and cities  we’ll visit on our 14-day Spanish trip. It’s my one of my favorite sights in Barcelona.

➡ Get skip-the-line tickets for Poble Español by clicking here and don’t waste time in the crowd.

🔅 Olympic Stadium

After, walk further up and check out the impressive Olympic Stadium in Barcelona. It was built in 1927 for the International Exhibition in the city, and authorities wanted it to be the stadium for the Summer Olympic Games in 1936. But, unfortunately, the award got Berlin. So after, they renovated the stadium in Barcelona, and it eventually hosted the Summer Olympic Games in 1992 .

🔅 Montj uïc Castle

Montjuïc Castle is a unique fortress that is used to protect the city from invaders. During the Spanish Civil War , it served as a prison .

The translation of this name is literally ‘ Jewish mountain ,’ and you’ll see a Jewish cemetery inside the fortress.

➡ Book this guided tour of Montjuïc and visit it on an E-Bike with local guide here.

🔅 Magical Fountain Performance

In the evening, I highly recommend seeing the performance of the magical fountain near Plaza España. It  starts at 7 pm or 8 pm , depending on the time of the year. It’s a  free 20-minute show  with waterfalls, colors, and dramatic music.

Check their  official website   for updated information about the magical fountain and its performance, as it changes yearly.

Barcelona Magical Fountain performance

How To Get To Montjuïc Castle

If you don’t want to walk all the way up from Plaza España to Montju ï c Castle, you have other 2 options:

Montjuïc Funicular

When you take the metro at Drassens station , you’ll get off at Parar-lel station . There is a connecting funicular , which takes you to the Montju ï c hill (close to the Olympic stadium).

So you’ll still have to walk 20 minutes from the Olympic stadium to Montju ï c Castle or take the bus n. 150 . You don’t have to pay anything extra for the funicular, you can use your regular metro ticket for it.

Teleferic De Montjuïc

It’s a cable car that will take you straight up to the Montjuïc Castle. You’ll also get off at Parar-lel metro station , where the cable car station is located. However, this option is quite pricy and touris ty. If you walk, you’ll get to enjoy it more and see more things.

➡ Get skip-the-line tickets for Montjuïc cable car here (round-trip).

Spain itinerary 14 days Barcelona Plaza Espana

👉 READ ALSO: Best Of Barcelona Itinerary 3 Days

Where To Stay In Barcelona: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

If you want to stay in the Old City (Ciutat Vella):

PARK HOTEL MERCER HOTEL BARCELONA

If you want to stay in Barcelonetta (next to the beach and port):

BARCELONA PORT RAMBLAS W BARCELONA

If you want to stay on Las Ramblas (main tourist street leading to the main square):

HOSTAL OPERARAMBLAS HOTEL BAGUES (SMALL LUXURY HOTEL)

If you want to stay at the Plaza Catalunya (main square):

H10 METROPOLITAN 4* SUP OLIVIA PLAZA HOTEL

If you want to stay at the Passeo de Gracia (main shopping street), in the heart of Barcelona close to all attractions:

UMA SUITES PASSEIG DE GRACIA ME Barcelona

If you want to stay close to Sagrada Família:

ABSOLUTE SAGRADA FAMILIA RADISSON BLUE 1882 HOTEL

2. DAY: BARCELONA

Good morning to Barcelona. I hope you slept well because we’ll see as much of Barcelona as possible before departing to another wonderful part of Spain.

Get a good breakfast at your hotel if you don’t have it included even better. Head to a  local bakery  (they are everywhere) and grab some fresh bread or pastry with coffee.

Our sightseeing starts again at  Plaza Catalunya  and goes through the  old city of Barcelona .

🔅 Basilica de Santa Maria del Pi 🔅 Plaza de Sant Felip Neri 🔅 Plaza de Sant Jaume 🔅 Barcelona Cathedral 🔅 Sagrada Familia 🔅 Arc de Triomphe 🔅 Parc de la Ciutadella 🔅 Port Olimpic 🔅 Barceloneta

Barcelona Guided Tour On Segway

Book this guided tour of Barcelona on a segway and see all the sights within 3 hours with a local guide.

🔅 Basilica De Santa Maria Del Pi

Today, we’ll explore the old town of Barcelona and its Gothic Quarter. First, admire the basilica and its beautiful Gothic Catalan architecture . It was built in 1391 and is one of the oldest buildings in the city.

🔅 Plaza De Sant Felip Neri

This square reflects Barcelona in the Spanish Civil War when it was bombed by a fascist plane. 42 people lost their lives here. Nowadays, you can see the buildings damaged by the bombing in this square .

🔅 Plaza De Sant Jaume

Plaza de Jaume is one of my favorite little squares in Barcelona. It hosts a tourism office, tiny shops with local goods, cute souvenirs, and cafes. So spend time here, shop for souvenirs , or make a coffee stop .

🔅 Barcelona Cathedral

Barcelona Cathedral is the most impressive building in the city’s old town that you can’t miss. You can see the crypt of St. Eulalia . She was a significant saint as she didn’t want to renounce Christianity and was persecuted , tortured , and murdered by the Roman soldiers.

Besides, you must check out its gardens and the 13 geese walking around , which is pretty special for it being a cathedral.

➡ Book skip-the-line entrance tickets for Barcelona Cathedral here.

🔅 Sagrada Familia

After visiting the Barcelona Cathedral, walk to the Plaza Catalunya . From there, take a metro to Sagrada Familia (purple line).

Welcome to Sagrada Familia, one of the most impressive architectural buildings ever. Antonio Gaudi , the famous Spanish architect, designed it. The construction started back in 1882, and imagine, it is still not finished . So, unfortunately, its maestro didn’t get to see his masterpiece in its full beauty.

➡ Get this skip-the-line ticket with audioguide for Sagrada Familia and secure your spot.

Sagrada Familia

🔅 Arc De Triomphe

Once you finish visiting the Sagrada Familia,  take a metro to Placa de Tetuan . Then, walk to the next monument, Arc de Triomphe. Alternatively,  take a taxi or an Uber.

This stunning monument was built in 1888 for the  World Exhibition  and was an entrance to the  World’s Fair . It has the  typical architecture  in southern Spain ( Andalusia ). Walk through until you reach Parc de la Ciutadella.

🔅 Parc de la Ciutadella

I absolutely love this park. You can have a picnic or just walk through and enjoy its special atmosphere.

🔅 Port Olimpic

Now, we’re coming to the party sight of Barcelona with many clubs , restaurants , cafes , and a beautiful promenade .

Take your time to walk alongside the beaches on the promenade and enjoy the breeze in Barcelona. You can stop by some restaurants and grab some food. Walk until you reach Barcelona.

Barcelona itinerary 3 days Barceloneta promenade beach

🔅 Barceloneta

Barcelona is one of the most popular parts of Barcelona, where people come to socialize , enjoy food and drinks , and swim in the sea. So in the evening, come here and enjoy a delicious dinner , have some drinks, and reflect on your Barcelona walking tour.

Spain itinerary 14 days Barceloneta beach

Top Experiences In Barcelona

Between the old town walking tour, I also highly recommend visiting the top sights such as Park Guell and Gaudi’s Casa Batllo.

You can visit Casa Batllo after Barcelona Cathedral. Then visit Sagrada Familia and make your way up to Park Guell . After, continue the walking tour from Arc de Triomphe.

For these 2 sights, getting skip-the-line tickets is essential ; otherwise, you won’t get in. Click on the names below and book your tickets asap.

➡ PARK GUELL – get tickets here ➡ GAUDI’S CASA BATTLO – get tickets here

Barcelona itinerary 3 days Parc Guell

👉 READ ALSO: Top 8 Road Trips From Barcelona

3. DAY: BARCELONA ⇒ VALENCIA

Today, we’re going to take a train from Barcelona to Valencia, the birthplace of Paella .

Distance Barcelona ⇒ Valencia: Train ride takes about 3 hours (operated by RENFE) ➡ Book your train tickets here.

Once you arrive in Valencia, take some time to  get to your accommodation . We can start the tour once you are ready.

Sighseeing In Valencia

🔅 Central Market 🔅 Valencia Old Town 🔅 Plaza de la Reine 🔅 Valencia Cathedral 🔅 Miguelete Bell Tower

🔅 Central Market

At the beginning of our exploration of Valencia, let’s try some Spanish specialties. At the Central Market, you’ll feel the  laid-back style of the Spaniards , enjoying their tapas and talking. One drink you can try is called  horchata . It’s a typical drink of Valencia.

🔅 Valencia Old Town

From the Central Market, we’ll head to explore the rest of  the sights in Valencia’s old town . These are mainly the Cathedral of Valencia and its stunning Miguelete Bell Tower.

Valencia Spain itinerary 14 days

🔅 Plaza De La Reina

Plaza de la Reina is my favorite square in Valencia. It has many cafes and restaurants , from which you can admire its impressive cathedral and the bell tower. So make a coffee stop here, admire its surroundings, and take some photos .

🔅 Valencia Cathedral

Interestingly, this cathedral was  built on the mosque . Nowadays, it’s a  Gothic cathedral  featuring different architectural styles such as Renaissance, Baroque, and even some Neoclassical elements. It’s dedicated to Saint Mary.

🔅 Miguelete Bell Tower

Head up to the Cathedral’s Bell Tower and admire the stunning views of the city. It’s 50.58 meters high and offers the best views of Valencia .

Traditional Valencian Paella & Beach Walks

For the evening, we’ll let ourselves have a peaceful walk alongside the beach and try the local Paella. Believe it or not, you can get a good Paella on the beach. Head to the  Platja de la Marva-rosa  to get a traditional Paella Valenciana or much more.

Casa Carmela Restaurant

The restaurant I recommend you to go to is on Platja de la Marva-rosa, called Casa Carmela. They have many kinds of Paella, including the traditional one – Paella Valenciana . You can’t leave Valencia without eating Paella.

Paella traditional Spanish food in Valencia

Where To Stay In Valencia: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

VENECIA PLAZA CENTRO – budget-friendly (city center) HOTEL VALENCIA ALAMEDA – mid-range hotel (close to the City of Arts & Science) ANKA BEACH APARTMENT – luxury apartment (at the beach)

4. DAY: VALENCIA

Today is all about Valencia and science, as we are heading to the famous City of Arts and Science .

City Of Arts & Sciences

The City of Arts and Sciences is a complex museum in Valencia. Depending on your interests, you can visit only a few parts and buy tickets separately (or visit it all). It consists of 6 parts :

  • L’Hemisferic – It was designed to remind you of a giant human eye and has a 3D cinema. You’ll get 3D glasses with a speaker, enabling you to watch whatever is on in your own language.
  • L’Oceanographic – Experience the largest glass water tunnel in Europe, see dolphins and the Sea Life.
  • Science Museum of Principe Philip – The musem hosts various exhibitions, which are also great for children, as it offers many activities.
  • L’Umbracle – This part of a complex is free to enter. It’s a walk packed with local plants.
  • Palace Of Reina Sofia Arts – The Palace of Reina Sofia Arts is an opera house and a theatre that you can visit inside the City of Arts & Sciences.
  • L’Agora – An exhibition space, hosting many sports events.

Valencia City of Arts and Science Spain itinerary 14 days

What To Visit In City Of Arts & Sciences

You can choose to visit whatever part of the complex interests you. It may just be the L’Oceanografic or the L’Hemisferic . Or maybe you don’t want to pay and will only go through the L’Umbracle.

Sometimes, there are also some  food markets  to get some food. If not, there are  restaurants  and a  supermarket  in the  shopping center  across the street, where you can get lunch.

Valencia City Of Arts & Science Tickets

Valencia City of Arts and Science Spain itinerary

Get 3 in 1 access to the City of Arts & Sciences in Valencia and visit the highlights of it with this skip-the-line ticket .

Afternoon & Shopping In Valencia

Have a lovely free afternoon if you’ve managed to see what you wanted in the City of Arts and Science. Walk through Valencia, or maybe shop if it fulfills your soul. There are many shopping spots in the center.

Relax On Beaches In Valencia

Another option is to have a beach afternoon. Relax on one of the great Valencian beaches –  Platja de la Marva-rosa  or  Platja de las Arenas .

Have some more Paella if you become slightly addicted as I did :D. Tomorrow, we’re leaving this great city to see more Spanish highlights.

Spanish Festivals Near Valencia

Valencia also hosts two famous Spanish festivals , and I highly recommend you to be part of it. It’s the  Las Fallas festival , annually held in March.

Another Spanish festival,  La Tomatina , takes place in the small town of Buñol, located just 30 minutes by car (1 hour by train) from Valencia. It takes place in August every year.

So, if you’re in Valencia in March or August , plan your visit and participate in these celebrations.

Read about these 2 festivals by clicking on the image below:

best famous Spanish festivals

5. DAY: VALENCIA ⇒ MADRID

We’re now heading to the capital of Spain, Madrid. As the largest Spanish city, Madrid has also been declared the  European cultural capital .

It has plenty of famous museums to explore, so don’t wait any longer. Let’s travel to the center of Spain by train.

Distance Valencia ⇒ Madrid: Train ride takes about 2 hours (operated by AVE) ➡ Book your train tickets here.

We can start our Madrid city tour after you check in to your accommodation.

Below, I suggest the  top places you can see in Madrid . Many museums are included, so choose one or two based on your interest.

Tomorrow, you’ll have an entire day  in Madrid, so you can also do some sightseeing for the next day.

First, I recommend visiting some museums. Choose from the  3 museums  I listed below. If you aren’t so much into the museum , enjoy Madrid’s atmosphere. Admire the stunning old buildings and have some churros.

Sightseeing In Madrid

🔅 Prado Museum 🔅 Reina Sofia Museum 🔅 National Archaeological Museum 🔅 Royal Palace 🔅 El Retiro Park 🔅 Puerta del Sol 🔅 Churrería San Ginés 🔅 Plaza Mayor 🔅 Mercado San Miguel

🔅 The Prado Museum

If you’re unsure which museum to visit but want to see at least one, opt for the Prado Museum. It has a full  collection of Spanish  and European art from the  12th to the early 20th century .

You can explore the masterpieces of many artists from the  Baroque  and  Renaissance  epochs.

➡ Get skip-the-line tickets for Prado Museum by clicking this link. ➡ Book a guided tour of El Prado incl. tickets here.

🔅 Reina Sofia Museum

Inside the Reina Sofia Museum, you’ll find Spanish art masterpieces from authors such as Miro , Dali , and Juan Grid . It displays the most famous Spanish pieces in the world.

If you love art and want to see more Spanish art, visit this museum.

➡ Get skip-the-line tickets for Reina Sofia Museum here. ➡ Book a guided tour of Reina Sofia Museum by clicking this link.

🔅 National Archaeological Museum

The museum was  founded by Isabel II of Spain  back in 1867. You can learn a lot of history about Spain, the  Spanish Reconquista , and how the Spanish Kings Ferdinand and Isabell II.  fought against the Moors  and saw many artifacts from the period.

So, if you’re a history lover , this museum is for you.

➡ Book tickets for National Archaeological Museum incl. audio guide here.

🔅 Royal Palace

The Royal Palace in Madrid is the largest palace in Western Europe and one of the biggest in the world. It was home to all Spanish Kings .

This is the best place to learn about Spanish history , the life of Kings, and famous historical battles . For me, Spanish history is one of the most interesting after the French one, and I absolutely loved visiting the palace.

➡ Get skip-the-line ticket for Royal Palace Madrid here. ➡ Book a guided tour of Royal Palace and learn about the history with a local here.

🔅 El Retiro Park

El Retiro Park is my favorite place in Madrid. It’s a nice place to relax after your sightseeing . You can walk around, have a picnic , or even ride a boat on a lake . Take some time to chill inside the park before you continue to the main square.

🔅 Puerta del Sol

Puerta de Sol is one of the most beautiful squares in Madrid . It links many important streets and has some cafes and shops. In the middle, you can admire the statue of King Charles III .

Pay attention to the main post office building . It was built in 1786, and its huge clock plays a special role in the city. It always rings during special occasions and announces New Year during Spanish celebrations. Try to find the Kilometer Zero Plaque , which marks the center of Spain.

This square is also perfect for a coffee stop and eating traditional churros .

🔅 Churrería San Ginés

Something you can’t miss when you’re in Puerta del Sol is traditional  Churrería San Ginés . It’s a  churro and chocolate store  where they serve  traditional churros with chocolate .

This is  the best place  (perhaps in the country)  to try churros . So take some time, order churros with chocolate, and enjoy the sun. 

🔅 Plaza Mayor

Plaza de Mayor is the main square in Madrid, built between the 16th and 17th centuries during the  reign of King Philip II.  Unfortunately, local buildings were  destroyed several times by fire . And so what you see nowadays is a renovated version.

In the past, the square was  used for many purposes , including royal celebrations, bullfighting competitions, soccer games, and crowning ceremonies. On Sundays, it  hosted traditional markets .

Nowadays, you can  enjoy cafes and restaurants , where you can also experience beautiful Christmas Markets in December .

Spain itinerary 14 days Madrid Plaza Mayor

🔅 Mercado San Miguel

If you want to eat tapas or  enjoy Spanish cuisine , I highly recommend ending your walking tour at the San Miguel Market. It’s located near Plaza Mayor and is  Madrid’s first gourmet market .

Many locals come here to eat and drink with their friends and socialize. The building is stunning, and the atmosphere inside the market is amazing. So even if you don’t want to eat, it’s  worth visiting  it and  seeing local specialties .

👉 READ ALSO: Christmas In Spain: Complete Guide With Traditions & Best Places

Madrid Nightlife & Best Clubs

Madrid has excellent nightlife , so head to the streets in the evening and enjoy your time here.

Here are some of the best night clubs in Madrid:

  • Teatro Kapital
  • Goya Social Club
  • LAB theClub

If you want to learn more about the city and its history, check out some guided walking tours below:

Madrid Guided Tour

Spain itinerary 14 days Madrid

Book this guided tour and learn more about the history and culture of Spain’s capital with a local guide.

Where To Stay In Madrid: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

HOSTAL PALACIO LUNA – budget-friendly hotel HOTEL LIABENY – mid-range hotel ORIENTE PALACE APARTMENTS – luxury apartments

6. DAY: MADRID

Take your time to enjoy another day in Madrid. You have the entire day to explore what you didn’t manage yesterday.

May it be your museum’s round day or just chilling in Retiro Park , get the most out of Spain’s capital.

I also highly recommend doing a cooking class in Madrid . Experience the cuisine hands-on with a local. Learn how to prepare Spanish dishes and eat them afterward. It’s a lot of fun:

Cooking Class In Madrid

Book this cooking class in Madrid and learn how to prepare paella or Spanish tapas. The Paella class is in the morning with a market visit. The Tapas class is in the evening.

7. DAY: TOLEDO DAY TRIP

Let’s explore another charming Spanish city. Today, we’ll make a  day trip from Madrid to Toledo . It’s  my second favorite city in Spain  (right after Seville). I’m sure  you’ll love it , too.

You can choose to  visit Toledo by yourself  from Madrid (by bus) or  join an organized day trip from Madrid  to Toledo, which I recommend at the end of this day.

Distance Madrid ⇒ Toledo: Bus ride takes 1 hour (operated by Alsa Bus) ➡ Book your return bus tickets here.

Sightseeing In Toledo

Toledo features a mixture of cultures,  Christian ,  Jewish , and  Moorish sites , and their architecture will surely capture you. You can explore the following sites in this enchanting town.

🔅 Toledo Cathedral 🔅 Alcázar de Toledo 🔅 Monasterio de San Juan de los Reyes 🔅 Mirador del Vale

🔅 Toledo Cathedral

This Gothic-style cathedral is the main church in Toledo, dating back to the 13th century . For over 370 years , Toledo was mainly occupied by Muslims. So the cathedral used to be a mosque in the past. Only when Alfonso IV., King of Castile and Leon (a region in the north of Spain) peacefully reclaimed this city the church became the main cathedral in the city.

🔅 Alcázar De Toledo

As you already know, Spain was occupied by Muslims called Moors . These Moors came from Africa and settled in southern Spain (Granada). After, they wanted to claim more of the Spanish territory and started going north.

They also captured Toledo , and so that’s why you can explore the Jewish, Catholic, as well as Moorish cultures in many cities in Spain. Toledo hosts one of the most impressive Alcazar, a fortress that protected the city.

Nowadays, it’s a military museum displaying various weapons .

Spain Travel Voices of Travel

🔅 Monasterio De San Juan De Los Reyes

The monastery was built as a celebration of the victory in the Battle of Toro . The Catholic Monarchs, Isabel II. and Ferdinand commissioned the construction in the Jewish quarter in Toledo. It commemorates the victory of Spanish Kings against Portuguese King Alfonso V, who wanted to take over the Castille region in Spain.

🔅 Mirador Del Vale

If you want some beautiful photos of Toledo , head to the Mirador del Vale for the views and photo shooting.

Best Views In Toledo

Except for the Mirador del Vale viewing point, there is one more interesting spot for views of Toledo. Go up to the library and  Cafeteria in Alcazar . You can get the best views of the entire city from this spot.

Walk around and get lost in the thousands of tiny streets and admire the architecture of the buildings. Toledo will take you back to medieval times .

PRO TIP: Try the Suckling pig at a restaurant, which is the local specialty of Toledo .

Organized Tour To Toledo (From Madrid)

Join this organized guided tour to Toledo from Madrid. You won’t have to plan anything and can visit it with a guide.

8. DAY: MADRID ⇒ GRANADA

Our itinerary continues to the south of Spain . Today, another travel adventure awaits us, traveling to a brand-new autonomous community. Indeed, the biggest one is where we stay and explore its hidden germs until the end of our trip.

In the morning, travel from Madrid to Granada,  the birthplace of Spanish flamenco . There are only buses runing to Granada, no trains .

Alternatively, you can already rent a car in Toledo , if you don’t want to take a bus.

Distance Madrid ⇒ Granada: Bus ride takes about 4 hours & 30 minutes (operated by Alsa) ➡ Book your bus tickets here.

Welcome to Andalusia (southern Spain), the largest Spanish region (autonomous community). You have now arrived in Granada, an important city in Spanish history. Don’t wait any longer; check in to your accommodation, and prepare to explore.

Like Toledo and other Andalusian cities we’ll visit on this trip, Granada reflects the culture and  co-living  of three cultural and religious groups –  Christians ,  Jews , and  Moors .

Under the Moorish rule, many Andalusian cities, including Granada, achieved social, ethical, and spiritual  integration  of these three groups in one place.

👉 READ ALSO: Best Of Southern Spain Itinerary For 10 Days

Sightseeing In Granada

🔅 Alcaicería 🔅 Granada Cathedral 🔅 Royal Chapel 🔅 Corral del Carbón 🔅 Albaicín 🔅 San Nicolás Square 🔅 Sacromonte

🔅 Alcaicer í a

We’ll start our walking tour visiting this historical Moorish bazaar in the heart of the city (close to the cathedral). It used to be a silk market during the Moorish times.

Nowadays, it’s a typical Arabic market with traditional products , clothes, and souvenirs. I love the atmosphere of this market, so check it out even if you don’t want to buy anything.

🔅 Granada Cathedral

The cathedral was built on the small mosque constructed here during the Moorish times.

Once the  Catholic Monarchs  from Castile and Leon finally fought back the Moors and  took back the territory of Granada  and Andalusia, they  undertook strict measures .

All  Moors had to convert to Catholicism  or were  expelled from the city .

The  cathedral symbolized Catholic reign  in Andalusia and remains so until now.

➡ Get this skip-the-line ticket for the Cathedral & Royal Chapel. ➡ Join this guided tour of Cathedral and learn about the Spanish Monarchs & Inquisition

🔅 Royal Chapel

As a memory of the victory over the Moors, the Royal Chapel is the  burial place of the Spanish Monarchs , Queen Isabell I. and King Ferdinand. You can see the crypt inside the chapel.

➡ Get this skip-the-line ticket for the Cathedral & Royal Chapel. ➡ Join this guided tour of Royal Chapel and learn about the Spanish Monarchs & Inquisition

🔅 Corral Del Carbón

Corral del Carbón is the  oldest traditional Andalusi building,  dating back to 1336. It served as a Coal yard, a  warehouse of goods , and a  shelter for merchants  coming to Granada.

After exploring the Catholic parts of the city, it’s time to see  Granada’s Arab Quarter , where you can explore beautiful  Moorish architecture . It’s the one side of Granada that makes the city so special. It’s also the  oldest neighborhood of Granada . Stop by  Taberna 22  for the  best tapas  in the city.

After, head up to  San Nicolas Square  for the best views of Granada.

🔅 San Nicolás Square

San Nicolas is my favorite place in Granada . It offers the best views of Alhambra and the spectacular Sierra Nevada mountain behind it. So take some time for great photos, sit in a local cafe, and enjoy the views.

Spain itinerary 14 days Alhambra Granada

🔅 Sacromonte

Sacromonte is a traditional neighborhood of Granada, which became home for gypsies after the Moors were expelled.

This is the spot to go to if you want to see an authentic flamenco performance. Scroll down to see the flamenco performance I recommend seeing today in the evening .

Granada Walking Tour

Book this walking tour of Granada and explore Albaicin with Sacromonte with a local guide.

Tapas Culture In Granada

Granada is the perfect place for  tapas hunting . Once you go to a bar, order a drink, and in most places in Granada, you’ll  get small tapas for free .

Tapas can be anything from pimiento (peppers), Spanish tortilla, patatas bravas (baked potatoes with salsa),  deep-fried eggplant   (Granada’s specialty) , or calamari, croquettes, or olives with Jamón (Spanish dry-cured ham).

Best Tapas Bars In Granada

  • La Botilleria
  • Bodegas Castañeda
  • Bar Casa Julio (seafood tapas)
  • La Riviera (surprise tapas)

Spain itinerary 14 days Granada tapas culture

Flamenco Show In Granada In The Evening

Andalusia is the  birthplace of Flamenco,  a Spanish traditional dance. There is no better spot than experiencing the Flamenco show here in Granada. The best spot for it is the Sacromonte .

I recommend the following Flamenco show in a unique cave setting.

Where To Stay In Granada: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

FLORENTIA HOMES – budget-friendly U-SENSE GRANADA CATHEDRAL – mid-range hotel ALHAMBRA PALACE HOTEL – luxury hotel

9. DAY: GRANADA & ALHAMBRA

Good morning to Granada. Today, we’ll explore the impressive Alhambra ; your afternoon will be free.

Alhambra is a town alone within Granada. Take  at least half a day  to see it. It has many statuses, from fortress to palace, castle, and summer retreat.

Alhambra complex was  built back in the 1200s  during the  Muslim reign in Andalusia . The  Nasrid dynasty  lived in Alhambra for many years until the Spanish Monarchs conquered and  expelled Moors from Andalusia  and Spain.

Alhambra then became the  royal residence  of the  Spanish Catholic Monarchs . Nowadays, it’s a top attraction to visit in Europe and serves mainly as a museum.

Skip-the-line Tickets Necessary For Alhambra

Tickets for Alhambra tend to be booked way in advance (more than 3 months before the visit) . I highly recommend you plan the visit ahead of time and reserve the tickets for Alhambra at least 3 months before . But you might be lucky even later on.

I also highly recommend booking a guided tour , it’ll give you a much better experience than just walking around by yourself.

Get the tickets below and book in advance:

Alhambra Tickets & Guided Tour

Alhambra free of charge.

If you’ve missed booking your ticket in advance and can’t go inside the Alhambra complex, or don’t want to pay for it, don’t worry. There are many areas to explore within the complex free of charge .

Just enter the main gate, walk through the beautiful Generalife gardens  with fountains, and admire Alhambra’s surroundings.

Free Afternoon In Granada

Enjoy your free afternoon exploring the rest of the places, walk through Granada’s Great Bazaar , Alcaiceria , and don’t forget to go tapas hunting .

For best sunset views, go up to the Plaza San Nicolás and its viewing point.

👉 READ ALSO: Do You Need Spanish To Travel To Spain? My Experience

10. DAY: GRANADA ⇒ MÁLAGA

Today, we’re going further south to the famous  Costa del Sol . We’ll rest from sightseeing and enjoy the small towns with great beaches for you to relax.

Now it’s also the time to rent a car for 4 days. So in the morning, rent a car in Granada and drive to Málaga,  the birthplace of Picasso .

RENTAL CAR:  You’ll  rent a car for 4 days  (and return it in Sevilla on day 13. of this itinerary).

Distance Granada ⇒ Málaga by car: approx. 1 hour 40 minutes (132km/82 miles).

I’ve taken you to Málaga, a  great central point  on the  Costa del Sol , from where you have connections to get to the lovely places around. You can  unpack your suitcases  for a while, as  we’ll stay 3 days here . It’ll serve as the  base for our daily excursions .

Check in to your accommodation and have an excellent free day in Málaga . You can go to the beach to relax or stroll through the city.

Sightseeing In Málaga

🔅 Picasso Museum 🔅 Picasso’s House 🔅 Alcazaba 🔅 Roman Theatre 🔅 Málaga Cathedral 🔅 Castilo De Gibralfaro 🔅 Ataranzas Market

Málaga is the  birthplace of Picasso , so if you like his art, check out the Picasso Museum and see the collections of his paintings. You can also visit  Picacco’s House  at the  Plaza de la Merced .

Don’t forget to check out the  Ataranzas Market  to see how locals hang out and try local specialties.

Spain itinerary 14 days Malaga

Best Beaches In Málaga

You can spend your afternoon chilling on one of Málaga’s beaches.  Playa la Malagueta  is directly in front of the city (walking from the city center). Or you can go to a smaller  Playa de la Misericordia . But it’s further from the city center (30 minutes by bus).

  • Playa la Malagueta
  • Playa de la Misericordia

Málaga Guided Walking Tour

Malaga Catehdral walking tour

Book this guided tour of Málaga to learn about the stories from Piccaso and the history of this part of Spain.

Where To Stay In Málaga: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

We are here on the southern coastline of Spain with great beaches, and it’s time to treat ourselves a bit.

Since we are also staying in Málaga for 3 nights, I recommend you stay in one of these beautiful boutique resorts and enjoy the atmosphere of la Costa del Sol :

BEACHFRONT VILLA TORROX COSTA HOTEL BOUTIQUE VILLA LORENA BY CHARMING STAY

If you still want to stay in the centre of Málaga, here are my recommendations and top accommodation tips:

HOTEL PALACETE DE ALAMOS ROOM MATE VALERIA

11. DAY: Day Trip To NERJA BEACH/GIBRALTAR

Today, you have two options for a day trip from Málaga.

You can go to  Nerja  and enjoy its beautiful beach (one of the most beautiful beaches in Costa del Sol). Or you can go south and visit  Gibraltar , the only spot to see  monkeys in Europe .

Day Trip To Nerja

In the morning, drive from Málaga to  Nerja . This seaside town has a few beaches where you can relax.

Playa Burriana  is the most touristy, but there are also smaller, very nice beaches such as  Playa de Carabeillo  or  Playa del Carabeo  (these 2 are amazing).

Besides, it is famous for its  Balcon de Europa  viewing point with the sights of the Mediterranean Sea.

There are some nice restaurants along the beach, too. Rest and reflect on your trip and the sites you have seen so far. Enjoy the Spanish atmosphere.

Spain itinerary 14 days Nerja beach

Day Trip To Gibraltar

If you aren’t a beach person, there is something for you as well. Visit Gibraltar, the last British territory in mainland Europe. It’s also the only place in the entire Europe where you can see monkeys.

Take a passport with you as there are controls on the border when you come to Gibraltar.

How To Get To Gibraltar

There is no train running to Gibraltar. You can only get there by bus or by car. However, I don’t recommend you go by car . It can be a struggle driving within Gibraltar as it’s quite tiny.

With the regular bus from Málaga, it takes relatively a lot of time to get to Gibraltar. So the best option for you is to go to Gibraltar with an organized guided tour .

PRO TIP:  When you decide to drive from Málaga , you can get furthest to  La Linea de la Concepcion , a small city before the  Gibraltar border . Leave the car there, then cross the border on foot (which is not a problem).

Sightseeing In Gibraltar

Go to the famous Rock of Gibraltar for stunning views and monkey watching. Hopefully, you won’t get too annoyed by them…

In the past, Gibraltar belonged to Moors. You can also visit the  Moorish Castle  and  Mosque  at the end of the peninsula.

PRO TIP: As a British territory , in Gibraltar, you have to pay using British pounds . Some shops accept euros, too, but the exchange rates are not really good. But you can pay by card , it’s just that you know :).

Dolphin Watching In Gibraltar

Another great activity you can do in Gibraltar is dolphin watching . You’ll be watching them from a catamaran with comments from local guides. Check it out and book your dolphin-watching excursion to guarantee your spot.

➡ Join this dolphin watching cruise in Gibraltar by clicking here.

Organized Tour To Gibraltar

Join this organized excursion to Gibraltar from Malaga if you don’t want to plan. A local guide will take you there on a transfer and care for everything. It includes dolphin watching , too.

👉 READ ALSO: Best Of Southern Spain Itinerary 10 Days – for more day trip ideas from Málaga

12. DAY: Day Trip To CAMINITO DEL REY

Today, we’ll visit an incredible  Gorge Desfiladero  with its  thrilling pathway , located 40 minutes from Málaga.

The Gorge is about 3km/1.8 miles long and only 10meters wide. The wooden path was constructed on the side of the Gorge to provide access to the hydroelectric plant . King Alfonso XIII walked through this pathway to officially open the reservoir.

As a result, it was named the  Caminito del Rey  – The little pathway of a king.

Let’s enjoy the walk alongside the Gorge with stunning views of the  River Guadalhorce  and its reservoir.

How To Get To Caminito Del Rey

In the morning, drive from Málaga to Caminito del Rey (North Access). There is a car park just 10 minutes from the official starting point of the Caminito.

Then you have to walk about 10 minutes through a forest path until you reach the start of El Caminito.

Enjoy your Caminito. It is  7.7km/4.7 miles long , and the whole walk will take  2 to 3 hours , depending on your stops. Stroll through slowly and admire the stunning nature around you.

In the afternoon, head back to Málaga. Enjoy the  free afternoon  in this city, or relax at the beach. Tomorrow, we have another travel day to the capital of Andalusia.

Caminito del Rey

How To Book Tickets In Advance For Caminito Del Rey

You’ll have to book the tickets in advance as the Caminito del Rey has become very popular over the past years. You have to choose a  specific time slot  for walking through the pathway.

This way, they regulate the number of visitors entering the Caminito. So don’t go here without having a  pre-booked ticket . You’ll most likely not be accepted for the walk as it’ll be fully booked for the day.

➡ Book skip-the-line tickets for Caminito del Rey here.

Organized Tour To Caminito Del Rey

Join this organized tour to Caminito del Rey from Málaga if you don’t want to plan and want to have fun in a group with a local guide. It includes entrance tickets , too.

13. DAY: MÁLAGA ⇒ SEVILLA

Are you ready for our last destination of this trip? Pack your bags and head to your rental car. Drive from Málaga to Sevilla, the birthplace of tapas .

Distance Málaga ⇒ Sevilla by car: approx 2 hours 20 minutes (210km/130miles)

Welcome to Sevilla , the  center of trade and exploration  of the Americas in the 1500s. At the time, it was also  the wealthiest Spanish city . We’ll spend the rest of our Spanish trip in this fantastic city.

Check in to your accommodation and head to the center to explore it.

Interesting Fact About Tapas

Maybe you might want to go straight into a bar for some  tapas for your lunch ? Right at the beginning, I have an interesting fact for you:

For this afternoon, check my  suggestion on day 14  for what to see and do in Sevilla. Plan your stay accordingly. You might do some sightseeing today and cover the majority tomorrow.

Tapas Crawl In The Evening

Today is the day for a real TAPAS EXPERIENCE. Join a Tapas Crawl and enjoy the best bars and evening atmosphere of Sevilla. Where else should you do a tapas tour if not in the birthplace of this Spanish tradition?

➡ Join this Tapas Crawl in Sevilla with a local guide and have fun!

Where To Stay In Sevilla: My TOP TIPS For Accommodation

atLUMBRERAS 16 UMA SUITES PARADA DEL MARQUES HOTEL ALFONZO XIII LUXURY COLLECTION

14. DAY: SEVILLA

This city will let you finish your itinerary in the best way possible. It hosts sights of diverse cultures such as Moorish, Christian, and Jewish.

Sevilla is also the  burial place of Christoph Colombus . Besides, it’s the  birthplace of tapas .

If you still haven’t bought some memories to take back home, you can do so here. Sevilla is also famous for its  azulejos tiles  – ceramics with colorful tiles.

Today, you’ll get the chance to explore this fantastic city. It’s one of my top 3 favorite cities in Europe .

Sightseeing In Sevilla

🔅 Sevilla Cathedral 🔅 La Giralda 🔅 Barrio Santa Cruz – Jewish quarter 🔅 Real Alcazar 🔅 Plaza de España 🔅 Maria Luisa Park 🔅 Triana

NOTE: For some sights (Sevilla Cathedral, La Giralda, and Real Alcazar), it’s necessary to book skip-the-line tickets in advance . Otherwise, they’ll be fully booked.

🔅 Sevilla Cathedral

Welcome to the  largest cathedral in the world . It has 80 chapels, which is like, wow, I can’t image how they fit into this building. One of the highlights is the  tomb of Christoph Colombus . You can explore it inside the cathedral.

Afterward, you can also  head up to the Giralda  and get the city’s best views.

➡ Book this skip-the-line ticket for Sevilla Cathedral + La Giralda

🔅 La Giralda

Get the  best views of Sevilla  from the top of the bell tower. Under the Moorish reign, it used to serve as a  minaret , from where  Muezzin was calling inhabitants for the prayer .

For the cathedral and Giralda, it’s necessary to  get skip-the-line tickets , as it’s always super crowded.

Spain itinerary 14 days Sevilla

🔅 Barrio Santa Cruz – Jewish Quarter

Seville used to have the  largest community of Jews . However, in the 14th century, they were  forced to convert to Christianity . If they resisted, they were forced to leave the city under the threat of death.

Nowadays, it is a  charming neighborhood  with tiny streets, cafes, and restaurants.

🔅 Real Alcazar

Real Alcazar is located in the Jewish quarter . It’s the original Moorish palace and was built to protect the Muslim authorities in the past. Admire its Mudejar architecture (Moorish architecture style) and its stunning green courtyard. Nowadays, it’s used by the Spanish Royal family.

➡ Get this skip-the-line tickets for Real Alcazar .

🔅 Plaza De España

It’s one of the  prettiest squares  in the entire Spain. Plaza España was built for the World Exposition in 1929. Its  tile illustrations  (made by typical Sevilla’s azulejos) depict many Spanish places, food, and autonomous communities.

So hop on a  little Spain tour  around this Spanish square in Sevilla. It’s one of my favorite places in Sevilla.

southern Spain itinerary 10 days Sevilla

🔅 Maria Luisa Park

After, have a nice walk through this green park next to Plaza España and a little rest from the sightseeing.

Opposite the old city and  across the River Guadalquivir  is the  neighborhood  Triana. See  Flamenco’s monument  at the Plaza de Altozano and shop  for ceramics  with tiles  azulejos , famous for Sevilla.

Sevilla Guided Tour

Book this guided tour of Sevilla and visit the Cathedral, La Giralda, and Real Alcazar with a local guide. Hear interesting stories and get further tips.

Practical Tips For Your Spain Itinerary

I’ve got some travel tips for you to help you plan your itinerary even more in detail. So check the best time to make this itinerary, what to pack, how to communicate with locals, and what you could do if you have less time for Spain.

Best Time To Visit Span & Make This Itinerary

The best time to visit Spain is May, early June, late September, and October . December is also a great time to visit Spain as you can enjoy fewer crowds, lower prices, and some of the beautiful Christmas Markets and traditions.

These months are less crowded so you’ll enjoy the places more. Prices also drop as it’s the shoulder season. In particular, accommodation will be cheaper than during the summertime.

You’ll still benefit from great weather as temperatures range between  20°C/70°F  and  27°C / 80°F . Southern Spain (Sevilla, Granada, Malaga) will be hotter than Barcelona in Madrid, but it’ll still be pleasant even for swimming .

What To Pack For Your Spain Itinerary

I recommend you pack the following necessary clothes for this itinerary in Spain. Pack everything else essential for you, but these are the basics you should have in your backpack/suitcase:

  • swimming suit
  • mat/blanket for beach
  • skirt and dresses
  • sportsclothes
  • light jumper/long-sleeve shirt
  • good walking shoes
  • waterproof jacket

Budget For Your 14-Day Spanish Itinerary

The budget for this itinerary for 14 days per person ( mid-range traveler ) is $2160 . This is a very realistic budget for mid-range travelers who want to stay in nice hotels, rent a car to travel conveniently, and enjoy each location’s activities.

Here is a breakdown of this itinerary budget for each travel category:

So the total budget for a 14-day trip to Spain , without restricting yourself too much and enjoying everything the country offers, is $2160 per person .

Budget Breakdwon For Each Traveler Type

Here is a quick overview of a budget for every type of traveler:

➡ 14-day itinerary budget for backpackers and travelers on the budget: $800 ➡ 14-day itinerary budget for mid-range travelers : $2160 ➡ 14-day itinerary budget for luxury travelers : up to $4500

NOTE: This is an approximate budget based on my calculations and spending during my 14-day trip to Spain. The budget will vary based on every traveler’s preferences .

Is Spain Safe?

Spain is a pretty safe country . I lived in Barcelona for 2 years and went for a run at night alone, but I never felt danger. When you use your common sense , you’ll be safe.

One thing you need to be aware of is pickpockets . They are especially in the metro and trains in Barcelona and Madrid. Or in any other bigger city .

So watch out for pickpockets. But if you keep your bags closed when walking around, you’ll be fine. Also, don’t walk around with too many valuables and avoid attracting the pickpockets.

What To Do With More Or Less Time In Spain

I’ve got a few more itineraries for Spain for you in case you have less time. Check out these itineraries for 10 days or 8 days and plan your trip accordingly.

Spain Itinerary 10 Days

Spain itinerary 8 days, how to speak spanish when traveling spain.

I love foreign languages, and learning them is a lot of fun. It can be easy to get to fluency if you have the right strategies .

Knowing a few Spanish words  will help you  connect with locals  and make your experiences on this itinerary  much more memorable . So I’ve also prepared a guide for you where you can learn how to order food and drinks when traveling in Spain.

Get my Spanish Food Guide here  or by clicking the link below and have fun learning Spanish words you can use while traveling to Spain.

Spanish dialogue in a restaurants guide voices of travel

I’ve also answered some of the most frequently asked questions to help you plan even more. So check them out below.

Is 14 Days In Spain Too Long?

No , 14 days in Spain is the perfect time to explore the country; it’s a short time. Spain is a huge country, so you need at least 2 weeks to enjoy the best spots and activities. So follow my itinerary and see the highlights of Spain in 14 days. It’s the best time.

How To See Spain In 2 Weeks?

Spain in 2 weeks offers a lot you can explore. You can see Barcelona , Valencia and Madrid as the big and interesting cities. After, you can make a day trip to Toledo and travel south to Andalusia.

Then, spend a few days in southern Spain , visiting the most beautiful cities like Granada , Cordoba , Sevilla , and Malaga . Make day trips to Caminito del Rey , Nerja Beach , or Gibraltar .

What Month Is Best To Visit Spain?

The best month to visit Spain is October . Prices drop significantly, and there are fewer crowds, too. Temperatures are still pleasant, and the weather is great, around 20°C/68°F . So you’ll enjoy the places with fewer tourists around for better prices , and mild weather, not too hot.

How Much Cash Do I Need For 2 Weeks In Spain?

As a budget traveler , you’ll need around $800 for 2 weeks in Spain.

As a mid-range traveler , you’ll need around $2000 for 2 weeks in Spain.

And as a luxury traveler , you can spend anywhere up to $4000 in 2 weeks in Spain, depending on what you want to do and where you’ll stay.

Should I Go To Madrid Or Barcelona?

If you want to enjoy more sightseeing , go to Barcelona and if you want to enjoy more Spanish culture and nightlife , go to Madrid .

Overall, I think Barcelona is better than Madrid because it has more to offer and the city is so much fun. But you’ll experience more authentic Spanish culture in Madrid than in Barcelona because Barcelona is in Catalonia, and the culture is slightly different.

WRAP-UP: Spain Itinerary 14 Days

This is my Spanish itinerary 14, 10 or 8 days for you. I hope you’ll get the most out of Spain , see its highlights, and enjoy your life. Spain is one of my favorite European countries (top 4), and I’m sure you’ll fall in love , too.

If you have any questions or need further travel tips, contact me at info(at)voicesoftravel.com. I’ll gladly help you or design a customized travel itinerary for your needs and preferences.

Happy Travels!

More Tips For Spain Travel

Looking to visit more places in Spain? Check out my related articles:

Best Of Barcelona Itinerary For 3 Days

Best Of Southern Spain Road Trip Itinerary 10 Days

Top 8 Road Trips From Barcelona

6 Best Spanish Festivals You Need To Experience

Is Seville Worth Visiting? 14 Reasons To Visit & Tips

How Far Is Morocco From Spain? Complete Guide

How Far Is Barcelona From Paris? Complete Guide

Spain In December: Best Things To Do & See

Christmas In Spain: Complete Guide With Traditions & Best Places

27 Best Places To Visit In Europe In November

Is Portugal In Spain? Ultimate Guide

Do You Need Spanish To Travel To Spain? My Experience

voices of travel about me photo

About the author: Nicoletta  is a travel enthusiast and passionate language learner. While traveling, she loves to connect with locals using her language skills to learn about new cultures. Look for her skiing, hiking in the mountains, or exploring new destinations as she designs travel itineraries for her clients.

SPAIN : Interested in more articles about Spain? Check out my Spain Travel Page :

Spain Travel

You Might Also Like

Read more about the article Does Switzerland Use The Euro? All You Need To Know [2024]

Does Switzerland Use The Euro? All You Need To Know [2024]

Read more about the article Where To Stay In Ometepe Nicaragua: Best Areas & Hotels [2024]

Where To Stay In Ometepe Nicaragua: Best Areas & Hotels [2024]

Read more about the article 19 Best Things To Do In Pamukkale Turkey: Ultimate Guide [2024]

19 Best Things To Do In Pamukkale Turkey: Ultimate Guide [2024]

This post has 10 comments.

' src=

Some of my favourite spots in Spain on your itinerary. We have been to Spain many times but know there are still many spots we need to visit. Valencia and Toledo definitely need to be on a return visit plan. The beaches are always a big draw. But the history and architecture draws us to the cities. We went by train on most trips. So maybe a car would let us get out in the country more.

' src=

I am glad that the itinerary consists of some of your favourite places, Linda :). I think travelling Spain by train is still a great choice. Only in Andalusia, I would suggest everybody to rent a car to get around.

' src=

Wow this a very ambitious list! I think it took me twice as long to hit these spots because I spent so many days just eating churros ;p

Hahaha, Nina, love your comment. You’re right; it is quite ambitious. I’ve tried to pack the most amazing places together, and you can see that the itinerary will be pretty intense. But I believe you’ll come from Spain with so many memories, feeling like you’ve seen pretty much the most important parts of the country :). And of course, churros have to be on program every day 😀 :D.

' src=

This is a complete and detailed guide; I don’t think you missed a thing. Great travel tips. I’m saving this one for future travels!

Hi Lorry, I am glad you like it. Hope it will be useful for you once you visit Spain :). Let me know how the travel is with this itinerary.

' src=

I have only visited Barcelona so far in Spain, and I loved it! You should add Parc Guell to your list, it’s amazing! Gaudi has a lot of incredible architecture throughout the city to see. I hope to go back again.

Hi, Kat. Many thanks for the tip. Yes, you’re completely right. Parc Guell should be on the list. However, it is quite difficult to put all the beautiful sites in Barcelona together in 2 days. So that’s why I’ve created a 3-day itinerary with everything to see and do in Barcelona, which also contains Parc Guell. You can check it out. You guys can then decide how many days you want to spend in Barcelona and what you want to see based on this 3-day Barcelona itinerary .

' src=

This post comes just in time. I’m currently planning a trip to Spain – which I might postpone due to the current covid situation. Nevertheless, this gives me even more time for extensive planning so I don’t miss out on any important landmark. Your post is the perfect base to start my itinerary 🙂

Hi Renata. Awesome, I am happy it comes in handy for you. Hope it will give you a lot of inspiration, and you’ll have a perfect time in Spain. Let me know which destinations you’ve visited.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

You must be logged in to post a comment.

Earth Curious

9 Unmissable Things To Do In Miami

itinerary to visit spain

The 12 Best UK Beaches To Visit In 2023

itinerary to visit spain

The Best Areas To Stay When Visiting Warsaw, Poland

itinerary to visit spain

The Ultimate 2 Week Queensland Roadtrip: 2023 Guide

  • Yucatan Peninsula
  • Winter in Europe
  • Whitsundays
  • Where you should stay
  • where to stay in porto
  • Where to stay in Bali
  • where to stay cyprus

14 Days In Spain: The Ultimate Itinerary

itinerary to visit spain

Editorial Note: Earth Curious contains affiliate links. If you make a purchase through these links, we will earn a commission at no extra cost to you. Thanks!

Every year Spain welcomes a staggering 75 million international tourists, making it one of the leading tourist destinations anywhere in the world. The majority of these tourists, however, will pick one, maybe two different places in the country, depending on the length of their holiday.

Spain is a huge and incredibly diverse country. though. Each region has its own very distinct identity offering something a little different. You might not be able to see everything that Spain has to offer in just 14 days.

However, with the right itinerary, you should be able to visit some truly incredible places. This will give you a more rounded feel for Spain and the incredible Spanish people. 

Before we get to our ultimate itinerary, you may be wondering how you might get around the country during your stay. After all, you’ll want to make the most of your time there. Spain has a very good public transport system. Not only are there high-speed trains connecting all of the major cities that actually make the journey faster than it would be by car or bus. There are also plenty of local flights – there are 59 airports within Spain – that can make traveling around very quick. Some of the plane tickets you can buy for domestic flights are cheaper than train tickets. 

  • 14 Days In Spain – Where Should You Go First?

Table of Contents

Plaza de cataluña – take in the catalan culture, architectural beauty at its best, on to figueres, the old town – a gastronomical delight, get ready for busy days and nights, day 8 – toledo, seville culture, food, and flamenco, a day of r&r, day 13 – cordoba, plan visits to attractions in advance, final words on spending 14 days in spain, day 1 & 2 – barcelona.

Barcelona is a must on any trip to Spain. As a result of its superb transport network, and of course, international air links with countries all over the world, it really is the best place to start off any tour of the country. 

There are plenty of daily flights, so aim to arrive early and drop your luggage at your chosen accommodation. Then, you can spend your first day in the city simply getting lost in the sights. As the second most populous municipality in Spain, Barcelona has plenty to offer. You will not be able to see everything, but you will be amazed by how much you can pack into a couple of days. 

The Plaza de Cataluña makes a great starting place. Why not immerse yourself in the local Catalan culture? You can do so with a stroll around La Rambla, the city’s main street. The Jamon Museum and the Boqueria Market offer a great taste of typical regional food and lead you nicely to the Barceloneta beach. Here, you can relax and capture the sun. This area is a great place to sample some of the incredible Barcelona nightlife too.

No visit to Barcelona is complete without a visit to one of the most important buildings associated with Gaudi. So, head to the awe-inspiring Sagrada Familia Temple as a great way to start your second day. This incredible building and its stunning architecture will have you lost for words. Casa Milà and Casa Batllò are also well worth a visit. Head on over to the Gothic Quarter and explore its narrow streets and “La Seu”, the Cathedral of Barcelona. This will offer even more stunning architecture. Another Gaudi gem, Park Güell, with its vibrant and strange shapes, offers some of the best views over the city. This is a great way to end your time in Barcelona. 

Day 3 – Girona & Figueres

After two rather hectic days in the hustle and bustle of a big city, give yourself a complete change of pace with a stop in Girona. As you cross the city walls, you will be completely transported. You’ll find yourself in a different time with medieval architecture surrounding you. 

Girona is just 38 minutes away from Barcelona on the high-speed train. Yet, offers something completely different. The main attraction here is the Girona Cathedral, a stunning stone building with a huge, pointed tower and square main sanctuary. 

From Girona, the train to Figueres will take you on another short journey of 37 minutes. This is a great opportunity to admire the glorious Spanish countryside. 

Figueres is home to the number one tourist attraction in the region, the Teatre Museu Dali. Dali was born in Figueres and left much of his work here. After the Pardo museum, this is the most visited museum in Spain. Immerse yourself in the weird and unusual world that Dali’s paintings portray. There are plenty of places to stay in Figueres, and you will be sure to find a restaurant serving local delicacies to complete your day. 

Days 4 & 5 – Valencia

Whilst the train journey from Figueres to Valencia will take you a few hours, it will be very cheap. So, to make the most of your time in Valencia, it is worth an early start. You could always catch up on some sleep on the train! 

The first stop in Valencia should be the City of Arts and Science. Designed by Santiago Calatrava, this futuristic set of buildings is incredible. The Science Museum is interactive, and L’Oceanografic, the largest oceanographic aquarium in Europe, is not to be missed. Valencia is known for its Paella, so complete day 4 of your trip with some authentic Paella in one of the many eateries you will find here. 

A trip to Valencia’s old town is a great way to start day 5 of your holiday. Here you will find the central food market, where plenty of local specialties will be on offer, so why not grab something for lunch once you have finished exploring? The Turia Gardens, where the Royal Palace once stood, are a botanical dream and a great escape from the hubbub of the city. 

If a trip to the beach is what you prefer, then the Las Arenas beach is close to the centre of Valencia, or you could take the short journey to the Albufera National Park. 

Days 6 & 7 – Madrid

The high-speed train makes short work of the journey from Valencia to Madrid and will take you a little over 90 minutes of travel time. You will be treated to some stunning views of the mountainous countryside along the way. If you set off early enough, a great way to start your time in Madrid would be with some churros for breakfast in the city centre. 

As you would expect from Spain’s capital city, there is plenty to see and do here, so a busy two days are ahead of you. Whilst you are in the city centre, you may want to consider visiting La Puerta del Sol, and take a walk in the Sabatini Gardens and the Royal Palace. For a bit of hustle and bustle, the Gran Via area, and the Broadway of Madrid should certainly be on your list.

Madrid is teeming with places to eat and is home to the oldest restaurant in the world (according to the Guinness Book of World Records). Sobrino de Botin is famous for its suckling pig and is even mentioned in a Hemmingway novel. For a great photo opportunity, check out the sunset from Debod Temple, a second-century Egyptian temple that was donated to Spain. 

Make your second day in Madrid museum day. It goes without saying that El Prado Museum should be top of your list. Widely considered to be the home of the finest collection of European art, this is the main Spanish art museum. Reina Sofia Museum, where you will find plenty of modern Spanish art, should also be on your list. Here you will find work by Dali and Picasso. Don’t forget to check out Guernica, Picasso’s most famous masterpiece. Museo Thyssen completed the “golden triangle” of art museums in Madrid. 

Another short journey on the high-speed train will have you in Toledo in just over half an hour. There is plenty to see here, so a Toledo City Card can be a great investment – not only will you get three guided tours, but you will also be able to see all the top monuments. Toledo is to history what Madrid is to culture. 

Toledo is a UNESCO World Heritage Site which was once known as the Town of Three Cultures, being home to a thriving population of Muslims, Catholics and Jews during the middle ages. The architecture is a real reflection of these three cultures. 

Days 9 & 10 – Seville

The quickest way to get to Seville is to return to Madrid and catch a domestic flight to Seville. Spend your first day in the stunning region of Andalucía, visiting the stunning sites of Seville itself. Christopher Columbus was buried in the city’s Cathedral, and the nearby Alcazar palace is not to be missed. Both are UNESCO World Heritage Sites. If you have time during your first day in Seville, be sure to visit the Palace of the Countess de Lebrija and the stunning Plaza Espana. 

Having spent a day immersing yourself in the history of Seville, why not dedicate your second day here to the culture of the city? The narrow alleys of Seville are full of tapas bars to delight your taste buds, and Flamenco shows to enthrall you. Flamenco has been declared by UNESCO to be a “Masterpiece of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity.”

Days 11 & 12 – Malaga

Once again, the high-speed train will make short work of the journey from Seville to Malaga. 

Whilst in Malaga, El Caminito del Rey is an absolute must. This narrow walkway is located along the steep walls of the El Chorro gorge near Ardales. Meaning King’s Pathway, the path was once considered to be the most dangerous walkway in the world. However, a careful restoration project has earned it a recent Europa Nostra Award for conservation of heritage. This is a truly unique experience and one not to be missed. Due to the popularity of the walkway and its narrowness, there are limited tickets available, so you need to plan a couple of months in advance for this. 

In contrast to your first day of adrenalin-fuelled adventure, why not take your second day in Malaga for rest and relaxation? You could hit one of the many fantastic urban beaches. The closest one to the old town is La Malagueta. The Picasso Museum is close by and well worth an hour of anyone’s time. Malaga also offers plenty of opportunities for some fantastic tours. Why not look out for something that combines wine and tapas and offers you the opportunity to taste some of the sweet wine the region is famous for? 

Once again, head inland on the high-speed train, and in under 2 hours, you will have arrived in the gorgeous city of Cordoba. With a small-town feel, this is certainly a location you can explore in 24 hours. 

Mezquita is one of the most incredible examples of Moorish architecture you will find in Spain. The site was once home to a Roman temple and a Visigoth church. The Great Mosque was then converted into a Catholic church. UNESCO has deemed it a World Heritage Site thanks to its 856 candy cane striped columns. The old quarter streets are a gorgeous place to wander, and the white walls and contrasting blue flowerpots that you will see everywhere in the courtyards are a spectacular sight. 

Day 14 – Granada

All great things must come to an end, and what better way to end your 14-day tour of Spain than with a stop in Granada? The average train time for the journey is a very reasonable 90 minutes, again crossing some spectacular countryside. With its mountainous surroundings and medieval vibe Granada is another other of those Andalusian cities that will offer you some incredible sights. 

The Alhambra Palace is one of Spain’s most visited monuments and the centerpiece of Granada. Build over 700 years ago; this giant fortress is another of the country’s UNESCO World Heritage Sites and an incredible example of Arab architecture in Spain. Don’t forget to visit the Alcazaba, Generalife, and The Nasrid Palaces as you wander around the city. These are things that you will need to buy tickets for well in advance, so make that you do this a couple of months before you plan to visit. 

Finish your incredible exploration of Spain with a meal in one of the many eateries you will find here serving incredible local dishes. 

With so much to pack in and so much to see in 14 days in Spain, make sure to take a camera and your comfiest walking shoes – and perhaps a notebook to write down those places you’d like to see on your next visit to this incredible country.

itinerary to visit spain

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Related Posts

itinerary to visit spain

  • Netherlands
  • Itineraries

Amsterdam Travel Guide: How To Spend 72 Hours In The City

itinerary to visit spain

  • United States

72 Hours In Seattle: The Best Itinerary

itinerary to visit spain

7 Day Essential Iceland Ring Road Trip Itinerary

Phi Phi Islands, Thailand. Photo: Humphrey Muleba | Unsplash

See The Best Of Thailand: The Best 2 Week Itinerary

itinerary to visit spain

72 Hours in Bogotá – The Ultimate Itinerary

itinerary to visit spain

10-Day Colombia Itinerary: Experience The Highlights

itinerary to visit spain

7 Day Germany Itinerary (A 2023 Guide)

Singapore Marina Bay

The Ultimate Singapore Itinerary: 2-5 Days

  • LATIN AMERICA & CARIBBEAN
  • MIDDLE EAST
  • US & CANADA

The Best of Spain: Ultimate 10 Day Spain Itinerary

Spain flag hanging from building

Are you planning a trip to Spain? This popular destination has so much to see that it can be tricky to plan the perfect Spain travel itinerary for a short amount of time. The first time I visited Spain, all I knew was Barcelona and Madrid . So that’s all I visited! But after living in Spain for over two years now, I have put together this perfect Spain itinerary for ten days.

Alcazar gardens in Sevilla, Spain

This ten day Spain itinerary of course hits the two big destinations of Barcelona and Madrid . But it also includes the arguably much more interesting destinations of Seville, Granada, and Cordoba. That way, you can return back home from Spain having seen more than just the basics!

But, I must warn you. This Spain itinerary is very detailed . Like, how-on-earth-do-you-have-time-to-write-all-this detailed. That’s on purpose. You can go to any old travel blog to get a vague “two nights in here” and “one night here,” bare-bones itinerary for Spain. But those itineraries don’t tell you what to do in each destination, or how to get from each city to city. You would have to go look that up after. But not with this itinerary.

In short, what I am trying to say is: get ready for a long article! (About a 20 minute read.) You will probably want to save this for later right now by bookmarking it or saving it on Pinterest, just in case you don’t finish all in one go. Then, sit back, kick your feet up, and let’s get to it!

The Perfect 10 Day Spain Itinerary

Let’s begin with an overview of this epic, ten day Spain itinerary, so that you can have an idea of what to expect for your trip.

What is the Best Time of Year to Visit Spain?

Spain has the reputation of eternal warmth and sunshine. It’s true Spain’s weather is quite good year round in many places. But after having lived here, I can report back that winter definitely gets chilly in many of the destinations in this ten day Spain itinerary. I can also report that summer gets unbearably hot in many of these destinations! People say that about a lot of destinations in Europe. But trust me – avoid doing this Spain itinerary in summer. Because of that, I recommend you visit Spain during the shoulder seasons of April – May and September – October . This lets you enjoy every destination in this ten day Spain itinerary in mild weather.

Red flowers in blue pots on white wall in southern Spain

BUT, I do recommend avoiding the week leading up to Easter . This week, called Semana Santa, is a very big deal in the region of Andalusia (which includes Seville, Granada, and Cordoba). Streets get blocked off for daily processions that last through the night. Hours change for even the most popular of attractions. Everything shuts down except restaurants on Maundy Thursday, Good Friday, and Easter Sunday. And the cities are just very crowded overall. So unless you particularly want to see the processions (because they are quite interesting!), I recommend avoiding Easter time for this ten day Spain itinerary.

What is the Best Way to Get Around Spain?

There is a lot of debate about the best way to travel around Spain. For some parts of the country, a car is definitely ideal. But for this ten day Spain itinerary, you won’t need one. This Spain itinerary is completely car-free , relying solely on Spain’s extensive train network. You can purchase all the train journeys I mention in this itinerary in advance at the official Renfe website . You can also download their app ( Apple and Android ) so that you have all your tickets in one, convenient place.

(Finally) The Actual Ten Day Itinerary for Spain

Beforehand, I just want to let you know you can do this itinerary in the order I have it or in the exact reverse. Just look up flights and see which direction is cheaper. Also, at the very end of this page, I have a section on how to adjust this itinerary if you need to. Ready?!

Barcelona is Spain’s most-visited tourist destination , boasts unique Gaudi architecture, and is home to one of the most famous football (soccer) clubs in the world. Thus, it is an absolute must on any first-time Spain itinerary! Located towards the eastern end of Spain’s southern coast, Barcelona offers all the perks of big-city life, but in a setting of palm trees, ocean breezes, and sandy beaches . Barcelona is also the capital of Catalonia, a region which has been trying to separate from Spain since 2017 .

Sagrada Familia church interior in Barcelona

How to Get to Barcelona

As the starting point of your Spain trip, you will need to fly into Barcelona. Barcelona’s international airport is Josep Tarradellas Barcelona-El Prat Airport (BCN) . To get from BCN airport to the city center, you have three options.

  • Option 1: Take a bus. From BCN, you can take the Aerobus to Plaça de Catalunya in the Barcelona city center. This leaves every 5 minutes during peak hours, costs €5.90 one way (€10.20 roundtrip), and takes around 30 minutes. From Plaça de Catalunya, you can either walk to your accommodation, or use the Metro to take the subway if your accommodation is further away. Be very careful of pick-pocketers in Plaça de Catalunya and on the Metro! You can find the Aerobus schedule and purchase tickets in advance at the official site . Be careful to purchase your ticket for the correct terminal (A1 for Terminal 1 and A2 for Terminal 2) if you select this option.
  • Option 2: Take the train. Follow signs in the airport to the Renfe train station. (If you arrive in Terminal 1, you will need to take the free airport shuttle bus to Terminal 2 first.) From BCN, take the R2 Nord line to either the Barcelona-Sants or Passeig de Gràcia stops. This train leaves every 30 minutes, costs €4.60* one way, and takes around 25 minutes. From either of these, you can walk to your accommodation if it is nearby, or use the Metro to take the subway if your accommodation is further away. These stations are a little less central than Plaça de Catalunya. *If you select this option, consider buying the T-Causal 10-ride ticket for €11.35 instead.
  • Option 3: Take a taxi. Taxis from BCN are not a fixed fare. The price ranges from €25 – €30. You can find the official yellow-and-black taxis lined up outside the arrivals terminals. The drive should take 20 to 40 minutes.

What to Do in Barcelona (Three Days)

Three days in Barcelona is the minimum amount of time to “see everything.” Take it easy on day one , since it’s the day your flight gets in. But feel free to interchange days two and three as works best for you. If you get in way too late on day one, you can tack the first three bullets onto day two and the fourth bullet onto day three.

Walking straight through this route as I have it below is 45 min (3.5km or 2.25 miles), just to give you an idea of total distance on day one.

  • Plaça de Catalunya: This plaza is considered the center of Barcelona. You may find yourself here without even trying, since it’s the starting point for many tours and where many forms of transport meet. It marks the northern end of the famous La Rambla street. You should be very careful of pickpockets in this square!
  • La Rambla: This wide, tree-lined pedestrian street is the most famous in Barcelona and runs right through the heart of the city. It is often referred to in the plural, “Las Ramblas,” and it marks the western edge of the Gothic Quarter. Again – be very careful of pickpockets on this extremely busy street!
  • Mercat de Sant Josep de la Boquerìa: While making your way down La Rambla, be sure to stop by Barcelona’s most famous and beloved food market. It is more often simply called Marcet de la Boqueria. Here, you’ll find the quintessential €2 fruit smoothies and juices, along with other food items like jamon, empanadas, sweets, and more.
  • Playa de La Barceloneta: There’s already so much to do in Barcelona, ignoring the fact that it’s on the coast. But it is indeed on the coast! I have to say, Barcelona city is not home to the best beaches in Spain. But a stop at La Barceloneta beach is still an absolute must. Even if you don’t care to walk on the sand or get in the sea, you can walk along the long promenade.
  • Basilica de la Sagrada Familia: This still-under-construction church is the most famous thing to see in Barcelona. It was designed by Catalan architect Antoni Gaudí, and he is buried in the church’s crypt. He is also responsible for designing many other popular attractions in Barcelona. The Sagrada Familia is definitely his most famous work and an absolute must to visit. Be sure to purchase tickets that include both the Sagrada Família and Towers ! These come with an app audio guide and will set you back €36 per person. Definitely purchase your tickets in advance online from the official site during high season, as certain time slots do sell out.
  • Parc Güell: If you’ve ever watched the Cheetah Girls 2, or had anyone on your social media study abroad in Barcelona, this is that mosaic park! This UNESCO World Heritage site is an absolute can’t-miss thing to do in Barcelona and – surprise, surprise – was designed by Antoni Gaudí. You can buy tickets, which are €10, in advance from the official site to ensure you get a time slot that works for your schedule.
  • Gràcia: On your way towards the historical center from Parc Güell, wander through one of Barcelona’s most beloved neighborhoods. Gràcia is a lot calmer than the touristy parts of town, but has many less-popular Gaudí works hidden inside it.
  • Casa Milà: Casa Mila is the last private residence designed by Antoni Gaudí. You can enter this UNESCO World Heritage site for €25 if you purchase tickets online from the official site , or for €3 more in person. But if you are short on time, even just admiring it from outside is better than nothing!
  • Casa Batlló: Located not too far away from Casa Mila, Casa Batllo is another Antoni Gaudí masterpiece and UNESCO World Heritage site. Like Casa Mila, you can also enter. Tickets are €35 if you purchase tickets online from the official site , or for €4 more in person. Again, you can simply admire from outside if you are short on time.
  • Barri Gòtic: Barcelona’s Gothic Quarter is the city’s historical center. This charming area of the city is many visitors’ favorite part of the city, due to its narrow streets and bustling atmosphere. It might be worth doing a free* walking tour of this area, depending on your group’s travel style. But whether you join a tour or wander solo, be sure to pass under the famous Pont del Bisbe while in this neighborhood! *Tips are expected at the end of these tours.
  • Catedral de Barcelona: Finished in the 15th century, the Cathedral of Barcelona is worth a stop while in the Gothic Quarter. Entry is €9 and dress code (no shoulders, no knees) is enforced.
  • Museu Picasso de Barcelona: Consider a stop by this museum to enjoy the work of (arguably) Spain’s most famous artist. Even if you aren’t the biggest fan of modern art, it’s fun to view his many different styles and debate works which you like best – or perhaps which works you even consider “art!” Tickets for the main collection plus temporary exhibits are €15 at the door or €14 if purchased online from the official site in advance. ​​
  • Parc de la Ciutadella: In this park, you’ll find some more iconic structures of Barcelona. These include the Arc de Triomf and the Cascada del Parc de la Ciutadella . Entry into the park is free.

Though Madrid is the capital and largest city in Spain , it is not known for as many impressive monuments as some of the other destinations in this ten day Spain itinerary. With only one week in Spain, I would actually recommend skipping Madrid. But for a ten day Spain itinerary, I really do think a quick stop in the heart of the nation is necessary! Madrid has the liveliness of a big, international city. But its tourists don’t overrun it, allowing you to feel like you are experiencing it authentically. 

Madrid Spain during sunset

How to Get to Madrid

Take the high-speed AVE or AVLO Renfe train from Barcelona-Sants station to Madrid Puerta de Atocha-Almudena Grandes station . This takes between 2.5 and 3 hours. If you purchase an AVLO journey a few months in advance, it only costs €7 for the earliest AVLO train in the morning or the latest AVLO train at night! It costs €15 for the other AVLO train times. But the ticket prices increase as each fare sells out , so if you purchase on the day of, expect to pay anywhere between €40 and over €100, depending on the day of the week, time of day (more inconvenient times usually are cheaper), and the time of year (tickets sell out faster for holidays).

From within Puerta de Atocha-Almudena Grandes train station, you can take the Metro or Cercanias to get to your accommodation if necessary. Or, you can exit the station and take a taxi .

What to Do in Madrid (One and a Half Days)

As the capital of Spain, you might think Madrid would warrant more days than some of the other destinations on this ten day Spain itinerary. And while I loved living in Madrid (I could never see myself living in Barcelona!), it doesn’t boast as many tourist draws as some other cities in Spain. Between one and two days is the perfect amount of time to “see it all” and get a small flavor for the city before moving south!

I know the below will look like a lot to squeeze into just half a day in Madrid. But central Madrid is super compact ! Walking straight through this route as I have it below without stops is 50 min (3.7km or 2.3 miles), just to give you an idea of total distance you’ll be covering.

  • Gran Via: Gran Via is Madrid’s most famous street. Its name translates into “Great Way,” and it boasts a host of eateries, international shops, and even Broadway hits like The Lion King. Some of Madrid’s most famous buildings line Gran Via, like the Edificio Metrópolis , the Fundación Telefónica, and the Schweppes Sign on Edificio Carrión. I recommend starting at Plaza del Callao and walking east along Gran Via until reaching the next spot on the list – Plaza de Cibeles.
  • Plaza de Cibeles: Palacio Cibeles was once the headquarters for the Spanish Post Office. It is literally my favorite building in Madrid! It’s the first image of Madrid that I ever had in my head, back from when the Spanish national soccer team won the Euro Cup, then the World Cup, then the Euro Cup back-to-back-to-back. The team always passed between this building and the majestic Fuente (fountain) de Cibeles in front of it on their victory parade route. So I began to view the building as emblematic of Spain well before ever arriving! It is also where Real Madrid FC passes by during their celebration parades.
  • Puerta de Alcalá: This triumphal arch was once the main entrance to the city of Madrid, putting into perspective just how much the city has grown over the centuries! It’s located right outside the most popular entrance to El Retiro Park.
  • El Buen Retiro Park: This UNESCO World Heritage Site has been called “the Central Park of Madrid,” and you can understand why. Set right in the heart of Madrid, this green oasis is popular with locals and tourists alike. The most famous area of El Retiro is the artificial lake, where you should definitely rent a rowboat. I personally also love the Jardín del Parterre and would recommend either entering or exiting El Retiro park through this garden.
  • Palacio de Cristal: Also in El Retiro is the Palacio de Cristal. It’s a UNESCO World Heritage Site and such a pretty building, especially from across the pond in front of it. But ironically, its history is nowhere near as pretty. The Palacio de Cristal was built as a greenhouse for plants and fauna from the Philippines, which was a colony of Spain at the time. Some sadly like to claim that was all, but it soon went on to become the site of one of Europe’s many human zoos. Igorot people were brought from the Philippines and made to live and fish in a replica village while visitors watched. To see some photographs and sketches of the human zoo, definitely check out this post .
  • Museo Nacional del Prado: The Prado Museum is definitely the most famous art museum in Madrid, and probably all of Spain, too. It is home to the most extensive collection of Spanish painting in the world. Some of its most famous works include those by Murillo, Velázquez, and Goya. Tickets are €15 and can be purchased in advance online at the official site . Entry is free during the last 90 minutes (online it says the last two hours, but you must leave the building 30 minutes before close time). You should still book the free entry online to secure your time slot (they book out).
  • Fuente de Neptuno: Real Madrid has the Fountain of Cibeles, and Atletico Madrid has the fountain of Neptune, located just down the road. It’s not an attraction by any means, but it’s a pretty fountain that you might as well pass by, since it’s nearby the Prado Museum.

Note on Day One : The order listed above allows you to visit the Prado during the free hours towards the end of the day. If you love paintings more than I do and want to spend several hours at the Prado Museum, consider doing this day one itinerary in the exact reverse order of how I have it above.

  • Puerta del Sol: The Puerta del Sol is located smack dab in the center of Madrid. And if you’ve looked at a map, you’ll see that Madrid is located smack dab in the center of Spain! So this square is literally the center of Spain. There is even a plaque in the ground called Kilometre 0 , from which all major radial roads in Spain leave. It’s quite popular to take a picture of your feet standing at the bottom edge of the plaque! But the most famous part of Puerta del Sol is the building behind Kilometre 0 – the Casa de Correos . It is home to Madrid’s regional government, and its famous clock is part of a huge Spanish NYE tradition. Be ultra on-alert for pickpockets everywhere in Madrid, but particularly in and around Sol!
  • El Oso y el Madroño: While in Puerta del Sol, be sure to check out the statue of el Oso y el Madroño (the bear and the strawberry tree). These two together are the official symbol of the city of Madrid, so keep an eye out for them as you tour the city! 
  • Plaza Mayor: This is Madrid’s main square and has been for many centuries. Three of the four sides of the square are lined with eateries and outdoor seating, though most will recommend that you skip a full meal here, simply opting for a coffee or another drink instead. The third side of the square boasts a pretty fresco of zodiac signs and gods. 
  • Mercado de San Miguel: This gourmet indoor gastronomical market is located right outside the western end of Plaza Mayor. It boasts fine foods from all of the country, and some food stands have even been awarded Michelin stars! If you’re not hungry, you can still just pass through and gaze into all the various food stands.
  • Catedral de la Almudena: Be sure to stop by this cathedral while visiting the Royal Palace (they’re located right next door to each other). There is often some sort of performance happening outside the steps facing the palace. And to the side, there is also an observation deck offering sweeping views. For those who want to view the inside as well, the cathedral requests a €1 donation.
  • Palacio Real de Madrid: Madrid’s Royal Palace is the largest in Western Europe by building size (i.e. gardens excluded). It was built under King Phillip V, who was born in Versailles and designed it to be his Versailles. Tickets are €12 and can be purchased in advance at the official website .
  • Plaza de España: This square recently just completed a redesign to make it more pedestrian friendly! It’s now the perfect intersection between Gran Via, the Royal Palace, and the Temple of Debod. Across the square also happens to be the largest Zara in the world, for any fans of the store.
  • Templo de Debod: This real-deal Egyptian temple may feel a little random on this list of things to see in Madrid! It dates back to around 200 BC and was donated to Spain by the Egyptian government. Entry is free. Afterwards, take a lap around Parque de la Montaña (where the Temple of Debod is located) to enjoy views over the Royal Palace and Catedral de la Almudena. The view is especially nice during sunset.

Located in the Andalusia* region of southern Spain, Granada is most famous for its architecture dating back to when the Muslim Moors of northern Africa ruled much of modern-day Spain and Portugal. Granada was actually the final city to be reconquered by the Spanish Catholic Monarchs from the Moors . And at certain points, you may feel like you have been transported to Morocco! Aside from the astounding Moorish architecture, Granada is also simply in a stunning location. Sitting right at the foot of the often-snow-capped Sierra Nevada mountains , Granada offers amazing vistas from all angles.

Alhambra during sunset in Granada, Andalusia, Spain

*Andalusia (or Andalucía in Spanish) is home to many of the most “typical Spanish” things. It’s the birthplace of tapas, flamenco, and bullfighting as we know them. So be sure to (ethically) take in these things in particular while in the region! 

How to Get to Granada

Take the high-speed AVE train from Madrid Puerta de Atocha-Almudena Grandes to Granada . This takes around 3.5 hours and makes three stops on the way. It will be the longest travel day in this ten day Spain itinerary. If you purchase this ticket a couple months in advance, tickets can be as low as €25, depending on the day of the week. But as already mentioned, ticket prices increase as each fare sells out . So if you purchase on the day of, expect to pay anywhere between €80 and over €100.

What to Do in Granada (Two Days)

Feel free to interchange day one and day two however you like.

  • Basílica de San Juan de Dios: Even if you don’t enter this pretty baroque church, the little courtyard in front is worth a peek while en route to the city center from the train station. Tickets are €7 and can be bought in person.
  • Monasterio de San Jerónimo: This historic monastery began to house monks in the early 1500s. The building warrants a visit from even just the outside, but tickets to enter are €5. You can purchase them in person on the day of or in advance from the official site .
  • Plaza de Bib-Rambla: Also known as Bibarrambla, this is the main square in central Granada. Take a stroll around and perhaps stop for a drink at one of the many cafes.
  • Alcaicería: Originally located across Granada’s old mosque (and now its main cathedral), the Alcaicería is an open-air, Arabic-style bazaar. It features little alleys, full of vendors selling colorful shawls, hats, purses, lamps, jewelry, and so much more.
  • Catedral Santa María de la Encarnación: Granada’s most famous cathedral is hard to miss. It was built shortly after Spain’s reconquest of the city from the Moors, right atop a destroyed mosque. Tickets are €5 and can be purchased on the official site for all Granada’s main Christian buildings.
  • Capilla Real de Granada: Adjacent to the cathedral is the Capilla Real (Royal Chapel). This chapel houses the tombs of King Ferdinand of Aragon and Queen Isabella of Castille. They ruled during the end of the reconquest and are considered Spain’s first great royals. Tickets are €5 and can be purchased on the official site for all Granada’s main Christian buildings.
  • Plaza Nueva: Even though its name translates into “new square,” it is actually the oldest square in Granada. Stick around this area long enough, and you might just catch a little performance! I saw two different ones in this area during my own visit to Granada. The plaza connects the modern city center and the Carrera del Darro.
  • Carrera del Darro: This scenic walk up a cobblestoned street follows the Darro river. It is considered one of the most romantic walks in Spain.
  • Paseo de los Tristes: The Paseo de los Tristes starts where the Carrera del Darro ends and continues along the Darro River. The path offers great views of the Alhambra. At the end of the road, you can turn left to climb up to the Albaicín neighborhood. You can also turn cross the Puente del Aljibillo on the right, to cross over the river and walk up to the Generalife entrance/exit of the Alhambra.
  • Albaicín: Also spelled Albayzín, this picturesque neighborhood of winding, cobbled streets and white, Moorish-style buildings is located on the hill opposite the Alhambra. (Yes, Granada is quite hilly!) It is the oldest area of Granada and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
  • Mirador de San Nicolas: This viewpoint of the Alhambra is located in the Albaicín. You’ll find it on the terrace in front of the Iglesia de San Nicolas.
  • Mezquita Mayor de Granada: The main mosque of Granada is literally right next to the Iglesia de San Nicolas. It is not a typical tourist “must-see.” But it has a cute garden and offers similar views to the Mirador de San Nicolas, but with fewer crowds. The mosque does close in the middle of the day (as do many things in Spain), so be sure to time your visit correctly if you care to enter.
  • Sacromonte: This is another historical neighborhood of Granada and is home to the Roma community. It borders the Albaicín and is known for its houses built into rock as caves. The area’s main street is Camino del Sacromonte , which is dotted with many tourist-geared artisan shops and cave restaurants offering nightly La Zambra performances. La Zambra is a type of flamenco dancing and singing that originated in the Sacromonte. 
  • Sacromonte Abbey: Further away from town, further along the Camino del Sacromonte, is the Sacromonte Abbey. It does offer lovely views over both Granada’s main hills at once, but I would only recommend this trek if you are interested in entering the abbey or have ample time.
  • Alhambra: This stunning Moorish palace and fortress atop a hill is the biggest tourist draw in Granada. In my opinion, it should be the biggest tourist draw in all of Spain ! It is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and without-doubt the most unique palace you’ll see in Europe (I’ve seen quite a few!). There are many different things to see in the Alhambra, but the Nasrid Palaces are the most famous part of the Alhambra. You will need to select a specific time to enter these when purchasing your entry ticket. Another main part of the visit is the Generalife’s Palace , which was the summer palace of the Moorish sultans. To get from one palace to the other, you will walk through El Partal , another main part of the visit. Tickets to the Alhambra tend to sell out months in advance, except in the low season. So be sure to purchase your tickets on the official site once you have your dates. You can choose from several different packages to purchase, including a nighttime visit. But the general daytime visit is €19. Plan to spend a minimum of half a day at the Alhambra.
  • Calle Elvira and Calderería Nueva: These two streets are towards the bottom of the Albaicín hill. They are filled with small dessert shops, tea shops, and souvenir shops selling artisanal items. I personally felt like I was transported to Morocco and feel like the area warrants passing by,
  • Bañuelo: Also known as Hammam al-Yawza or Baño del Nogal, this hammam (a type of public bath or spa popular in the Arab and Muslim worlds) is thought to be from the 1100s or earlier. It’s the only hammam in Granada that has been restored and is open to the public. Tickets are €7.42 and include entry into a few other monuments as well. They can be purchased online from the official site .
  • Ermita San Miguel de Alto: For the best view over not just the Alhambra, but all of Granada and beyond, you can make the hike up the hill behind the Albaicín. From the Albaicín, the hermitage of San Miguel Alto is about a 30 minute walk. I recommend packing some food and drink beforehand, picking out a nice spot to sit once at the top, and watching the sunset over the city.

Seville (or Sevilla in Spanish, pronounced Sev-ee-ya), is the largest and capital city of Andalusia, making it a must in any visit to southern Spain. It is home to the oldest tapas bar in Spain and final resting place of Cristopher Colombus (of whom Spain unfortunately still seems very much proud, as you will definitely notice when you follow this Spain itinerary in person!). Seville also served as filming site of the beautiful Game of Thrones kingdom of Dorne and of Star Wars: Attack of the Clones , and is honestly just an all-around stunning Spanish city .

Plaza de Espana in Sevilla, Andalucia, Spain

How to Get to Seville

Take the AVE or AVANT train from Granada to Sevilla-Santa Justa . This takes between 2.5 and 3 hours. If you purchase your ticket for this journey a couple months in advance, the only option will be the AVE trains. Tickets can be as low as €32, depending on the day of the week. If you wait until a few weeks out or even purchase on the day of, the AVANT-MD ticket will be available to purchase. This ticket can be as low as €29 (even if purchased on the day of). Other ticket types range between €45 and €78 when purchased on the day of.

What to Do in Seville (Two Days)

You can exchange day one and day two however you like.

  • Catedral de Sevilla: This is the third-largest church in Europe and the largest Gothic church in the world. It is also the final resting place of Cristopher Columbus (and his son). The cathedral was built over a destroyed mosque, but the courtyard of orange trees and the mosque’s minaret still remain. The minaret was turned into a bell tower, which tourists can climb up (no elevator) for sweeping 360-degree views over Seville. Tickets to the cathedral and bell tower are €11 and can be purchased online from the official site . Tickets cost €1 more if purchased in person. You might also want to consider the €20 tickets for a guided tour on the cathedral rooftop! You can also purchase these on the official site .
  • Plaza de Toros (de la Real Maestranza de Caballería de Sevilla): This bullring is the largest and most significant in Spain. Taking a lap around the outside and peering inside the ring whenever there was an opening was enough for me. But those wanting to enter the bullring without attending an event can join a tour. You can purchase €10 tickets online from the official site or in person.
  • Barrio de Triana: This historic neighborhood in Seville is across the river from the main part of the city center. One of the main attractions here is the Mercado de Triana . It is a cute, indoor food market with a lot less-touristy feel than the popular markets of Barcelona or Madrid. It sits next door to the remains of what once was Castillo de San Jorge .
  • Museo de Bellas Artes: Seville’s Museum of Fine Arts was originally a convent. Now, it is home to some of the most important Spanish paintings. Entry is €1.50.
  • Setas de Sevilla: Also known as the Metropol Parasol, this is apparently the largest wooden structure in the world. It was built in a shape that resembles mushrooms (setas, in Spanish) and offers one of the best viewpoints in Seville. You can get a discount by booking in advance online at the official site , where general entry tickets are €13. Even if you don’t decide to go up, the building is pretty cool from the bottom and warrants a visit.
  • Calle de las Sierpes: This is central Seville’s main shopping street, running between Plaza de San Francisco and Calle Campana. Enjoy a slow stroll up this pedestrian zone, popping in and out of the shop geared towards tourists and locals alike.
  • Iglesia Colegial del Salvador: Entry into this beautifully salmon-colored church is free with your ticket to the Seville Cathedral!
  • Real Alcázar: This once-fortress is where the Moors ruled from while they were in Seville. After the Christian monarchs reconquered Seville, they added to it and used it as a royal palace. Game of Thrones fans will recognize many different parts of the Alcázar as film sites (especially Dorne!). Check out this post for a full run down, so you can recognize it all when you go. General entry tickets are €13.50, and you can add a tour of inside the royal rooms for €5.50. Personally, I didn’t think the royal rooms tour was super worth it. I found the rest of the Alcázar to have the best parts. But I know others have loved it! I think it depends on how many European palace tours you’ve done or if you tend to love or hate royal room tours. Either way, you can buy the tickets online from the official site . ​​
  • Plaza de España: This stunning square is the most iconic image of Seville. You might even recognize it from some films, like Star Wars: Attack of the Clones . The plaza is located inside the Parque de María Luisa (which also deserves some exploring), and its name translates to “Spain Square.” When you visit, you’ll understand why! Each block of tiles in the semicircle creates an image of a province of Spain. You can also rent a boat and row along the plaza’s canal , or wait around near the two central bridges to catch a flamenco performance .
  • Torre del Oro: Originally part of the city’s Moorish walls, the name of this former military watchtower translates into “Tower of Gold.” The tower sits along the river and marks the starting and ending point for Spanish ships bringing spoils from the Americas. Today, you’ll find the Museo Naval de Sevilla inside the tower. There, you can learn about Spain’s naval history and enjoy the panoramic terrace. Entry is free, but a €3 donation is requested.
  • Barrio Santa Cruz: This beautiful neighborhood of narrow alleys and peaceful plazas is where Seville’s Jewish community was once mostly concentrated. It is located just across the main cathedral.
  • Museo del Baile Flamenco: The famous Spanish dance originated in southern Spain, and those interested can view some of Andalusia’s best flamenco at a show here. Shows are nightly, and you can book your tickets online at the official site .

I notice Cordoba gets skipped on some Spain travel itineraries. But its world-famous mosque -slash-cathedral alone is good enough reason to squeeze a day trip here from Seville into your ten day Spain itinerary. Add to that the picturesque winding and flower-pot-laden streets with the old town’s seamless mix of Jewish, Moorish, Catholic, and Roman architecture… Well, Cordoba simply is a no-brainer to visit when traveling through Spain.

Inside the Mosque of Cordoba in southern Spain

How to Get to Cordoba

Take the MD or AVANT train from Sevilla-Santa Justa to Cordoba . Then, take the same journey the reverse direction, and return to Seville to spend the night .

The MD train is €11.20 and 1.5 hours each way. It is available for purchase beginning around two months in advance. The AVANT train is €17.85 and 40 minutes each way. It is available for purchase beginning a few weeks in advance.

These prices are only if you purchase round trip (ida y vuelta) tickets. That means you must select your return train departure time in advance. If purchased as separate tickets rather than round trip, the MD train is €14 each way and the AVANT train is €22.30 each way. I recommend choosing times that essentially give you a full day to explore Cordoba!

What to Do in Cordoba (One Day)

  • Mezquita-Catedral de Córdoba: This was once the main mosque of Cordoba and today is a cathedral. But it isn’t a cathedral built over a mosque, like oftentimes happened. Rather, it is a cathedral blended into the center of a mosque, creating the most unique blend of two architectural styles that I personally have ever seen. Definitely purchase tickets in advance online from the official site . Entry into the mosque is €13, and tickets up the bell tower are €3. I recommend choosing the first entry time of the day for the mezquita. That way, your pictures of the iconic columns and arches will have a lot less people in them.
  • Puerta del Puente: Outside the mosque-cathedral, in front of the river, is the Gate of the Bridge. It is located where the Roman gates into the city used to be.
  • Puente Romano: Cross the Roman Bridge over the river. From there, you can enjoy the typical postcard views of the famous mosque and Cordoba’s old town (though the river is quite drier these days).
  • Torre De Calahorra: At the end of the Roman Bridge is the Calahorra Tower. You can enter the tower to enjoy its museum on life in Cordoba during Al-Andaluz (the name of the Muslim-ruled area of the Iberian Peninsula). You can also enjoy views over Cordoba from its top. Tickets are €4.50 and can be purchased in person, but check the official site for hours.
  • Alcázar de los Reyes Cristianos: This medieval fortress-palace is located right by the famous mosque-cathedral and the river. It houses a few Roman mosaics, but visitors most-enjoy its gardens. Tickets could only be purchased in person when I went. They were €5.
  • Almodovar Gate: In between the Alcázar and the Jewish Quarter is the Almodovar Gate. It is the only remaining medieval gate of the original nine into the city.
  • Judería: Cordoba’s historically Jewish quarter is a UNESCO World heritage site. The well-preserved neighborhood is very pretty, but my favorite part was the synagogue . It’s absolutely stunning and one of the three best-preserved Medieval synagogues in Spain. Entry was free when I went.
  • Fiesta de los Patios de Córdoba: If you are visiting Spain in early May, you can enjoy this festival celebrating the potted-plant-courtyards that Cordoba is famous for. But even if you are visiting during another time of year, you’ll still notice beautiful potted plants adorning walls around the city center. One of the most famous streets for a great view of the mosque-cathedral bell tower behind an alley of potted plants is Calleja de las Flores .
  • Templo Romano: In the middle of Cordoba, right next to the city hall, you can find the remains of a Roman temple. It was discovered in the 1950s while expanding the city hall. It’s not often listed as a tourist attraction to see, but I thought it was pretty cool (and it’s free)!

How to Get Out of Seville

Alas, your epic ten day Spain vacation has come to an end! You’ll need to get out of Seville. Seville’s airport is Seville Airport (SQV), sometimes called San Pablo Airport . There are a couple ways you can get from Seville’s city center to SQV.

  • Option 1: Take a bus. From any of the available stops (which include the Sevilla-Santa Justa train station), take the urban bus transport line (Line EA) bus from the Seville city center to the Seville airport. Tickets are €4 and are paid to the driver on board. Stops include You can check the timetable and map of the stops here .
  • Option 2: Take a taxi. The fare for this 25 minute ride is fixed at €26. Make sure you get into an official taxi. They should accept card, and you can double check this as well as fare before getting in.

Adjustments to this 10 Day Spain Itinerary

  • Starting in Seville instead of Barcelona: You can totally do this ten day Spain itinerary in the reverse order. Check what flights work best for you, and decide off of that.
  • Flying out of Madrid instead of Seville: Your flight out of Seville will almost certainly involve a connection in Madrid if you are flying to the Americas. So, you might prefer to take a train from Seville to Madrid’s airport (3 hours) rather than a flight from Seville to Madrid (1 hour). If that is the case, you can definitely change this itinerary to do that.

Any Questions on this Spain Itinerary for Ten Days?

Phew – I know that was A LOT! If you’re planning your own ten day itinerary for Spain soon and want some personalized advice, drop a comment below with your questions . I love playing travel agent for people!

And in Case You Need One Final Summary

Spain Itinerary 10 Days:

  • Day 1: Barcelona
  • Day 2: Barcelona
  • Day 3: Barcelona
  • Day 4: Madrid
  • Day 5: Madrid
  • Day 6: Granada
  • Day 7: Granada
  • Day 8: Seville
  • Day 9: Seville
  • Day 10: Cordoba

Save this Spain Ten Day Itinerary on Pinterest

Planning a vacation to Spain? This super-detailed ten day Spain itinerary by train stops at Barcelona, Madrid, Granada, Sevilla, and Cordoba. You'll love your 10 days in Spain.

Further Reading...

Turin, Italy sunset view

10 Tips for Traveling to Turin, Italy

Croatia flag flying in Dubrovnik

One Week in Croatia: Ultimate 7 Day Croatia Itinerary

Grand Canal in Venice from Acadamia Bridge during sunset

The Best of Italy: Ultimate Two Week Italy Itinerary (14 Days)

' data-srcset=

This is great information! We are planning a November 4-12 stay in Spain and would love your input on how to tackle or modify our plans. I have been before, but my husband and adult daughter have not. We would fly into Madrid from the US and were thinking of visiting Barcelona, Segovia, possibly Toledo, and Seville. What are your thoughts? Thanks in advance!

' data-srcset=

That Travelista

Hi Melissa,

I’m glad the post is helpful!

Is your flight roundtrip from Madrid? If so, I would suggest something like:

Madrid (3-4 days: 1-2 days Madrid, 1 day Segovia day trip, 1 day Toledo day trip) > train to Barcelona (2-3 days)/Seville (2 days) > flight to Seville (2 days)/Barcelona (2-3 days) > train to Madrid for flight

If your flight isn’t round trip and you can fly out of Barcelona, I would suggest something like:

Madrid (3-4 days: 1-2 days Madrid, 1 day Segovia day trip, 1 day Toledo day trip) > train to Seville (2 days) > flight to Barcelona (2-3 days)

There are tour groups to Toledo and Segovia individually, or you can DIY your own day trip to Toledo by train and day trip to Segovia by bus . But if you end up short on time in the itinerary and don’t mind rushing through the two places, there are options to combine both into one tour group day trip. You can purchase the tours in person in Madrid. There are lots of kiosks all over the center that advertise them for the same price.

I hope that helps and that you love Spain!!

' data-srcset=

I loved reading this. I used to live in Spain about 20 years ago and am going back with my family for the first time. I have a question if you don’t mind helping me. I’m planning a 11 day trip to Spain early July with the family (including 3 boys ages 5-14). I am arriving in Madrid where we stay for 5 nights. I need help planning the remaining days. We definitely want to go by the water for at least a few days. I was thinking of doing Sevilla then Marbella/malaga. But now I think Sevilla will be too hot and need advice for different cities. I’d like to stay in the south. We love happening cities with nightlife, restaurant scene, (water) activities for kids, shopping (if possible), etc. Maybe a total of 3-4 cities for the 11 days, with Madrid being the first 5 nights. Any advice would be appreciated. I have been to Marbella about 20 years ago and loved it. Not sure what it’s like now. And not looking to going to the islands. Thank you.

I’m glad that my post was enjoyable to read! 🙂 And that you’re going to be able to go back to Spain after such a long time! I’m sure it will have changed a lot.

Seville will be unbearable in July, so good call on removing that. Even Madrid is very uncomfortable in summer (I hear it’s been getting worse over the years, so maybe it was more bearable back when you lived in Spain. But I can attest personally that last July was horrible lol), so do come prepared for that (hats, sunscreen, clothes, water spray bottles, etc.).

These might not be considered south, but they are on the Mediterranean coast, so you might consider Valencia and Alicante. Valencia is the 3rd largest city in Spain, so no shortage of nightlife there. And I haven’t been to Alicante yet (I’m going in a few days!), but it’s also in the community of Valencia and is the 8th largest metropolitan area in Spain. There are a lot of nice beach towns between the two cities, so you could do a lot of nice day trips to nice beaches. Valencia has an aquarium that people seem to like (I didn’t enter), so the kids might like that.

I haven’t been to the Malaga area yet, but there is the day trip of Nerja (on the coast) from there, and Marbella is not too far either, as you know.

Cádiz might potentially also fit the bill as one of your cities. It’s in Andalusia, on the coast, and is a fan favorite. It’s also day-trip distance from Seville, so if there’s a random day where the weather is bearable for some strange reason, you could go up for a day from there. It might not have nightlife in the way that large cities do (I only went on a day trip, so I can’t say), but I find that almost any place in Spain has people out and about at night. I find that to be even more true in summer, because the middle of the day is so hot that many people hide lol (*raises hand*).

There’s a 3.5 hour Avanzabus between Cádiz Station and Marbella. So assuming no car rental, an itinerary with all the above could look something like:

Madrid > train to Valencia > bus to Alicante > fly to Cadiz > bus to Marbella > train to Malaga > train back to Madrid

or excluding Cadiz, it could be:

Madrid > train to Valencia > bus to Alicante > fly to Malaga (day trip to Marbella one day) > train back to Madrid

Valencia and Alicante both have airports, so either one can be excluded, if you just want to use one as the base while in the community of Valencia. And you could also do the exact reverse directions of what I’ve outlined above, too.

I hope some of that helps, at least as a jumping off point!! Let me know what you think. 🙂

Leave a Reply Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Segovia Day Trip from Madrid: One Day Itinerary

How to travel with acne-prone skin, that travelista.

Instagram post 18115190608033812

Three Week Traveller

3 Weeks In Spain Itinerary

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

Popularly known as one of the most visited countries in Europe, Spain offers its annual 82 million tourists with all grace and satisfaction. Evidently, the number of tourist arrivals in Spain just keeps growing every year with people who are keen to visit beaches, go hiking, explore ancient towns, and try out local dishes.

So, what is your reason for visiting Spain? Is it to treat yourself to local Spanish cuisine? Or perhaps to experience its rich history and culture through its beautiful architecture? Or maybe you want to experience its natural beauty and the Mediterranean coastline? The good news is – Spain has all these.

Travelling to Spain for an extended time is recommended. There are so many things to see or do throughout your tour.

This itinerary for 3 weeks in Spain should be enough to cover the best that Spain has to offer, especially for first-time visitors. We have prepared this itinerary to plan your trip seamlessly and conveniently.

If you want to visit other countries in this region, check out our 3 weeks in South Europe itinerary or do a trio adventure and go to Italy, France, and Spain for 3 weeks .

THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE GOING TO SPAIN

Sagrada Familia at night in Barcelona - 3 Weeks In Spain Itinerary

When you travel to Spain, it is important to learn basic Spanish phrases to make communication easier. Some can speak English, but some may not know the language at all. It is also important to know that drinking directly from the tap is safe. And tipping isn’t a big deal, so you are not required to leave a tip unless you are thrilled with the service. 

As with any major tourist destination, pickpocketing can be an issue. Make sure you keep an eye on your belongings at all times. If it’s your first time travelling alone, check out our article on how to stay safe if you are travelling solo .

Here are more tips so you can better plan and write your 3-week itinerary . These tips will help you visualise and start having clarity on what your vacation will look like.

When is the best time to go to Spain

Choosing the best time to visit Spain can be a challenge since it is a great year-round destination. You generally decide the best time to go according to what you want to see or do. Each season offers a uniquely enjoyable experience, so you need to plan accordingly. 

Spring (March to May) and fall (September to November) are the best times to go. This will provide you with good weather to enjoy the natural beauty and scenery of the country.

You can also expect fewer crowds (compared to winter and summer). And with fewer crowds, you can expect to find cheaper accommodations than when you book at other times of the year. 

  • Peak/summer season: June to August
  • Heavy rains between September to January
  • Winter season: December to February

One major holiday to remember when deciding when to go to Spain is Holy Week. During La Semana Santa , not only many businesses are closed, and locals not working, but there are parades and events surrounding this public holiday.

Make sure to book your hotel and other arrangements in advance if you plan to go during the Holy Week because it’s a peak season and last-minute booking will be expensive and challenging.

Are 3 weeks enough for Spain

3 weeks in Spain is perfect. You can visit historical sites, the beach, and even go for a hike or two. The country is also well-connected with flights and buses or trains, making travelling between cities or islands much easier. 20 days is plenty, and you won’t run out of things to do or feel like you have to cram everything and are always on the go.

If you’ve ever been to Spain or if you’re travelling here with your family and looking for something unique place to go to and spend your three weeks, perhaps this list of the best Spanish islands for families can be helpful. You can choose between popular spots and a tranquil peninsula to enjoy a peaceful atmosphere.

Average cost of 20 days in Spain

Plan to spend around $2,000 for a 3-week trip in Spain if you prefer to stay in a mid-range hotel and eat often. Accommodation costs you the most during your trip, around $40-$60 a night for a decent double room. Eating out in a m id-range restaurant will be about $7 to $12 per meal .

For those who want to t ravel more budget-wise, $1,200 could do it by staying in dorm rooms and eating street food most of the time. If your hostel has a kitchen, that could also cut costs. For l uxury spenders, around $3,500 will be an excellent budget if you plan to book five-star hotels and fancier restaurants.

These numbers don’t include your flight to and from Spain and are calculated for one person. For couples or a pair of friends travelling, you could save some money by sharing a double room.

What to pack

Knowing what to pack for Spain will depend on what time of the year you want to go. The country enjoys a Mediterranean climate, meaning the winters are mild with some rain, while the summers are hot and dry. When you visit during the summer, opt for casual and lightweight clothes to keep you cool. 

It can get quite cold during winter in Spain, skiing is even possible here in the parts of the Pyrenees region. It is important to pack lightweight layering items such as cardigans and sweaters. The winters are not harsh, but it can get chilly at night. 

We have a series of packing lists. Check out our packing for a 3-week trip . We also have a summer trip packing list , and of course, a packing list for winter .

How to get around

Getting around Spain is relatively easy. The best way to travel from one Spanish city or town to another is by train, especially while you are on the mainland. The high-speed train is called AVE(Alta Velocidad), a convenient way to travel between cities.

You can also rent a car and drive on your own since Spain has a pretty straightforward policy regarding recognising international driver’s licenses. However, remember that most vehicles in Spain are programmed with a stick (aka manual gear). You can, of course, find automatic cars, but they get booked up quickly.

Buses are also easy and cheaper but can be slower, while traditional taxis are everywhere. The use of ride-hailing apps is also common, and domestic flights will come in handy when moving between islands.

Spain has the same visa policy in place as any other Schengen State member (EU). This means that visitors with passports from most parts of the Americas, Oceania, Malaysia, Singapore, South Korea, Japan, and some parts of the Middle East can enter and travel around Europe for 90 days in every 180-day calendar.

US Citizens can travel to Spain for leisure or business purposes without a visa with a maximum stay of 90 days. The only requirement is that your passport must be valid for 6 months (during the time of travel). Also, it must have at least one blank page. 

In some cases, a return airline ticket and enough funds are required. Aside from US citizens, the following passport holders do NOT need a visa to travel to Spain: Members of the European Union, Switzerland, Iceland, Norway, Canada, most parts of Latin America, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, Singapore, New Zealand, Australia, and some regions of the Gulf countries and Central Asia.

For others not mentioned, the visa must be applied in advance. You could submit your application as early as 6 months in advance.

Travellers with passports from EU-member or part of Schengen States have indefinitely freedom of movement in Spain. Other passport holders must arrange their travel visa for Schengen through the Spanish Embassy or Consulate near you.

Package tours

Sometimes planning is overwhelming, and you really want a vacation where you can simply show up at the airport, and the fun begins. In that situation, I love booking package tours. In such tours, the travel agency book and arrange everything for you. This includes accommodations, activities, restaurants, transportation, and a knowledgeable guide.

Below is a list of exciting tours for 15 to 22 days. Let’s say you have 20 days of vacation, and you want to be easy but leave you time to do your own thing. Go book the 15 days, then you have 5 days of exploring on your own.

Other travel tips

Booking your travel arrangements can be overwhelming. There are simply too many options, and comparing them to one another is a daunting and time-consuming task. I was planning my Central Europe itinerary last night, and it is just a few minutes to book the accommodation I want and the flights I need.

I was also able to make a decision quickly because I know that some of the travel sites I use offer a flexible cancellation policy. Here’s a list of the websites and tools I use for any travel-related services. Perhaps, you might find them helpful and easy to use as well.

MUST-SEE PLACES IN SPAIN (pinned map)

Click the enlarge button on the top right corner. Credit: map data: Google

3 WEEKS IN SPAIN ITINERARY

Spain is home to many beautiful cities and towns that are worth exploring for various reasons. Whether you want to enjoy culture, nature, or history, you will be spoiled for options. Use this guide, so you know what to see or do for each destination in Spain. 

If you enjoy your trip to Spain, perhaps you want to spend 3 weeks in Italy next time or a trip to France . For people on a budget, here’s our list of how to travel to Europe in 3 weeks on a budget .

Day-to-day overview

  • Day 1 : Arrive in Barcelona. Arrange a private transfer to your hotel or take the airport shuttle bus . Pick up your rental car here at the airport if you plan to drive yourself. Get yourself a local sim card with data and local currency.
  • Day 2-3 : Explore Barcelona and plan some day trips, get the Hola card for public transport .
  • Day 4: Travel from Barcelona to Valencia by bus , train , plane, or drive.
  • Day 5-7 : Discover Valencia, and don’t forget to enjoy the beach.
  • Day 8 : Travel from Valencia to Madrid by bus , drive, train , or plane .
  • Day 9 to 11 : Explore Madrid and plan some day trips from here.
  • Day 12 : Get to Seville from Madrid by train , plane, bus , or drive.
  • Day 13 to 14 : Discover Seville, and make sure to go to a flamenco bar.
  • Day 15 : Travel to Malaga or Granada, which is around 2 hours by driving or 2.5 hours by bus ( Malaga / Granada ).
  • Day 15-17 : Explore Granada or Malaga.
  • Day 18 : Fly to Tenerife or Gran Canaria or Ibiza.
  • Day 18-21 : Enjoy the island life and plan some relaxing days.

Barcelona for 4 days

Barcelona is probably the most popular city visited by tourists in Spain. It is known for its iconic architecture and beautiful Mediterranean location. It is rich in culture with a wide array of the iconic architect Gaudi’s works to explore. Barcelona is an ideal destination to start your 3 weeks in Spain trip, especially if you want to kick it off by relaxing on the beach and soaking up in the Mediterranean Sea.

Getting to Spain is very easy, there are two main destinations you can plan to start your trip – Barcelona and Madrid. Barcelona is as famous as Madrid, with non-stop flights from various cities in the US and Canada to Barcelona via American Airlines, Delta Airlines, Lufthansa, or Air Canada. The Josep Tarradellas Barcelona-El Prat International Airport in Barcelona is the central hub of flights and the second busiest airport in Spain.

Things to do in Barcelona

  • Get a public transport pass – look at the price
  • Mount Tibidabo
  • Barceloneta Beach
  • Basilica de la Sagrada Familia – skip the online and explore with an audio guide or combine with Parc Guell
  • Barcelona Aquarium – suitable for young children, buy your ticket in advance
  • Palau de la Musica Catalana
  • Park Güell- get your ticket in advance , there’s a limit per day ticket sold for Parc Guell
  • Casa Batllo
  • Enjoy tapas and wine – book a walking tour
  • Bogatell Beach/Playa de Bogatell
  • Magic Fountain of Montjuic – ride a round-trip cable car
  • Museo Picasso de Barcelona
  • Explore Montserrate – join a half-day tour
  • Trio-day trip and cover Spain, France, and Andorra – check the itinerary
  • Walk around Barri Gotic
  • Go kayaking and snorkelling in Costa Brava – book an affordable tour

Accommodations in Barcelona

  • Affordable: Unite Hostel or Factory Hostel
  • Mid-range: Sixties Ramblas or Violeta Boutique
  • Luxury: Vincci Gala or Ohla Barcelona or ME Barcelona

2 images - Sagrada Familia and Parc Guell - 3 Weeks In Spain Itinerary

Valencia for 3 days

Best known as the home of paella, Valencia is the home of luscious Spanish dishes. But aside from introducing the world to this culinary delight, there are more reasons to visit Valencia in Spain. Valencia is another Spanish coastal town 348 km (216 miles) south of Barcelona.

Taking a stroll through its old town will enable you to marvel at the colonial architecture. But Valencia is also home to many futuristic architectural features, such as the world-famous Valencia City of Arts and Sciences. Spending 3 days in Valencia is plenty, although 2 days is possible if you want to add that one day to another city.

To get to Valencia from Barcelona, you can either drive your rented car for 3 hours and 40 minutes or take the train , the journey is around 3 hours or by bus is about 4 hours. You can also book a direct 1-hour flight.

The best way to get around Valencia is by using public transportation. You can also rent a bicycle or buy yourself this useful hop-on hop-off bus ticket which stops at major attractions in Valencia.

Things to do in Valencia

  • La Lonja de la Seda
  • Oceanografic – perfect for young children, get your entrance ticket
  • Albufera Natural Park
  • La Ciutat de les Artes i les Ciencies de Valencia
  • Cuevas de San Jose – sign up for a half-day guide tour
  • Mercado Central
  • Plaza de la Virgen
  • Hike and swim at Montanejos – book a group tour
  • Bioparc Valencia
  • Torres de Serranos
  • Playa del Saler
  • Sail on a Catamaran Cruise – check the tour price
  • The medieval town of Requena
  • Enjoy wine and tapas tasting in an 11th-century historical monument – check this trip
  • Join a cooking class

Accommodations in Valencia

  • Affordable: Hostal Antigua Morellana or Colors Rooms
  • Mid-range: Ad Hoc Carmen or Venecia Plaza Centro
  • Luxury: Vincci Lys or Petit Palace Plaza de la Reina

Madrid for 4 days

3 weeks in Spain without visiting its capital is incomplete especially if it’s your first time here. Madrid is the artistic centre of Spain. Proof of that is the concentration of art galleries located in various parts of the city that showcase the works of Picasso and Velazquez. It is also home to a wide range of vibrant neighbourhoods that offer the best tapas and pubs to check out at night. 

Madrid is located right in the centre of Spain, about 346 km (215 miles) northwest of Valencia. There are a few ways to get to Madrid from Valencia. You can book a direct 2-hour flight from Valencia Airport to Adolfo Suárez Madrid-Barajas Airport. You can also get to Madrid by train from Valencia with Avlo in 2 hours or by car, which takes nearly 4 hours.

Once you get to Madrid, you can easily move around on foot and use public transport. If you prefer a more convenient way to travel around, a push bike might be more suitable for you or you get a hop-on hop-off bus ticket with stops at the most popular attractions.

2 images -- roya lalcazar de seville and madrid cathedral - 3 Weeks In Spain Itinerary

Things to do in Madrid

  • Royal Palace – get your fast-access ticket
  • Plaza Mayor
  • Museo Nacional del Prado – purchase your ticket in advance
  • Parque Natural de Peñalara and Sierra de Guadarrama National Park
  • Visit Real Madrid’s Stadium (Santiago Bernabéu Stadium) – join a Bernabeu Stadium tour
  • Buen Retiro Park and the Crystal Palace
  • Puerta del Sol
  • Fuente de Cibeles and Gran Via
  • Temple of Debod
  • Basilica de San Francisco el Grande
  • Enjoy wine and tapas tasting – join a group tour
  • Puerta de Alcala
  • Watch a flamenco show with dinner
  • National Museum of Romanticism
  • Day trip to Avila and Segovia and visit historical sites or go to Toledo with a local guide

Accommodations in Madrid

  • Affordable: Olblanc Plaza de Espana or Hostal Arrate
  • Mid-range: II Castilla Madrid or Hotel Liabeny
  • Luxury: Pestana CR7 Gran via Madrid or Palacio de Atocha

Seville for 3 days

Located within the province of Andalusia in Spain, Seville is best known for its flamenco culture. You can find plenty of flamenco bars in town. You can also visit many historical landmarks and museums to glimpse the town’s past. The architectural landscape of Seville offers a mix of the old and the new, creating a beautiful contrast in the cityscape.

Seville is 532 km (330 miles) south of Madrid. You can book a direct train between Madrid and Seville called Renfre/AVE. The trip will take a little offer of 2.5 hours, you can also drive, which is about a little over 5 hours. A direct flight will take about an hour from Adolfo Suárez Madrid–Barajas Airport (MAD) to Seville Airport (SVQ).

Things to do in Seville

  • Royal Alcazar of Seville
  • Catedral de Seville
  • Punta Umbria Beach
  • Cascadas del Hueznar
  • Real Alcazar
  • Parque de Maria Luisa and Plaza de Espana
  • Barrio de Santa Cruz
  • Museo del Baile Flamenco
  • Real Maestranza de Caballeria de Sevilla
  • Palacio de la Condesa de Lebrija
  • Metropol Parasol
  • Torro del Oro

Accommodations in Seville

You can also check this list of best boutique hotels in Seville with swimming pools.

  • Affordable: Hostel A2C or Pension Javier
  • Mid-range: Hotel Casona de San Andreas or Cool Sevilla Hotel
  • Luxury: Hotel Rey Alfonos X or Hotel Dona Maria

Granada or Malaga for 3 days

The city of Granada is like a Disney fairy tale that came to life. It is filled with cobblestone streets, snow-capped mountains, and enchanting fortresses. It is also notable for the abundance of Islamic art and architecture. 

Granada’s excellent and unique identity sets it apart from many other Spanish cities. For this reason, the destination makes it a worthy addition to your 3-week itinerary in Spain. This city is known for its “free tapas” culture if you love tapas. If you sit in any restaurant, bar, or visit someone’s home, there are free tapas for everyone.

On the other hand, Malaga is another seaside city in the south of Spain. There are spectacular beaches, historical monuments, and varied museums. Pablo Picasso was from Malaga, when you explore the city, you’ll definitely see how proud this city of him is through displaying his art.

Both Granada and Malaga are on the east of Seville. Malaga is 205 km (127 miles) southeast of Seville, while Granada is 250 km (155 miles) east of Seville. A car will only take 2.5 hours to reach Granada from Seville and 2 hours to Malaga. There are direct trains to both cities from Seville but no direct flights to both cities.

2 images - Gran Canaria and Malaga Old Town - 3 Weeks In Spain Itinerary

Things to do in Malaga and Granada

Since Granada and Malaga are not too far, you can easily plan day trips from both cities. You can also explore Malaga’s must-see spots on a 2-hour segway guided tour .

  • Alhambra (G)
  • Sacromonte (G)
  • Alhambra (G) – check the tour price or do a day trip from Malaga
  • Nasrid Palaces (G)
  • Enjoy a flamenco show in a cave restaurant – book your table
  • Salobreña Beach
  • Sierra Nevada National Park
  • Alcazaba de Malaga
  • Torre Vigía De Cerro Gordo – sign up for a snorkelling and kayak tour
  • Malaga Old Town/Marbella Urban Wall
  • Boat trip to Paseo de Los Delfine – check the price
  • Jardin Botanico-Historico la Concepcion
  • Caminito del Rey – book a guided tour to cross the suspension bridge
  • Playa de la Malagueta
  • Museo Picasso Malaga – get your ticket with an audio guide tour
  • Centre Pompidou Malaga
  • Do tapas tasting – join a walking tour
  • Festival de Malaga
  • Day trip to Gibraltar – book a day trip including a St Michael Caves visit

Accommodations in Malaga

  • Affordable: COEO Pod Hostel or Hotel Zeus
  • Mid-range: Petit Palace Plaza Malaga or Be Mate Malaga Centro
  • Luxury: Soho Boutique Castillo de Santa Catalina or Vincci Seleccion Posada del Patio

Accommodations in Granada

  • Affordable: Urban Dream Nevada or Pension Venecia Gomerez
  • Mid-range: Nest Flats Granada or Room Mate Leo
  • Luxury: Candil Suite Origen or Hospes Palacio de Los Patos or Palacete (adults only)

Tenerife or Gran Canaria or Ibiza for 3 days

The best way to finish off your 3 weeks in Spain vacation is by visiting its most fabulous and beautiful islands in the northern part of Africa. West of the Sahara desert is the islands of Tenerife and Gran Canaria. Apart from magnificent beaches, these two islands also offer the best hikes in Spain and vibrant nightlife.

As one of the most popular destinations for holidaymakers in Spain, Tenerife is located in the Canary Islands. It is well-known for its natural beauty. The most notable feature of Tenerife is its volcanic peaks that create lunar landscapes and otherworldly natural features. It is also home to some of the country’s most unique geological gems. 

However, Tenerife is a big island for a limited time. So, it’s best to decide which part you prefer. Whether it’s Tenerife North or South, either should work since both have their own airport to get in and out back to mainland Europe.

Gran Canaria, on the other hand, is a fantastic location for water sports and exploring nature, and it’s one of the most LGBTQ+-friendly across all of Europe. Spend your day either doing active sports or simply lying on the beach, enjoying a book, and drinking fresh coconuts.

Ibiza is not in the Canary Islands; it’s located east of Valencia. It’s well-known that Ibiza is an exciting destination when it comes to nightlife and all-night rave parties. It’s very suitable for young travellers and everyone who enjoys parties and delicious cocktails. If you just want a quick peek at Ibiza, you can also simply book a trip when you are in Valencia.

Getting to Gran Canaria or Tenerife

Tenerife has 2 major airports, Tenerife North (TFN) and Tenerife South (TFS). You should be able to get on a direct flight from Malaga both to the north and south, if not, you might have to connect in Madrid. The travel time is between 3-7 hours, depending on the connection.

Gran Canaria only has one airport (LPA), to get here from Malaga, you can get on a direct flight which is about 2.5 hours.

2 images - tenerife coastline and torre del oro - 3 Weeks In Spain Itinerary

Things to do in Gran Canaria

  • Pico de las Nieves
  • Reserva Natural Especial de las dunas de Maspalomas
  • Go scuba diving – book a tour
  • Playa Puerto Rico
  • Drive an ATV – enjoy a tour
  • Roque Nublo
  • Enjoy a submarine tour – read the reviews
  • Palmitos Park
  • Sign up for a morning cruise – check the price

Accommodations in Gran Canaria

  • Affordable: La Hoyilla Hostel or Mountain Hostel Finca La Isa
  • Mid-range: La Cason Canaria or Hotel Rural Hacien del Buen Suceso
  • Luxury: Hotel the Lumm or Hotel Cordial or Wavia Hotel (adults only)

Things to do in Tenerife

  • Lago Martianez
  • Playa de Las Teresitas
  • Mount Teide National Park
  • Siam Water Park – get your tickets
  • Whale and dolphin watching
  • Museum of Science and the Cosmos
  • Fuerteventura – do a 4×4 tour
  • Cueva del Viento
  • Masca Village
  • Tabaiba Shipwreck/Pecio de Tabaiba
  • Bajamar Natural Pools/Piscina Natural de Bajamar Teneriffa
  • Sign up for a whale and dolphin watching tour or do a kayak tour while looking for dolphins and turtles

Accommodations in Tenerife

  • Affordable: Albergue San Jose de Los Llanos or Hotel Las Canadas
  • Mid-range: Hotel Adonis Plaza or Alua Tenerife
  • Luxury: Hotel Hacienda del Conde or Gran Melia Palacio de Isora Resort & Spa

Things to do in Ibiza

  • Join an all-inclusive boat party
  • Platja de Cala Xarraca – Paul
  • Cala Salada
  • Platja d’en Bossa
  • Cala Benirras
  • Cala Bassa – book a 6-hour boat trip around Ibiza
  • Cala d’Hort
  • Ses Salines
  • Hike Camino Al Faro De Moscater
  • Faro de Punta Grossa
  • Tore de Companitx
  • Castell d’Elvissa/Castle of Ibiza
  • Book a snorkelling and SUP paddle tour

Accommodations in Ibiza

  • Affordable/Mid-range: Hotel Florencio or Lux Isla
  • Luxury: Aparthotel Duquesa Playa or THB Los Molinos (adults only)

MUST-TRY SPANISH DISHES AND DRINKS

During your trip for 3 weeks in Spain, make sure you try the local dishes. You can taste so much food and see which ones are your favourite. The best way to do this is either by joining an affordable food tour or visiting at least 2-3 restaurants in each city you explore.

Spain has a rich culinary history. Many of the tourists who come to Spain seek out one of its many culinary specialities to get a taste of its rich culture. The dishes reflect the natural produce of the region where they come from and its cultural tradition. Discover the best dishes that you need to try when in Spain. 

3 images - paella, churros, and spanish croquetas

As the traditional and most popular dish in Spain, Paella is a rice dish cooked with various ingredients. It showcases local produce and fresh catch of the day. 

Arroz Negro (or paella made with squid ink) is one of the most sought-after kinds of Paella. But you can also find seafood paella or paella Valencia, among other varieties of this dish. 

Churros are fried, sugary sticks, probably Spain’s most notable dessert. This crunchy pastry is often dipped in hot chocolate or fudge. If you are looking for a dessert to cap off your meal, it is recommended that you order one. 

As a dish that is made with ripe tomatoes, garlic, olive oil, cucumbers, and peppers, Gazpacho stands as one of the best Spanish cuisines. All of these ingredients are blended to create a smoothie-like consistency. This dish is best served cold and is perfect for summer. It is also a great dish to try for vegans and vegetarians. 

Spanish Croquetas

The Spanish croquet is another must-try dish when you travel to Spain. This dish is Spain’s version of fried balls, but instead of meat, this can also be made with vegetables. 

When looking for vegan options in Spain, make sure to ask for the meatless croqueta. They are served in various restaurants in Spain and meat. It is replaced with mushrooms, pine nuts, spinach, or blue cheese. 

SUMMARY OF 3-WEEKS IN ITINERARY

Spain will spoil your senses with the most delicious food, best sights, and remarkable attractions you won’t find elsewhere. Spain is rich in history, medieval architecture, delicious dishes, fantastic beaches, and endless outdoor activities, you won’t run out of things to do in Spain.

If you are looking for a great beach destination for a 3-week vacation , make sure to consider Spain, and the destinations recommended here.  I hope that you found this 3 weeks in Spain itinerary helpful.

SAVE THIS TRAVEL ITINERARY ON YOUR PINTEREST:

Experience Spain's vibrant culture, from flamenco rhythms in Andalusia to Barcelona's architectural wonders. Savor paella, explore historic sites, and bask in sunny beaches, immersing in a land of passion and diverse beauty.  via @threeweektraveller

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Thinking of planning a trip to Spain? This 2 weeks in Spain Itinerary is the perfect Spain travel guide for spending 14 days in this charming country.

We extensively research about our upcoming trips and have started publishing our research and experiences through the medium of this blog, so that you can make the most of your trip.

This itinerary is based on our recent trip to Spain in the Spring, 2023. You can use it to plan your own trip or just as inspiration to visit Spain.

Here is the outline of our 2 weeks in Spain that includes major cities and some unconventional attractions as well:

  • Day 1 – 2: Madrid
  • Day 3 – 4: Seville
  • Day 5: Cordoba
  • Day 6: Malaga
  • Day 7 – 8: Granada
  • Day 9: Valencia
  • Day 10 – 11: Ibiza
  • Day 12 – 14: Barcelona

As you can see, we’re starting our Spain trip from Madrid. If you’re landing in Barcelona, you can start this 14 days Spain itinerary from Barcelona and follow the same order in reverse! We’ve taken the liberty of answering a couple of questions before diving into the itinerary.

This article contains affiliate links. This means that we earn a small commission for purchases made through these links at no extra cost to you. Kindly read our full disclosure and privacy policy for more details.

Quick overview

How Many days in Spain is enough?

14 days is, in fact, the perfect time to visit Spain as it allows you to do justice to each of the locations and attractions mentioned in this itinerary .

If your goal is only to visit a couple of major cities like Barcelona, Madrid and Seville, a week shall be enough. If you plan on going for a road trip around Andalusia, 5 to 6 days should be enough. Whereas, if you’re flying from somewhere in Europe, a weekend in Ibiza is always refreshing .

But to do it all, 2 weeks is the perfect amount of time to you need in Spain!

How To Get Around Spain?

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Spain is a superbly well connected country with an extensive and reliable transportation system. The quickest and the most convenient way to travel between cities like Madrid, Barcelona, Valencia, Seville and Malaga is by train. High speed trains run regularly between these cities and they’re great at saving time, so that you can spend more time site-seeing.

If you’re on a budget, buses are a much more economical option compared to trains, but they take more time. An advantage you can take is to book overnight buses between these cities. That way, you can not only save on transport but also a night’s accommodation!

Renting a car in Spain is another great option. If you’re traveling in a group and enjoy road trips, there isn’t a better country to do it than Spain. This allows you to enjoy the rural parts of Spain that you’ll as it is be passing through. Plus, it also gives you more control over what to see and where to stop.

For the best rates and greater reliability, book your car through a reputed company like Rentalcars.com . or Discovery Cars . They have the most affordable rates in Europe and they allow you pick your car from one city and drop it in another as per your convenience.

Click here to check the latest rates for your travel dates!

What is the best time to visit Spain?

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The best time visit Spain is in the Shoulder season from April to May and September to November. The weather is great with Spring setting in April and the fall colours taking over from September. You shall also be able to avoid peak season crowds, sky-high prices and still enjoy all the outdoor activities.

June to August is the busiest season with warmer climates, sky-high prices and long queues at major attractions. A lot of people prefer this season, but in our experience, the crowds and the prices ruin the experience. A lot of festivals take place during this time, so if your goal is to witness one of those festivals, you need to make your bookings in advance to avoid paying premium prices.

Spain Itinerary Day 1 and 2: Madrid

We shall be starting our 14 days Spain itinerary from the capital of Spain, Madrid. Our flight reached Madrid in the early morning hours and hence, we were able to just drop our bags at our hotel, freshen up a bit and get out to check out the sights.

However, if you’re reaching Madrid later in the evening, we suggest you to start your two weeks in Spain from the next day. Use this day to get acclimatized to the city and recovering from a long flight by removing any jet-lag. You can go through our detailed 2 Days Madrid Itinerary to see everything in Madrid, but ensure that you visit the following major attractions.

Royal Palace of Madrid

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Royal Palace of Madrid is one of the must-see attractions when visiting Spain’s capital city. This stunning palace, also known as Palacio Real, is the official residence of the Spanish Royal Family, although they mainly use it for official ceremonies.

The palace is located in the heart of Madrid and boasts an impressive collection of artworks, furniture, and historical artefacts. With over 3,000 rooms, it’s one of the largest palaces in Europe, and its architecture is a beautiful blend of baroque and classical styles.

You can take this highly rated guided tour of the palace and explore its many rooms and halls, including the throne room, banquet hall, and royal chapel. The palace also houses a museum that showcases the palace’s history, as well as a collection of musical instruments and weaponry.

Even if you don’t take a guided tour, make sure you buy a skip the line ticket in advance to avoid the exasperating long lines.

Be sure to take a stroll through the stunning gardens surrounding the palace, which offer fantastic views of the city. The gardens are also home to several fountains and statues, as well as a large pond with a monument to King Alfonso XII.

If you’re interested in catching the changing of the guard ceremony, be sure to visit the palace at noon on Wednesdays, when the royal guard parades through the palace courtyard.

Museo Nacional del Prado

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Museo Nacional del Prado, or the Prado Museum, is one of the most famous art museums in the world and a must-visit attraction in Madrid. It houses an extensive collection of Spanish and European art, dating back from the 12th century to the early 20th century.

Art lovers will be blown away by the impressive collection of paintings, sculptures, and other works of art on display. The museum’s collection includes masterpieces by famous artists such as Velázquez, Goya, El Greco, and many others.

One of the most popular exhibits at the Prado is the collection of works by Francisco Goya, which includes his famous painting, “The Third of May 1808.” You will also admire the stunning Las Meninas by Diego Velázquez, one of the most iconic paintings in Spanish art history.

Aside from the permanent collection, the museum also hosts temporary exhibitions throughout the year, showcasing works from other museums and private collections.

You should plan to spend at least a few hours at the Prado, as there is a lot to see and take in. Book a ticket in advance to avoid lines, or even better, take this tour with an expert guide to understand the collections better.

Plaza Mayor

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Plaza Mayor is a historic and vibrant square located in the heart of Madrid. It’s one of the city’s most popular tourist destinations and a must-visit attraction for anyone traveling to the Spanish capital.

The square dates back to the 17th century and has been the site of many important events in Madrid’s history. It’s surrounded by beautiful buildings with striking architecture, many of which have balconies overlooking the square.

Take a leisurely stroll through the square and soak up the lively atmosphere, with street performers, artists, and vendors selling everything from souvenirs to traditional Spanish foods.

The centerpiece of the square is the statue of King Philip III. The statue is a popular spot for taking photos and offers great views of the surrounding buildings.

The plaza is also home to several restaurants and cafes, making it a great place to stop and grab a bite to eat while enjoying the ambiance of this historic square.

Whether you’re looking to soak up some Spanish culture, take in some street performances, or simply enjoy a leisurely stroll, this square has something for everyone.

El Retiro Park

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

El Retiro Park is one of Madrid’s most beautiful and popular public parks, offering a serene escape from the hustle and bustle of the city. It’s the perfect place to spend a relaxing day surrounded by nature and Spanish culture.

The park is home to several stunning gardens, fountains, and statues, as well as a large lake where visitors can rent rowboats and pedal boats. The Crystal Palace, a beautiful glass structure, is also located within the park and hosts various art exhibitions throughout the year.

One of the most popular attractions in the park is the Rosaleda rose garden, which features over 4,000 roses in a variety of colors and species. Stroll through the garden, taking in the fragrant blooms and stunning scenery.

The park also has several walking and cycling paths, making it the perfect place for a morning jog or a leisurely bike ride. There are also several playgrounds and open spaces, which is a godsent if you’re visiting Spain with children.

Throughout the year, El Retiro Park hosts various cultural events and festivals, including music concerts, art exhibitions, and theater performances. If you get a chance, feel free to attend one of these events . They offer a great opportunity to experience Spanish culture and connect with locals.

Those were the must-see attractions in Madrid. For a more detailed guide, check out our 2 Days Madrid itinerary for more details on visiting the Spanish capital.

After spending your first two days getting acquainted with Spanish culture and history, take an overnight bus to reach the charming city of Seville, the home-base for visiting Andalusia. Check out bus ticket prices here .

Spain Itinerary Day 3 and 4: Seville

Seville is our favorite city in Spain after Barcelona. Its beautiful gardens, the free flamenco shows on the street and the plethora food options make Seville an absolute must in any Spain itinerary.

As explained above, you can make Seville a base for taking day trips to the rest of Andalusia in case you don’t wish to check in and out of hotels. Or, you can do what we did and rent a car on you last day and make it a road trip like no other!

Whichever option you choose, ensure that you witness at least one flamenco show and visit the following major attractions of Seville. Check out our detailed 2 Days Seville Itinerary for a day-wise schedule you should follow!

Plaza de Espania

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Plaza de España is a stunning public square of Seville.. It’s a popular tourist destination and a must-visit attraction for anyone traveling to this beautiful city.

The square was built in 1928 for the Ibero-American Exposition and features a stunning mix of Renaissance and Moorish architecture. The main building, a semi-circular structure with a central tower, features beautiful tiles and ornate decorations, making it one of the most iconic buildings in Seville. We absolutely oved these tile decorations!

Take a leisurely stroll through the square, admiring the beautiful buildings and fountains. The square is surrounded by a moat and several bridges, adding to its charm and uniqueness. These days, you can also go boating in the moat!

The square also features several benches where visitors can sit and take in the stunning scenery. There are also several small cafes and vendors selling souvenirs and snacks, making it a great place to relax and people-watch.

One of the most unique features of Plaza de España is its use in popular culture, having been featured in several movies, including Star Wars and Lawrence of Arabia .

Royal Alcazar de Seville

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Royal Alcazar of Seville is a stunning palace complex located in the heart of Seville. It’s one of the oldest royal palaces in Europe and an absolutely must-visit attraction.

The palace complex was originally built by the Moors in the 10th century and has been expanded and renovated by various Spanish monarchs over the centuries. The result is a stunning mix of architectural styles, with influences from Moorish, Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque design.

Buy a skip the line ticket or take this amazing guided tour of the palace complex, admiring the intricate tilework, ornate decorations, and stunning gardens. The palace features several courtyards, including the famous Courtyard of the Maidens, which is surrounded by arches and features a central pool.

The palace complex also features several stunning gardens, including the Gardens of the Alcazar, which are filled with fountains, pools, and exotic plants. Taking a leisurely stroll through the gardens, admiring the stunning scenery and the peaceful atmosphere was one of our most favorite things to do in Seville.

If you’re a fan of Game of Thrones, The Royal Alcazar of Seville is the palace where the set of Dorne was filmed and the beautiful garden in which the young couple (prince and princess) walks, is the same one that you’ll be strolling in!

Whether you’re a history buff, a lover of architecture, a GoT fan or simply looking for a peaceful escape, this palace complex has something for everyone.

Cathedral de Seville

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Cathedral of Seville, also known as the Cathedral of Saint Mary of the See, is a stunning Gothic cathedral located in the heart of Seville, Spain. It’s one of the largest cathedrals in the world and should not be missed while visiting Seville.

The cathedral was built on the site of a former mosque and features a stunning mix of Gothic and Renaissance architecture. It’s home to several impressive features, including the Giralda bell tower, which was originally built as a minaret during the Moorish period.

We recommend buying a skip the line ticket for the cathedral and Giralda tower, for admiring the intricate carvings, stained glass windows, and stunning chapels. One of the most famous chapels is the Capilla Mayor, which is home to a stunning altarpiece designed by Flemish artist Pieter Paul Rubens.

Another highlight of the cathedral is the tomb of Christopher Columbus, which is located in the north transept of the cathedral. You can pay your respects to the famous explorer (a wanderer such as yourself) and take in the stunning art and architecture of the surrounding area.

The Giralda bell tower is also a must-visit attraction, offering stunning views of the city from its top. You can climb the tower via a series of ramps, which were originally designed for the muezzin to ride up on horseback during the call to prayer.

A really great value for money investment, if you’re planning to visit the cathedral, the Giralda tower and the Alcazar, is this combined guided tour that not only saves money but also time!

Plaza de Toros

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Plaza de Toros, also known as the Bullring of Seville, is a historic bullfighting arena located in the heart of Seville, Spain. It’s one of the oldest and most important bullfighting arenas in Spain, with a rich history and cultural significance.

The bullring was built in the 18th century and features stunning Neo-Mudéjar architecture. Visitors can take a guided tour of the arena, learning about the history and cultural significance of bullfighting in Spain, as well as admiring the stunning architecture and decorations.

The bullfighting season in Seville typically runs from April to September, with several important bullfighting festivals taking place during this time, including the Feria de Abril. During these festivals, the plaza comes alive with music, dancing, and celebrations, as locals and tourists alike gather to witness the spectacle of bullfighting.

For those who are interested in the sport of bullfighting, attending a bullfight at the Plaza de Toros can be a once-in-a-lifetime experience. However, it’s important to note that bullfighting is a controversial sport, with many people (including ourselves) expressing concerns about the welfare of the bulls involved.

We don’t support the sport so we didn’t witness a bullfight here, however, we love the history and architecture, so we took this amazing guided tour of the bull ring.

Spain Itinerary Day 5: Cordoba

On Day 5 of your Spain itinerary, visit the cultural town of Cordoba. There are trains running regularly from Seville to Cordoba, and the journey only takes about 45 minutes. Once you’re in Cordoba, you can easily walk around the town center and see all the sights.

Check Train and bus tickets here!

While it is possible to rent a car and drive to Cordoba, we don’t necessarily recommend it , especially if you’re not used to driving in Spain or in cities with narrow streets. Parking in Cordoba can also be a bit of a hassle, especially in the old town where many of the main attractions are located. All major parking garages are located outside the old town.

If you like organized day trips where everything is taken care of from transportation to sight-seeing, we recommend this amazing Day Trip to Cordoba from Seville.

Cordoba is famous for its old town, which is full of narrow streets, patios, and courtyards. You can spend hours wandering around the streets, getting lost and discovering new things.

We recommend spending at least a full day there to really get a feel for the town and see everything it has to offer, especially the attractions listed below.

Mosque Cathedral of Cordoboa

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Mosque-Cathedral of Córdoba, also known as the Mezquita-Catedral, is one of the most unique and fascinating landmarks in Spain. Located in the heart of the historic city of Córdoba, the mosque-cathedral is a symbol of the city’s rich cultural and religious history.

Originally built in the 8th century as a mosque, the building features a stunning mix of Moorish and Christian architecture, reflecting the complex history of the region. The mosque was expanded and renovated over the centuries, with the addition of new arches, chapels, and decorative features.

In the 13th century, the mosque was converted into a Catholic cathedral, with the addition of new chapels, altars, and religious artwork. Despite these changes, many of the original features of the mosque were preserved, including the stunning horseshoe arches, ornate mihrab, and peaceful courtyard.

We recommend taking this elaborative guided tour of the mosque-cathedral , admiring the stunning architecture and learning about the history and significance of the building. One of the highlights of the tour is the stunning Mihrab, a niche in the wall that indicates the direction of Mecca and is decorated with intricate geometric patterns and calligraphy.

Another highlight is the Bell Tower, which offers stunning views of the city from its top. Climb the tower and take in the stunning vistas of the surrounding area, including the old town of Córdoba and the nearby Guadalquivir River.

Alcazar of the Christian Monarchs

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Alcázar of the Christian Monarchs, located in the city of Córdoba, Spain, is a stunning palace complex that has played an important role in the city’s history for centuries. The complex was originally built in the 14th century by King Alfonso XI of Castile, and has since been used as a royal residence, a military fortress, and a prison.

The palace complex features a mix of Gothic, Mudéjar, and Renaissance architecture, reflecting the diverse cultural influences that have shaped the region over the centuries . Explore the palace’s gorgeous gardens, courtyards, and fountains, as well as the impressive towers and walls that surround the complex.

One of the highlights of the Alcázar is the impressive Hall of Mosaics, which features intricate and colorful tile work that dates back to the 14th century . You can also explore the palace’s magnificent collection of Roman mosaics, which were discovered in the area and later incorporated into the palace’s design.

In addition to its captivating architecture and artwork, the Alcázar has played an important role in Spanish history, serving as a meeting place for important political figures and playing a role in the Spanish Inquisition.

You can learn all about the palace’s rich history through detailed guided tours like this one and exhibits, which highlight the palace’s various uses and occupants over the centuries.

Roman Bridge of Cordoba

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Roman Bridge of Córdoba is an iconic landmark in the city of Córdoba, Spain, and a testament to the region’s rich history and cultural heritage. The bridge spans the Guadalquivir River and dates back to the 1st century AD, when it was built by the Romans to connect the city with other parts of the region.

The bridge is made of stone and features a series of arches, which are supported by sturdy pillars and decorated with beautiful carvings and designs. Walk across the bridge and take in the breathtaking views of the river and surrounding landscape, as well as admire the intricate details of the bridge’s construction and design.

One of the highlights of the Roman Bridge is its proximity to the iconic Mezquita-Catedral, which is located just a short walk from the bridge . Take in stunning views of the mosque-cathedral from the bridge, and explore the surrounding area, which is filled with shops, restaurants, and other attractions.

Spend the rest of the day in Cordoba exploring its narrow lanes and beautiful architecture or discover new places in the Jewish quarter. Return back to your hotel in Seville for the night.

💡 Pro Tip: A great way to see the entire city and all its highlights is this amazing guided tour of Cordoba which includes all of the above attractions, entry tickets, services of a professional local guide and it costs a lot cheaper compared to visiting these locations individually! Check this tour out here!

Spain Itinerary Day 6: Malaga Via Colomares Castle

On Day 6 of your Spain itinerary, rent a car and head to Malaga. We recommend renting a car because en route Malaga, is a hidden gem that no Spain itinerary covers – the Colomares Castle. If you don’t rent a car, you’ll either miss visiting this sensational castle or will have to take a lot of buses between cities.

You can make this a day trip or you can stay overnight in Malaga, like we did. The next stops in our Spain itinerary were locate ahead and involved a car, hence there was no point of going back to Seville.

You should target visiting the following great attractions of Andalusia by the end of the day, before relaxing into the vibe of the beach town of Malaga.

Colomares Monument

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Colomares Monument is a unique and intriguing monument located in the town of Benalmádena, Spain, which pays homage to the life and accomplishments of Christopher Columbus. The monument was designed and built by Dr. Esteban Martín, a Spanish doctor and artist, and features a mix of Gothic, Byzantine, and Mudéjar architectural styles.

The monument is located on a hilltop overlooking the Mediterranean Sea, and includes a series of intricate sculptures, mosaics, and other artistic elements that depict scenes from Columbus’s life and travels. Explore the various levels and sections of the monument, which include a chapel, a crypt, and a series of terraces and gardens.

One of the highlights of the Colomares Monument is the stunning view of the Mediterranean Sea from its hilltop location. Take in panoramic views of the coastline and surrounding landscape, as well as admire the intricate details and craftsmanship of the monument’s construction.

It is easily one of our most favorite discoveries during our trip to Spain not only because of the grandeur of the monument but also because not a lot of tourists are aware about it yet! Plan your trip to this beauty of a monument in the morning and you’ll thank us for this recommendation.

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Alcazaba is a stunning Moorish fortress located in the heart of Malaga. The fortress dates back to the 11th century and is a testament to the rich cultural heritage and history of the region.

It is situated on a hilltop overlooking the city and the Mediterranean Sea, and features a series of intricately designed gardens, courtyards, and buildings that are connected by a chain of winding paths and staircases. Explore the various sections of the fortress, including the Palace of the Moorish Kings, the Tower of Homage, and the Gardens of the Adarve.

One of the highlights of the Alcazaba is its stunning views of the city. It literally imposes over the entire city! Take in panoramic views of the Mediterranean Sea, the port of Malaga, and the nearby mountains, as well as admire the intricate details and designs of the fortress’s architecture.

A guided tour like this one shall help you admire the fortress better with historical stories and references that a regular visit shall fail to provide.

Cathedral de la Encarnacion

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Cathedral of the Incarnation, also known as the Malaga Cathedral, is a magnificent Renaissance-style cathedral. It was constructed over the course of more than two centuries, from the 16th to the 18th century, and features a unique blend of Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque architectural styles.

One of the most striking features of the Malaga Cathedral is its impressive façade, which features a number of intricately designed sculptures and reliefs depicting scenes from the Bible and Christian history . Explore the interior of the cathedral, which features a soaring nave, beautiful stained glass windows, and a number of ornate chapels and altars.

Another highlight of the Malaga Cathedral is its beautiful bell tower, which stands at over 80 meters tall and offers breathtaking panoramic views of the city. Climb the tower to take in these breathtaking views and admire the intricate details and craftsmanship of the tower’s construction.

Post sightseeing, immerse yourself in the fun vibe of Malaga and have dinner at one of the many beach side restaurants. Go for a walk on the beach or just enjoy a glass of vine with some Tapas, as we have a rather busy day planned for the next day.

Spain Itinerary Day 7 and 8: Granada

Wake up early on Day 7 of your Spain itinerary and drive to our last stop in Andalusia, Granada. We recommend that you spend 2 days in Granada as your first entire day shall go in exloring the Alhambara, which is located outside the city.

On the second day, explore all the other great monuments scattered around the old town of Granada and explore the labyrinth of streets and charming squares.

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Alhambra is a breathtaking palace and fortress complex perched up on a hill in the outskirts of Granada. The complex dates back to the 13th century and is a UNESCO World Heritage site, renowned for its stunning architecture, intricate designs, and rich history.

The complex features a number of different sections, including the Nasrid Palaces, the Alcazaba fortress, and the Generalife gardens . Explore the various buildings and structures, including the famous Court of the Lions, the Hall of the Ambassadors, and the stunning gardens filled with fountains, pools, and lush vegetation.

A great feature of the Alhambra is its intricate decorative details, including the stunning arabesques, stucco work, and elaborate tile patterns that adorn the walls, ceilings, and floors of the various buildings. Visitors can also admire the panoramic views of the city and surrounding mountains from various viewpoints within the complex.

Buy a fast track entry ticket like this one in advance to ensure that you don’t waste any time in lines. It is always a great idea to take a highly rated guided tour like this one when visiting something as iconic as the Alhambara.

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Generalife is a beautiful palace and garden complex located within the Alhambra complex. Originally built as a summer palace for the Nasrid rulers of Granada, the Generalife features majestic gardens, fountains, and architecture that blend together to create a truly enchanting atmosphere.

These gardens are among the most beautiful and well-preserved examples of Islamic gardens in the world, featuring lush vegetation, fruit trees, and carefully sculpted hedges that provide a serene and peaceful atmosphere. Stroll through the gardens, taking in the captivating sights and sounds of the various fountains and pools that are scattered throughout.

In addition to the gardens, the Generalife also features a number of beautiful buildings and structures, including the Palace of the Generalife, which was used by the Nasrid rulers for relaxation and entertainment. The palace features detailed stucco work, beautifully carved wooden ceilings, and a number of beautiful courtyards and gardens.

Whether you’re a lover of architecture, gardening, or natural beauty, the complex is a unique and unforgettable destination that should not be missed. Your fast-track Alhambara ticket shall include access to the Generalife gardens and the Nasrid palaces as well.

Churches and Monastaries in Granada

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Apart from Alhambara, Granada is home to several other historic churches and monasteries, each with its own unique history and architecture. Here are a few of the most notable ones:

Granada Cathedral: This impressive cathedral is one of the most recognizable landmarks in Granada. Construction on the cathedral began in the 16th century and continued for over 180 years, resulting in a unique blend of Renaissance, Baroque, and Gothic architecture. The cathedral is home to a number of beautiful artworks and religious relics, including a painting by Diego Velázquez.

Monastery of San Jerónimo: This 16th-century monastery is located just outside the city walls of Granada and is renowned for its beautiful Renaissance architecture. The monastery’s church features an impressive altarpiece and several beautiful chapels, while the cloister is decorated with beautiful frescoes.

Basilica de San Juan de Dios: This impressive church is located in the heart of Granada and is dedicated to Saint John of God. The church features a beautiful Baroque façade and is home to several important artworks, including a painting of the martyrdom of Saint Lawrence.

Monastery of Santa Isabel la Real: This beautiful monastery was founded in the 16th century and is known for its stunning Mudejar architecture. The monastery’s church features beautiful coffered ceilings, intricate tilework, and several beautiful altarpieces.

We recommend that you visit these places on your second day in Granada. If you’re already churched out by now and don’t wish to visit a lot of historical monuments, you can check out the happening nightlife. It’s not all architecture and buildings in Granada. Here’s an insider tip to party like locals.

💡 Insider Tip: Visit the lively Sacromonte neighborhood. An area full of cave bars, restaurants and flamenco shows. Very few tourists and travel blogs know about this as only locals are aware of this secret gem.

Spain Itinerary Day 9: Valencia

We recommend that you return your rental car in Granada and take a highspeed train to reach the next destination in our 14 days Spain itinerary, Valencia.

First of all, the town itself is gorgeous. It’s situated right on the Mediterranean Sea, so there are stunning beaches and marinas to explore. But the real charm of Valencia lies in its old town, which is full of narrow streets, colorful buildings, and charming squares. The architecture is a mix of Gothic, Baroque, and Modernist styles, and there are plenty of museums, galleries, and historic buildings to discover.

As for the vibe of the town, we believe it’s a perfect mix of lively and laid-back. There’s always something going on, whether it’s a street performance, a festival, or a lively restaurant or bar. But at the same time, there are plenty of quiet corners and hidden spots where you can relax and soak up the atmosphere.

We only had a day in Valencia but with smart planning and a couple of great tours, we were able to see a good deal of it and that too on a budget! Here’s a tip for you to do the same.

💡Pro Budget Tip: During our trip to Valencia, we arrived early in the morning and leaving for Ibiza at night. Hence, in our case, it didn’t make sense to book a hotel room just to store our luggage. So instead, we stored our luggage through this amazing company called Radical Storage . They are reliable, reputed and have a lot of storage locations all around Europe . It cost us barely €5 per bag for the entire day . This allowed us to save money on hotel accommodation and also the freedom to explore Valencia.

After you’ve deposited your luggage, head out to explore Valencia and ensure that you see the following major attractions and hog on some Paella!

City of Arts and Sciences

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The City of Arts and Sciences in Valencia is a unique and futuristic complex that is dedicated to promoting science, culture, and the arts. Designed by renowned Spanish architect Santiago Calatrava, the complex is located at the end of the former riverbed of the Turia River, which has been transformed into a lush park.

The complex features several impressive buildings, each with its own unique design and purpose. The most iconic building is the Hemisfèric, which is a stunning IMAX cinema and planetarium that resembles a giant eye. Another notable building is the Príncipe Felipe Science Museum, which features interactive exhibits and displays that showcase the wonders of science and technology.

Other buildings in the complex include the Oceanogràfic, which is the largest aquarium in Europe and home to a diverse array of marine life. This is an amazing place if you’re visiting Spain with kids. Book your tickets in advance here to avoid wasting the little time you have in Valencia.

Lastly, the Palau de les Arts Reina Sofia is a world-class opera house that features a stunning glass and metal design.

Whether you’re interested in learning about the wonders of the universe, exploring the mysteries of the ocean, or simply taking in the breathtaking architecture, there’s something for everyone at this one-of-a-kind complex.

Valencia Cathedral

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Valencia Cathedral, also known as the Saint Mary’s Cathedral, is a beautiful and historic church located in Valencia’s Old Town.

Construction of the cathedral began in the 13th century and continued for several centuries, resulting in a unique blend of architectural styles. The cathedral features a Gothic façade with intricate carvings and sculptures, and an impressive bell tower, known as the Miguelete, which offers stunning views of the city.

Inside, the cathedral is equally impressive, with a beautifully decorated interior that includes works by famous artists such as Goya and Jacomart. The most notable feature of the cathedral is the Holy Chalice, which is believed to be the cup used by Jesus Christ during the Last Supper.

The Valencia Cathedral is not just a place of worship but also a museum that houses many treasures from Valencia’s rich history. Explore the cathedral’s various chapels, admire the stunning stained-glass windows, and learn about the cathedral’s history through guided tours .

Central Market

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Valencia Central Market, also known as the Mercado Central, is a vibrant and bustling marketplace located in the heart of Valencia . It is one of the largest and oldest markets in Europe, dating back to the 19th century, and is a popular destination for both locals and tourists alike.

The market features an impressive modernist building with a colorful tiled façade and a large central dome. Inside, you can find a vast array of fresh produce, meats, seafood, and other local delicacies. The market is particularly renowned for its fresh fruits and vegetables, which are sourced from the surrounding farms and orchards of Valencia.

Aside from the food, the market is also a great place to soak up the local atmosphere and learn about Valencian culture . You can watch the bustling activity of the vendors and haggle for bargains, or simply sit back and enjoy a coffee or a glass of freshly squeezed orange juice at one of the market’s many cafés.

Whether you’re a foodie looking to sample some of the best local produce or simply looking to immerse yourself in the vibrant local culture, the Valencia Central Market is definitely worth a visit.

💡 Pro tip: A great decision we took while visiting Valencia was to book this amazing city highlights bike tour (⭐4.6/5). It not only introduced us to the major highlights of the city but also took care of transportation and provided an expert local guide in doing so. It’s the most efficient way of getting a feel of the city if you’re shot on time in Valencia like we were.

After enjoying your efficient 12 hour trip to Valencia, collect your luggage from Radical Storage partners and board your ferry for our next destination, Ibiza. Book your ferry tickets here as they often get sold out or get super expensive.

Spain Itinerary Day 10 and 11: Ibiza

After spending the first 9 days absorbing all the culture and architectural marvels of Spain, spend the Day 10 and Day 11 of your Spain itinerary in paradise. We’re talking about the party capital of the world, Ibiza. It’s the perfect time during your 14 days Spain vacation to chill at the beach, party in one of the many beach clubs or explore the island towns while sipping on some Sangria.

If you’re not a party animal and would prefer something a little more peaceful or if you’re traveling to Spain with kids, we recommend that you spend these 2 days in Mallorca instead of Ibiza.

For everyone else, Ibiza is the perfect place, as it is well-connected with Valencia as well as Barcelona, which are the two destinations that flank Ibiza in our 14 days Spain itinerary. Ensure that you do the following to make the most of your time in Ibiza.

Beach Clubs and Parties

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Ibiza is world-renowned for its incredible beach clubs and parties, which draw in thousands of visitors from all over the world each year. Whether you’re looking to dance the night away to the latest beats or relax in style by the pool with a cocktail in hand, Ibiza’s beach clubs have something for everyone.

The island boasts a wide range of beach clubs, from laid-back venues with a chilled-out vibe to high-energy clubs that are open until dawn. Many of the clubs are located right on the beach, offering magical views of the Mediterranean Sea.

One of the most famous beach clubs in Ibiza is Ocean Beach Ibiza , which offers a luxurious poolside experience with a host of VIP services. Another popular club is Ushuaia Ibiza Beach Club, known for its incredible stage productions and top DJs. Other popular spots include Blue Marlin, Nikki Beach, and Ibiza Rocks.

In addition to the beach clubs , Ibiza is also famous for its legendary parties . The island is home to some of the world’s best clubs, such as Pacha, Amnesia, and Privilege , which host top DJs and performers throughout the summer season. The parties in Ibiza are truly unforgettable, with high-energy beats and a hedonistic atmosphere that draws in party-goers from all over the world.

An amazing idea for a party is to opt for a legendary boat party like this one or go cool ibeach-hopping boat cruise! This boat cruise that we went on takes you to the most secluded beaches in Ibiza , includes unlimited food and drinks, has paddle boards, boat jumping, snorkelling gear and water toys to guarantee an amazing party experience. Plus, it’s a lot cheaper than any other party destinations on the island!

Explore Old Town Ibiza

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Exploring the charming Old Town of Ibiza, also known as Dalt Vila, is a unique experience for anyone visiting the island . The old town is a UNESCO World Heritage site , with a rich history and a unique character that reflects its mix of cultures and influences.

As you wander through the narrow streets and alleys of the Old Town, you’ll be transported back in time, with stunning medieval architecture, ancient walls, and picturesque plazas . The town is full of hidden gems and surprises, from quaint cafes and artisan shops to art galleries and museums .

One of the most iconic landmarks in the Old Town is the Cathedral of Santa Maria, a stunning Gothic-style church that dates back to the 13th century. You can also visit the Necropolis del Puig des Molins, a fascinating burial site that features over 3,000 tombs dating back to the Phoenician era.

For incredible views of the island and the Mediterranean Sea, head to the top of the Old Town, where you’ll find the imposing fortress of Castell d’Eivissa . The fortress offers breathtaking panoramic views and is an ideal spot to watch the sunset over the horizon.

Throughout the Old Town, you’ll find plenty of bars and restaurants serving up delicious local cuisine, such as fresh seafood, traditional paella, and other Mediterranean specialties . With its vibrant atmosphere, stunning architecture, and rich history, we highly recommend the Old Town of Ibiza if you’re looking to experience the unique charm and culture of the island outside the parties.

Cova de Can Marca

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The hidden gem on the island of Ibiza. Cova de Can Marçà is a spectacular natural cave located on the northern side of the island of Ibiza. This cave has a fascinating history, as it was used by smugglers during the 18th and 19th centuries to hide their contraband goods from the authorities.

You can explore the cave and learn about its history and geological features through this guided tour . The tour takes you on a journey through the various chambers of the cave, with highlights including the stunning stalactites and stalagmites formations, an underground lake, and a waterfall.

The cave is illuminated with colorful lights, creating an enchanting atmosphere that enhances the natural beauty of the cave

In addition to the cave itself, the surrounding area is also worth exploring. The cave is located in a picturesque cove, surrounded by cliffs and lush vegetation. There are several walking trails in the area that offer stunning views of the Mediterranean Sea.

Spend your two days in Ibiza partying, eating in the quaint cafes of the old town, exploring the hidden caves and going on boat parties. Once done, take an overnight ferry to Barcelona, the final destination and the perfect place to end our 14 days Spain itinerary. Check out ferry prices here!

Spain Itinerary Day 12, 13, 14: Barcelona

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Barcelona is the perfect destination to either start or end your 2 weeks Spain trip. As explained above, you can either take an over-night ferry from Ibiza which takes about 8-9 hours, perfect to recover from all that partying. If you’re short on time, you can take a flight that generally takes only an hour.

Once in Barcelona, you’ll fall in love with the charm of the city. It is an architecture’s dream with everything from narrow streets and buildings of the gothic quarter to the extravagant grandeur of the all the Gaudi buildings.

Barcelona has a really laid-back atmosphere that’s perfect for walking around and exploring. The locals are friendly, the weather is usually sunny and warm, and there’s always something going on. You can spend hours just wandering around the city and discovering new things.

And of course, there’s the food. Barcelona is known for its incredible food scene, with everything from Michelin-starred restaurants to street food stalls. You have to try some of the local specialties, like paella, patatas bravas, and of course, tapas and Sangrias.

Check out our dedicated blog post for spending 3 days in Barcelona and have the time of your life exploring this magnificent city. Don’t miss out on the following must-see attractions of Barcelona.

Sagrada Familia

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

The Sagrada Familia is a world-famous basilica located in the city of Barcelona, Spain. It was designed by the renowned architect Antoni Gaudí and has been under construction since 1882.

The basilica is a masterpiece of modernist architecture and is renowned for its towering spires, intricate facades, and stunning stained glass windows . The interior of the basilica is equally impressive, with soaring columns and a ceiling that seems to reach to the heavens.

One of the highlights of a visit to the Sagrada Familia is the opportunity to climb to the top of one of its towering spires. From there, you can enjoy panoramic views of the city of Barcelona and the surrounding countryside.

Please note that the Sagrada Familia is an extremely popular attraction and can get very crowded, especially during peak tourist season. We recommend you to purchase these skip the line tickets in advance to avoid long lines or you can also opt for this amazing guided tour with reserved entrance to understand the beauty and history of the building.

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

Park Guell is another one of Gaudi’s creations and is a public park located in the Gracia district, It is known for its colorful mosaics, unique sculptures, and breathtaking views of the city.

The park was originally intended to be a housing development, but it was ultimately converted into a public park in the early 20th century. Today, it is a popular tourist destination and is known for its unique architecture and beautiful natural surroundings.

One of the highlights of a visit to Park Guell is the opportunity to explore Gaudi’s signature style of architecture, which incorporates organic shapes, vivid colors, and whimsical details . The park is home to several buildings, terraces, and walkways that showcase Gaudi’s distinctive style and creativity.

You can also enjoy stunning views of the city from various vantage points within the park. The park is situated on a hill overlooking Barcelona and offers panoramic views of the cityscape and the Mediterranean Sea.

Buy your skip the line tickets here or take this a mazing guided tour for a smoother and more streamlined experience.

Explore Gaudi’s Other Architectural Marvels

Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

As you might have noticed, Barcelona is home to several architectural masterpieces designed by the famous Catalan architect Antoni Gaudi. In addition to Park Guell and the Sagrada Familia, here are a few other notable Gaudi landmarks worth exploring:

Casa Batllo – Located on Passeig de Gracia, Casa Batllo is a residential building designed by Gaudi that is known for its colorful façade and unique sculptural features. ( Tickets )

Casa Mila (La Pedrera) – Another residential building designed by Gaudi, Casa Mila is located on the corner of Passeig de Gracia and Carrer de Provenca. The building features a distinctive undulating stone façade and a unique rooftop terrace. ( Tickets )

Palau Guell – Located near the famous street of Las Ramblas, Palau Guell is a mansion designed by Gaudi that was once the home of a wealthy businessman. It is known for its unique use of materials, such as wrought iron and wood, and its stunning rooftop terrace.

These landmarks offer a glimpse into Gaudi’s unique style and creativity, showcasing his mastery of organic shapes, vibrant colors, and unusual details.

14 days Spain itinerary - la rambla

La Rambla is one of the most famous streets in Barcelona and a must-visit for any traveler. It is a vibrant pedestrian promenade that stretches for 1.2 kilometers through the heart of the city, from Plaça de Catalunya to the Christopher Columbus Monument at Port Vell .

As you stroll down La Rambla , you’ll encounter street performers, artists, flower and bird stalls, and countless shops, bars, and restaurants . Be sure to stop at La Boqueria, the city’s most famous food market, where you can sample local delicacies and soak up the bustling atmosphere.

At the southern end of La Rambla, you’ll find the Christopher Columbus Monument and the harbor area, where you can take a boat tour or simply enjoy the sea breeze.

There are a ton of different things to do in Barcelona apart from the ones mentioned above. Be sure to check out our detailed 3 Days Barcelona Itinerary for a day-wise itinerary with hidden gems, day trips and rich experiences.

In a Nutshell

That brings us to the end of our amazing 14 days itinerary of Spain. We have covered everything from the Majestic metropolis of Madrid, the country charm of Andalusia, the party scenes of Ibiza and the cultural heritage of Barcelona. We hope this Spain itinerary helps you plan the perfect 2 weeks in Spain or at least inspires you to visit Spain in the near future. If we were successful in doing so, please let us know in the comments below. If you have more questions regarding the same, feel free to ask them as well. We’d get back to you with an answer as soon as possible.

You Might Also Like

The Ultimate 3 Days in Barcelona Itinerary For First Timers

The Ultimate 3 Days in Barcelona Itinerary For First Timers

2 Days Madrid Itinerary: A Practical and Efficient Guide

2 Days Madrid Itinerary: A Practical and Efficient Guide

Last Updated on 2 months by Param Vithlani

  • Travel to Spain Itineraries

3 Days in Spain: What’s the Best Itinerary for Your Trip?

Jimena Bolívar Profile Thumbnail

Win a FREE Trip to Spain!

Exciting Announcement! For the first time, we're thrilled to offer exclusive trips to the heart of Spain - an experience like no other. This isn't your typical tourist journey; it's a unique opportunity to immerse yourself in authentic Spanish culture, alongside real locals and our passionate team.

But there's more! Simply by requesting information about this amazing trip, you'll be entered into a special draw to win a Fully Paid Trip to Spain for Two. And that's not all - everyone who inquires will receive an exclusive bonus gift, valued at $500, available only now.

Click Here ↑ to Request Information & Enter the Draw!

Can I get a sense of the country in a three-day Spain itinerary? Short answer yes, long answer no.

Even though Spain is one of the World’s top tourist destinations, planning your first trip is not easy or obvious, as you’ll have to choose which cities suit you better. Barcelona and Madrid are the main ones, but Granada, Seville, Córdoba, Asturias, and many other regions await you to discover them!

Each has its own issues, and focusing on just one or the other would be a big mistake. This is why I have come up with the perfect 3-day itinerary for your stay in Spain.

However, with so many historical, cultural, and natural sights, the longer you can make your trip, the better. We suggest a Spanish vacation trip lasting ten days to two weeks to make the most of this destination and soak up the culture!

🛬 Read more: 9 Days in Spain: The 3 Best Itineraries for your trip

No matter what, I’ll show you the best of Spain in 72 Hours so you can explore one of the most loved European countries by foreigners and make every moment count!

Table of Contents ▼ ▶

DAY 1 - EXPLORING BARCELONA’S GEMS

Welcome to Barcelona! Already feeling the excitement? Me too! The city awaits so many experiences and memories you’ll love.

First, there are many options to reach your accommodation from the airport. You can take a taxi or a pre-arranged airport transfer service for a comfortable and fast journey.

Also, you can get on the Aerobus, a direct shuttle that connects the airport to the city center’s big spots.

Otherwise, you can grab the metro, which works really well. Find out what’s the best transportation method for you in this article:

📌 Read more: How to Get around Barcelona + 8 Tips I wish someone told me

Passeig de Gràcia

Our first day in Spain starts with a lovely walk on one of the most attractive promenades in Barcelona, Paseo de Gràcia, an avenue of great tourist attraction and architectural relevance.

It starts at Plaza Cataluña, Ronda de San Pedro, and ends at Jardines de Gracia, where it connects with Calle Mayor de Gràcia. This place will be our gateway to the activities we will carry out today.

la pedrera casa mila barcelona

As you stroll around, familiarize yourself with the ambiance of Barcelona, soak up the atmosphere, and be ready to get captivated by this colorful city and its charming people.

Casa Batlló

Let’s dive into our first visit of the day: Casa Batlló, one of Barcelona’s most extraordinary architectural wonders!

casa batllo gaudi barcelona

This iconic building was designed by the brilliant architect Gaudí. From the outside, take some time to look at the facade and its details. Once inside, you’ll be transported to a world of fantasy and creativity. Every little corner of Casa Batlló seems like a work of art.

La Sagrada Familia

The time many of you have been waiting for has come! Head up to the breathtaking Sagrada Familia, Barcelona’s most representative symbol.

The construction of this temple began in 1882 with a neo-Gothic style. They gave the project to Gaudí a year later, who completely rethought it.

3 days in spain barcelona spain itinerary la sagrada familia

Sadly, Gaudí died in 1926 and left this masterpiece unfinished. Yet, thanks to the plans that remain, other artists and donors are continuing the project so it can be finished one day!

📌 Read more: 15 Best Tourist Landmarks in Barcelona Worth Your Visit

If I were you, I would go there early in the morning to avoid crowds. And get tickets in advance. As you can imagine, La Sagrada Familia is more than just a building; it’s a testament to Gaudí’s imagination and architectural prominence! You can’t miss this activity.

Las Ramblas Street

After visiting the iconic Sagrada Familia, I bet you’ll have stories to share for hours! So my top tip is that you head straight to Las Ramblas, the city’s most famous street, and soak up the rich energy that fills the air.

You can do a lot of people-watching, walk at your own rhythm, and immerse yourself in the Spanish vibes.

famous barcelona las ramblas

You’ll be surrounded by street performers, shops, vibrant terraces, and cozy cafes. So, bring comfy shoes to walk past this beautiful street and landmark of Barcelona.

La Boquería

Hope you’re hungry… Because we’re entering a foodies paradise when it comes to La Boquería, Barcelona’s most famous market

It has numerous stalls bursting with fruits, cheeses, veggies, meats, seafood, and everything you can imagine.

famous barcelona la boqueria market

Admission is free, and even if you don’t want to buy anything at the market, it is worth a visit to soak up the atmosphere and discover the local cuisine with the fresh products on the stalls.

📌 Read more: What to Eat in Spain: 31 Tasty & Traditional Dishes

And, of course, you can grab a quick bite if you feel like it. In that case, try the octopus marinated in herb oil and paprika from the Boqueria bar.

Gothic Quarter

The Gothic Quarter has a unique energy. It transports you to the city’s early years, and each building has a distinctive architecture. I would say it’s a must for understanding Barcelona’s rich heritage and culture.

gothic quarter street barcelona spain

The most fun part is that the neighborhood is a vibrant hub of cultural and social life all year round. You’ll find art centers such as Arts Santa Monica and Artevistas Gallery or the famous Gaudí Exhibition Center.

📌 Read more: 9 Best Neighborhoods in Barcelona: Students, Expats & Tourists

Some highlights are the Barcelona Cathedral, a stunning Gothic masterpiece, and Plaça Reial, a lively square. And, of course, the fantastic Picasso Museum!

Picasso Museum

The Picasso Museum offers a complete insight into the mind of this renowned artist. You can find works from his early years to his iconic masterpieces that changed the course of art history.

Whether you’re an art enthusiast or simply curious about Picasso’s legacy, the museum is worth it! (I would choose this one over the other MOCO Museum, for example)

Make sure to book tickets online to ensure your entrance.

The place is well maintained, with an extensive collection segmented by themes. You’ll be immersed in a journey through the mind of one of the most influential artists ever!

Parc de la Ciutadella & Arc De Triomf

Local’s and visitor’s favorite spot to chill, relax, hang out, and get in touch with nature. (or is it the Barceloneta? Who knows…)

parc de la ciutadella barcelona spain

Parc de la Ciutadella is a lovely huge park with many green spaces, peaceful lakes, and charming paths perfect for a leisurely walk. Plus, right next to Parc de la Ciutadella is the majestic Arc de Triomf, an impressive gateway that welcomes everyone to the city!

arc de triomf barcelona spain

Also, the park is a perfect activity for families with kids since it is home to the Barcelona Zoo and the Museu de Zoologia, where you can get up close to different animal species.

La Barceloneta

Barcelona has something unique that sets it apart from European cities like Paris or London, which is its this beach.

Barcelona Beach Walk 2023 - Barceloneta / SPAIN

It really brings a refreshing sea breeze and laid-back vibes to the city, offering the perfect escape from the hustle and bustle of city life.

Whether you want to walk along the coast, enjoy some water sports, or tan at the beach, this is your place. Also, make sure you try seafood or paella by the beach. You will remember it forever!

🏖️ Read more: 15 Top Beaches in Barcelona & Costa Brava. With videos!

If you’ve ever wondered why so many foreigners choose Barcelona as their dream destination, your questions will be answered once you visit the gorgeous beach of La Barceloneta. This is a true Mediterranean oasis in the heart of the bustling city.

Experience the Spanish Nightlife

On your first day in Spain, you really thought you were going to bed at 11 pm? You are wrong. Don’t be lazy, it’s just three days! How can you expect to know the city if you don’t party like a local? Let’s see if you can catch up with us and read my top recommendations to make your nights unique.

Our adventure continues to Paradiso Bar, a must in Barcelona. This cool and trendy spot was awarded Best Bar in the World in 2022! Impressive, isn’t it?

So, you can start your night delighting yourself with some exquisite cocktails, or you can go home and sleep, your pick!

Anyways, moving on with the things you should actually do on this trip is the Opium Club Barcelona, a very fun place to enjoy the most fantastic night out in Spain.

I really suggest you go out at least for one drink. I mean, they don’t call us party animals for nothing. Don’t miss out on this experience! After this, you’ll have enough time (maybe) to relax and unwind at your accommodation since the next day is also very promising!

🕺🏽 Read more: Spain Nightlife Guide: 9 Best Places to Party in 2023

Day 2 - IMMERSE IN BARCELONA’S CULTURE

I hope you’re all in for today because we will explore some of the coolest spots before you leave Barcelona for your next destination. On this day, we’ll visit places we couldn’t squeeze in yesterday because they were a bit far from the city center and we want to save time!

Still, these are musts for any traveler wanting to see the best of Barcelona, so make sure you get up early, and let’s start the day with a delicious breakfast! I’ll show you some fantastic spots to find delicious eats.

Have a Spanish Breakfast

Coffee, anyone? I don’t know about you, but we Spanish people can’t leave our houses without having (at least) a cup of coffee first thing in the morning.

la papa coffee barcelona spain

These are the best places to have an excellent breakfast or brunch in Barcelona:

🫖 Read more: 8 Best Cafes in Barcelona for a Unique Coffee Experience

And, if you need some ideas on what to order to look like an local, then this is for you:

🍳 Read more: 7 Best Typical Spanish Breakfasts You Must Try!

After fueling our tanks, it’s time to head down the streets and hit the road to discover what’s left of Barcelona!

Thank God you have 2 days in Barcelona because Park Güell is one of the activities that would hurt to get out of the itinerary.

Designed by the iconic architect Gaudí, Park Güell is like a fairytale in real life, with its colorful mosaics, curvy structures, and stunning city views!

I promise it feels like you’ve entered a magical dream. Just make sure to arrive early or book tickets online to reserve your spot, as this popular attraction can get busy.

Also, relax! It’s a park. Feel free to bring snacks and enjoy a picnic. A visit usually takes up to 3 hours approximately.

The Magic Fountain of Montjuïc

This fountain is in Montjuïc, a hilltop area with fantastic free views of Barcelona (like Montmartre in Paris).

Magic Fountain of Montjuic barcelona spain

The area around the fountain is great for a relaxed walk, and you can absorb the city’s vibe.

Also, the Palau Nacional, also known as the National Museum of Catalan Art, makes a beautiful setting for Montjuic, as it is the museum with the most extensive collection of Catalan art in the world.

Museu Nacional d’Art de Catalunya

The National Museum of Art of Catalunya has a bit of everything. From Romanesque to Modern Art, this museum in Barcelona offers an extensive exhibition of over 260,000 pieces, including paintings, sculptures, and decorative art.

montjuic palace and mnac barcelona spain

One unique piece in the museum is the 12th-century Apse of Sant Climent de Taüll, which shows one of Spain’s most remarkable examples of Romanesque art.

If you only go for the basic admission, you experience a panoramic view of the city from the terrace. It’s totally worth it!

Try Tasty Dishes in El Nacional

Now hear me out. El Nacional is the place you’re looking for to eat in Barcelona. It offers a bit of everything under the same roof; it’s a food lover’s paradise!

It’s like stepping into a superb food hall with a stylish atmosphere. The space divides into four different areas: La Llotja (best seafood dishes), La Taperia (tasty tapas and rice dishes), La Braseria (great charcoal grill), and La Parada (quick bite to eat)

Plus, the ambiance is very nice and photogenic. It is an open space with a good interior, very clean and busy. You can find different restaurants inside the complex offering up anything you could want.

Travel to Madrid

We should move to our next destination: Madrid, Spain’s capital and biggest city!

I’d suggest taking a high-speed train from Barcelona, departing from Barcelona Sants station, and arriving at Madrid’s Puerta de Atocha station. The journey usually takes around 2 and a half hours. Plus, traveling to the train stations is more budget-friendly than going to the airport.

renfe ave high speed transportation spain

Yes, there are other options like buses (which take about 7 and a half hours) or planes (which can be three times more expensive). Still, the train is undoubtedly the most convenient choice regarding time and money.

So, hop on that train because Madrid awaits you with open arms and lots of exciting things to do! I will show you how to make the most of this city and leave you some helpful resources:

📌 Read more: How to Get Around Madrid + 8 Tips I Wish Someone Told Me

DAY 3 - DISCOVER MADRID’S TREASURES

Your day begins in the gorgeous, elegant, and lordly Madrid, Spain’s Capital. This cosmopolitan city welcomes millions of visitors each year, and our adventure begins with a tour of the renowned Royal Palace of Madrid, also called the Palacio de Oriente. 

Royal Palace of Madrid

It is the largest palace in Western Europe and one of the largest in the world! Today, it is used exclusively for receptions, ceremonies, and official acts, since the kings of Spain reside in the Palacio de la Zarzuela.

royal palace of madrid spain

The visit includes entrance to the official halls, the Royal Armory (to see armor, shields, and weapons of all kinds, constituting one of the most important collections in the world), and the Royal Pharmacy.

It is free from Monday to Thursday, from 5 to 7 pm (from 4 to 6 in winter) if you are a citizen of the European Union, resident, or holder of a work permit.

If you have a moment, you can stop in front of La Catedral de la Almudena, a lovely cathedral with unique architecture. 

Chocolatería San Ginés

Alright, let’s dive into Madrid’s local flavors and try the tastiest churros in the whole country at Chocolatería San Ginés!

This place is right in the heart of the city’s historical center, and trust me, it’s gonna win you over and make you remember this taste forever. Churros dipped in chocolate is a tradition we cherish and love. 

churros madrid spain

Now get ready to explore some of Madrid’s most incredible spots on a walk through the historic city center. This way, you can really understand the local vibes and atmosphere. 

La Plaza Mayor

After the churros, walk to La Plaza Mayor, the most important square that is very lively and has a buzzing atmosphere. 

This is a very iconic place if you’re visiting Madrid for the first time. You can see the Statue of Felipe III, Casa de la Panadería, Arco de Cuchilleros, and many other essential details! You can get a guided tour if you want an in-depth explanation. 

plaza mayor madrid spain

Ask us if you need any help planning your trip. We’ll be happy to help you!

Mercado de San Miguel

Our next stop is the iconic Mercado de San Miguel, a place to taste authentic local dishes. 

It has 33 stalls, and its top-selling offers in this market are cheese, ham, wine, and oysters. But my favorite is the mushroom and ham croquetas from Arzabál Croqueteria cart, the oysters from Daniel Sorlut, and the baos from Boale.

san miguel market madrid spain

I know you must be dying to try the  tortilla de patata . Still, save that for another time since the Mercado does not have the best tortilla in Madrid.

Puerta del Sol

Then head to Puerta del Sol, the heart of the city. It’s a huge square with plenty of spots to grab a bite and places to go.

Last but not least, we’ll venture into the hip district of Las Letras, where creativity and culture blend seamlessly. You’ll find cool street art, cozy cafes, and hidden gems waiting to be discovered.

📌 Read more: 30 Best Things to do in Madrid: Fun Activities & Food!

The Prado Museum

A visit to Madrid is only complete once you visit the Prado Museum. (Probably) the most important museum in Spain that houses the most extensive collection of Spanish paintings (7,600 paintings and around 1,000 sculptures), making it an art lover’s dream. 

About 1,000 of the artwork exhibited in its rooms belonged to the Royal Collections of the Spanish dynasties. Also, it holds well-known paintings by Velázquez (Las Meninas), El Greco, Goya (Third of May 1808), Titian, Rubens, and Bosch. 

How Much Do Spanish People Know About Art?

With more than 3 million annual visitors, it is a must-see in the city. It is the most famous museum in the capital and the country and a worldwide reference.

Retiro Park

Nearby is the beautiful Retiro Park, the oasis in the middle of Madrid. After a long day of savoring, tasting, and knowing Madrid, it is only fair to delight yourself with a beautiful walk in the most beloved park for all Madrilenians. 

retiro park madrid spain

The famous Retiro Park is the largest and greenest park in central Madrid. It serves as a bit of escape from the bustling streets for all kinds of leisure activities, recreation, reading, painting, meditating, running, exercising, yoga, going on a picnic, enjoying works of art, taking photos of nature, playing chess, sitting down on a terrace, partying, you name it!

Puerta de Alcalá

Head outside and admire the imposing Puerta de Alcalá, one of Madrid’s most iconic symbols. This massive entrance, inaugurated in 1778, is next to the Parque del Retiro. It connects streets as prominent as Alcalá, Alfonso XII, and Serrano with lovely streets to walk, stroll around, or spend an afternoon in its fabulous terraces.

puerta de alcala madrid spain

If you’re in Summer and are in for a sweet, refreshing treat, try the Maison Glacee ice cream by heading out of the park on Alcalá Street.

Cibeles Fountain

Go down the entire Alcalá Street, and you will see the post office building, the new Madrid town hall in front of the fascinating Cibeles fountain, where madrileños celebrate Real Madrid’s football victories.

You’ll also spot the impressive Bank of Spain building as you continue along the street. Soon, you’ll find yourself on “La Gran Vía,” a bustling and significant street in Madrid.

cibeles at night madrid spain

At the beginning of Gran Vía, don’t miss the chance to enjoy breathtaking skyline views from impressive rooftops, like those at Circulo de Bellas Artes or the RIU Hotel (that one being in front of Plaza España).

Gran Via and Callao

The Gran Vía in Madrid is one of the city’s most important streets. It has monumental architecture, a great shopping area, and a lively tourist center.

Along the way, you’ll encounter famous buildings like Metropolis, Sweepes, and Telefónica, as well as the Grassy Building with its iconic Rolex advertisement. 

gran via madrid spain

This street is bursting with life and various activities, including theaters, cinemas, entertainment venues, nightclubs, bars, and many dining options.

Before you reach Plaza de España, you’ll find the bustling Callao Square, where important streets converge. From there, you’re just a few minutes away from Puerta del Sol, completing your Madrid adventure. Enjoy every moment of it!

Plaza de España

Finally, Plaza de España is one of the most beautiful squares to sit down before hitting the streets of Madrid, as it has a privileged location next to Gran Via and other main roads. So it’s a fantastic starting point to finish your day strong before leaving Spain. 

plaza de espana madrid spain

Bonus:  If you find yourself in the afternoon with some time to spare, watch the sunset at Templo de Debod, right next to Plaza de España. It offers a beautiful, picturesque landscape to relax and say goodbye to this adventure.

I wish you had another day in Spain. This way we could spice up the itinerary a litlle bit and maybe include another small town… For example, Toledo City!

But that will be for another round. I hope you liked this itinerary, and if you have any other question feel free to ask. Happy travels!

READ NEXT: 5 Days in Spain: Itineraries to See (Almost) Everything!

Rating: No ratings yet. Leave a comment!

Jimena Bolívar Profile Thumbnail

You might also like...

6 Days in Spain: The 3 Best Itineraries for Your Trip! Thumbnail

6 Days in Spain: The 3 Best Itineraries for Your Trip!

How to spend 2 weeks in Spain? 12 Cities & Activities Thumbnail

How to Spend 2 Weeks in Spain? 12 Cities & Activities

Email address (optional), star rating (optional).

Be the first to comment!

About Image Thumbnail

Millions of people como to Spain every month! But many never get to experience the SENSATIONAL SPAIN!!

We're both born and raised Spaniards and our goal is to give you all the resources to plan a perfect trip to Spain.

Take a look! 👇

FYI! Some affiliate links may be sprinkled throughout the post. We'll receive a small commission when you purchase from our links (at no extra cost to you), which will help us keep creating content.

Join the waitlist

I'm about to release my City Guides for Madrid, Barcelona, Sevilla and Mallorca.

They're going to have everything you need to plan the perfect trip. From hotels and transport, to restaurants, attractions, activities, & a lot (A LOT!) of tips & tricks.

5 Days in Spain: Itineraries to See (almost) Everything! Thumbnail

5 Days in Spain: Itineraries to See (Almost) Everything!

What do Spanish People Think of Americans?

What do Spanish People Think of Americans?

What Song Are You Listening To? MADRID

What Song Are You Listening To? MADRID

What is the Best Show to Learn Spanish?

What is the Best Show to Learn Spanish?

Things People Should NEVER do Dating in Spain

Things People Should NEVER do Dating in Spain

Can Foreigners Adapt To The Spanish Lifestyle?

Can Foreigners Adapt To The Spanish Lifestyle?

itinerary to visit spain

We3Travel

Portugal and Spain Itinerary: A 14-Day Iberian Journey

Trying to squeeze in the highlights of Spain and Portugal into a two-week trip can be tricky. Both are incredible countries with rich culture, varied landscapes, vibrant cities, and architectural wonders. After traveling all over the Iberian Peninsula, I’ve come up with a route that hits every city efficiently and makes the most out of your time. This two-week Portugal and Spain itinerary will cover the must-see landmarks in each city, activity suggestions, restaurant and hotel recommendations, and my personal favorites.

As a Portuguese-American woman, I’ve visited these Portuguese cities countless times and, after living in Seville for four months and traveling the country, I have combined all of my favorite things into one trip. Plus, I’ve included hidden gems that most tourists would miss!

Best Times to Visit Spain and Portugal

The best time to visit Portugal and Spain is either early summer or fall. The months of May through early July are less busy than the following summer months. You’ll still get nice weather and less tourism around you. If you choose to visit in the fall, the weather will be just as good, and you’ll get to experience even less tourism. Keep in mind that summer in Southern Spain is incredibly hot and November and April are both rainy months in Portugal.

vineyards in douro valley

Portugal and Spain Itinerary Overview

This itinerary starts in Porto, Portugal and ends in Barcelona, Spain. You can also flip this itinerary if you prefer to visit Spain first!

  • Douro River cruise and wine tasting
  • Dinner and a view
  • Livraria Lello and Majestic Cafe for Harry Potter lovers
  • The Praça de Liberdade (Liberty Square) 
  • Michelin star restaurant
  • Medieval town
  • Castle of Óbidos
  • Pousada do Castelo de Óbidos hotel
  • Nazare beach
  • Commerce Square and Alfama
  • Tuk Tuk tours
  • Cable car 
  • Miradouro S. Luiza scenic spot
  • Castelo S. Jorge
  • 25 April Bridge
  • Rossio Square
  • Torre de Belém
  • Sunset boat cruises on the Tagus River 
  • Fado show 
  • Pena Palace and the Quinta da Regaleira
  • Cabo da Roca 
  • Albufeira and Lagos
  • Epic Sana Hotel or the Pine Cliff Resort 
  • Martinhal Sagres Family Resort 
  • Benagil Cave 
  • Vila Joya and Bon Bon fine dining 
  • Hotel Alfonso XIII or Hotel Palacio de Villapanes
  • Cathedral of Seville
  • Royal Alcazar
  • Setas de Seville
  • Plaza de Espana & Maria Luisa Park
  • La Carbonería 
  • Triana Market
  • Paella cooking class
  • Casa Manolo Lèon 
  • Hotel Neri and Ohla 
  • Gothic Quarter
  • Las Ramblas
  • Gaudi houses
  • Park Güell
  • Sagrada Família
  • Paella and Catalan dishes 
  • Montserrat mountains 

This map was created using Google My Maps and covers my suggested Portugal and Spain itinerary. You can click on the star next to the title and save this to your Google Maps account or click on the share icon to send it to yourself via email.

14-Day Portugal and Spain Itinerary

Note: This post contains affiliate links. If you click a link and make a purchase, I may receive a small commission at no cost to you.

For this itinerary, I recommend that you fly into Porto and out of Barcelona (or vice versa). It may be easiest if you rent a car to drive from city to city, but if you want, you can take the train or bus from place to place and then fly from Seville to Barcelona. Keep in mind that parking in cities like Lisbon and Porto can be quite challenging, so you could also consider just picking up a rental car for a portion of your trip.

Day 1-2: Porto, Portugal  

Porto skyline from the bridge

Once arriving in Porto, you should check into the PortoBay Flores Hotel or The Yeatman. Both are 5-star hotels but provide different experiences. PortoBay Flores is in the heart of Porto’s historic district. The hotel has an historic charm to it but still has plenty of modern luxuries, such as an indoor swimming pool. People who want to fully immerse themselves into the history and culture of Porto should stay here. The hotel is the perfect walking distance from plenty of landmarks such as Ribeira Square, the historical square of Porto.

The Yeatman Hotel is a luxury wine and spa hotel in the Vila Nova de Gaia historical district. For those who want to relax but also sightsee, this hotel is the best fit. You’re also able to have city views from the hotel of the famous Douro River. 

If you are starting in Porto and arriving after an overnight flight, you will want to start off by exploring some of the city’s highlights on a self-guided walking tour . Begin by walking around and experiencing what Porto has to offer from stores, cafés to the historical districts.

Harry Potter fans and those with children, should visit Livraria Lello and Majestic Cafe. The Livraria Lello is the book store that gave J.K. Rowling inspirations for Harry Potter’s world, such as the moving staircases in Hogwarts. Majestic Cafe is where Rowling hung out and wrote.

The Praça de Liberdade (Liberty Square) is Porto’s main square that connects the old town with the modern part of the city and also a great place to walk around. Be sure to following the narrow streets down to the Douro River and cross over the Luis I Bridge to the Vila Nova de Gaia neighborhood where you can visit the World of Wine, sample some port, and enjoy the fun vibe along the riverfront.

douro river in porto with boats

Finish up your first day with dinner at Terra Nora. Terra Nora is an intimate dining experience with traditional Portuguese cuisine. When making your reservation, request to sit at a window in order to see the Douro River as you dine. For sunset lovers, reserve a time a few minutes before it sets in order to see the sun set on the river. 

For your second day, no trip to Porto is the same without doing a cruise or tour through the Douro Valley to see vineyards and breathtaking scenery. There are so many options, but I always prefer the tours that last all day for a full experience. The authentic Douro River tours last about 9 hours, including travel time to and from the Douro Valley.

The ideal Douro River excursion would include winery visits and tastings of both authentic Port wine and the other wines grown in the region. The wine tasting would then be followed by a cruise on the Douro River and ending with a typical Portuguese lunch made with Douro region products. If you don’t want to spend a full day in the Douro Valley, you can also take a cruise on the river in Porto on an authentic boat that used to carry wine barrels down the river.

For the final night in Porto a perfect meal is needed. For those staying in the Yeatman Hotel, there is a Michelin Star restaurant downstairs that has amazing reviews. Seafood lovers should make a reservation for the restaurant Gruta . After dinner, Porto nightlife is something you don’t want to miss out on. But don’t stay out too late as we prepare for a travel day tomorrow. 

Day 3: Óbidos, Portugal

Obidos

From Porto, you can travel to Óbidos by bus, train, or rental car. Óbidos is known for its medieval town surrounded by the Castle of Óbidos. For the one night you have here, stay at Pousada do Castelo de Óbidos hotel. The hotel is housed within the 12th-century medieval castle.

If you have a car, you can stop in Nazare on your way to Óbidos. Nazare’s beach is popular with surfers and known for its epically tall waves. Plus, there is a beautiful look-out point. 

Days 4-6: Lisbon & Sintra, Portugal

Commerce Square in Lisbon

After your night in Óbidos, take a bus/train or drive to Lisbon. You should stay in the center of Lisbon by Commerce Square or the older part in Alfama. The Bairro Alto Hotel is a charming, centrally located stay that has a great restaurant within it. Another option is the Hotel Tivoli Avenida Liberdade Lisboa that is a large property out of the noisy city center on the tree-lined Avenida Liberdade.

The best way to see Lisbon is to just walk. Some streets are so narrow and steep that cars won’t fit through or get up. Lisbon’s infamous Tram 28 is a great tourist option to get explore the city. Tuk Tuk tours are also very popular for seeing Lisbon.

When going to popular scenic spots, it’s best to go early in the morning before 9:00 a.m. The Miradouro S. Luiza scenic spot has great views of Lisbon’s port and cathedral. It will be full of tourists the entire day, so get there early to get your picture. 

Once you’ve gotten all your pictures, make your way to the Castelo S. Jorge that is only a five-minute walk away. The views from the castle are, in my opinion, the best it gets. You can see multiple landmarks such as the 25 April Bridge that was inspired by the Golden Gate Bridge as well as the Sanctuary of Christ monument.

For clothes, shoes, and trinket lovers; Rossio is a great shopping area with high-end stores. I highly recommend checking out shoe stores, any you can find around there are great quality and affordable. Once you get tired from shopping so much, take a quick walk to Rossio Square for a place to relax and people watch. Some alternative must see sights for the remainder days in Lisbon are; Commerce Square, Torre de Belém, and Jerónimos Monastery. 

A sunset boat cruise on the Tagus River is my favorite activity to do in Lisbon by far. Nothing can beat being on a vintage sailboat with champagne in hand while eating Portuguese cheese and prosciutto. The sunset cruise I took was about two hours long, and I was able to sit right in the front of the boat on bean bag chairs while listening to the water and soft music. 

Lisbon sunset under bridge

After the appetizers you consumed on the cruise, it’s now time for dinner. My top four restaurants in Lisbon are; BAHR , Alma , Solar dos Presuntos , and JNcQUOI Asia . All are traditional Portuguese dishes of meat and fish, except JNcQUOI Asia. Although I love Portuguese food, on this long of a trip I tend to want something different. JNcQUOI Asia offers four types of Asian cuisine: Indian, Thai, Chinese and Japanese.

Another option is to book a dinner and Fado show. Fado is a Portuguese music genre that consists of folk guitars, hand clapping, and singing. Parreirinha de Alfama is a small Portuguese restaurant that has Fado singing. The restaurant is very quaint in order for it to feel like a homespun restaurant. All the food is cooked in a tiny kitchen by one woman. 

After spending a day or two in Lisbon, it’s worth making a day trip to Sintra and the seaside town of Cascais. Sintra is known for the Pena Palace and the Quinta da Regaleira. The town is very small and can be seen in a few hours. On the way back from Sintra, make a stop in Cascais for the Cabo da Roca which is the cape of Portugal and the most western part of Europe. 

For more suggestions, see my 3 Day Lisbon Itinerary .

Days 7-8: Algarve, Portugal

Algarve cliffs

Once you’ve seen everything I listed for Lisbon, it’s now time to head south to the Algarve for some relaxation. If you have a rental car, it’ll only be a three-hour drive to pure beauty. If you want to take the train, you would take the Lisbon to Faro train to stay in either the Albufeira or Lagos area. Both are easy to get to via Uber or bus from the station.

The Epic Sana Hotel or the Pine Cliff Resort are both nice hotels, followed by the Martinhal Sagres Family Resort , which is a great family resort great for those with children.

The first thing you have to do is head out to the beaches. Algarve beaches are tucked between stunning sandstone cliffs on one of the most beautiful coastlines in Europe. The most famous tourist attraction is a boat ride to visit the Benagil Cave, but there are many ways to explore the coastline.

Albufeira and Lagos both have spectacular beaches and shopping and nightlife. There are little villages all over to explore. If you’re lucky, some sort of festival will be held downtown that is full of great music, food, and drinks. There’s always something to celebrate in Algarve. Two popular restaurants are Vila Joya and Bon Bon for fine dining. 

Days 9-11: Seville, Spain

Plaza de Espana Seville

Enough relaxation, it’s time to get back into exploring and sightseeing and move on to Spain! The easiest way to get to Seville from Algarve is to drive or take a three-hour bus ride. Seville is the gateway to visiting the Andalusia region of Spain.

Choose to stay at either Hotel Alfonso XIII or Hotel Palacio de Villapanes . Both hotels are in the old town of Seville surrounded by history. Hotel Alfonso XII is the most famous hotel to stay at and has been around since the 1900s. The regal rooms and decor make this hotel stand out from others. 

Since you’d already be in the city center, you should visit the Cathedral of Seville as well as the Royal Alcazar. The Royal Alcazar is a historical royal palace with beautiful tile work and stunning gardens, which have been featured in many films and shows.

From there, Seville’s beauty is often found just while wandering around. After living there for four months, my favorite places were the ones I stumbled upon, even just a favorite bench. The center also has hundreds of stores to choose from for clothes, shoes, and souvenirs. While wandering around, you can’t miss the Setas de Seville. This large wooden structure is the best way to see the city from high up, the views are unbeatable. 

A 10-minute bus ride or 20-minute walk will take you to the Plaza de Espana. The Plaza de Espana is my favorite place in all of Seville. The square is beautifully built with authentic tiles all around.

The Maria Luisa Park is connected to the plaza and is a large garden made for lounging and relaxing with multiple fountains and benches. You’re able to rent a row boat to cruise on the river for an hour at your own pace or take a boat cruise.

Seville is also home to the famous dance of flamenco. There are multiple places that host flamenco performances, but you should have an authentic flamenco experience at a local restaurant. La Carbonería is a tavern with flamenco performances in an old coal warehouse. They have three flamenco shows every night, running from 8:30-10:30. 

paella cooking class in Seville

Another activity to do is a paella cooking class. The Triana Market is a fresh food market with vendor stalls selling produce, meat, and prepared meals. Within the market, Taller Andaluz de Cocina , hosts cooking classes and a tour of the market. The cooking class is held in a makeshift kitchen with everything you need. The class consists of three authentic Seville courses such as gazpacho, paella, and spinach and chickpeas. 

The best restaurants in Seville are the Abantal, El Pinton , and Casa Manolo Lèon . Abantal is known for their fine dining with modern variations on Andalusian cuisines. El Pinton is well known tapas restaurant. Casa Manolo Lèon is my personal favorite, with authentic Andalusian cuisine and an outdoor patio filled with flowers and greenery. 

Also see things to do in Seville with kids .

Days 12-14: Barcelona, Spain & Montserrat 

Park Guell view in Barcelona

From Seville, take a quick flight to Barcelona for Spain’s most famous city. Hotel Neri and Ohla are my picks for your stay. Both are located in the Gothic Quarter. I personally recommend always staying in that area because it’s in the center of all the landmarks, shopping, and restaurants.

You’re able to walk around and get to any place if you stay there. From the Gothic Quarter you’re able to see the Cathedral and the Las Ramblas scenic area. 

If you’re interested in art or architecture, you should book tickets to see the Gaudi houses. Casa Battló is one of Gaudi’s creations that we’re able to visit. The house belonged was lived in by Gaudi and his family. The design takes inspiration from the environment and its animals. Park Güell is an attraction I always go to when I’m in Barcelona. The park consists of Gaudi’s artwork within the framework and architecture of the gardens and buildings. 

The following day, you should visit the Sagrada Família. When booking tickets for the Sagrada, you will have to do it relatively very early and also try to get skip the line passes . This is Barcelona’s biggest attraction, and it gets very crowded in there.

After spending a few hours in the Sagrada Família, I would take the rest of the day to walk around the Gothic Quarter. The last time I was in Barcelona, wandering around, I stumbled upon a fashion show at a park as well as a music video in the streets. This city is filled with vibrant energy and people, just appreciate what’s around you. 

Barcelona is known for having some of the best restaurants. Disfrutar is considered as the top restaurant in Europe. Its experimental tasting menus are Mediterranean seafood based and more on the pricey side. Estimar is a hidden restaurant with an open kitchen view from your tabel. They’re known for their seafood and delicious seafood. If you’re tired of paella yet, Mana 75 specializes in paella and Catalan dishes. 

On your last day before flying back home to the U.S., I recommend taking a day trip to Montserrat in the mountains. It’s the perfect escape from the intense city life you’ve experienced the last few days. Montserrat is known for its stunning mountain views, historic buildings, and hiking trails.

Also see things to do in Barcelona with kids .

Read more about Portugal and Spain

  • One-week Portugal itineraries (4 options)
  • Portugal trip planning tips
  • How much does a trip to Portugal cost?
  • 3 Days in Lisbon
  • Things to do in Madrid with kids
  • Day trip to Segovia
  • Day trip to Toledo

Spain and Portugal 2 week itinerary

Emma Da Silva is a journalism major at the University of Rhode Island and an aspiring Travel Writer. Her love for photography and experience studying aboard have led her to want to write for other adventurers and inspire them to go out and make lasting memories.

Find this useful? Share it!

Publish Date: March 20, 2024

Brand_Element_1.png

SIGN UP FOR OUR NEWSLETTER & RECEIVE A FAMILY VACATION PLANNING KIT!

We3Travel.com will use the information you provide on this form to send you newsletters. You can unsubscribe at any time by clicking the link in the footer of any email you receive from us, or by contacting [email protected] . By clicking below, you agree that we may process your information in accordance with these terms.

fam-book

Start typing and press enter to search

itinerary to visit spain

15 Most Beautiful Places to Visit in Spain

These are 15 of the best places to visit in Spain, from charming villages to gorgeous beaches.

Spain is not a monolith. The country on the Iberian Peninsula comprises 17 autonomous regions, each with distinct culture — with local food, drinks, and music — landmarks, and scenery. From beautiful Balearic beaches and the Antoni Gaudí architecture that shapes Barcelona to the rolling vineyards of Rioja and the Royal Palace in Madrid , Spain brims with historic sights, idyllic landscapes, and delicious cuisine. Needless to say, it’s pretty easy to pack an itinerary. Don’t worry about overdoing it — siestas are a well-established afternoon ritual, something pretty necessary if you're going to stay up for a 10 p.m. dinner.

Here are 15 of the best places to visit in Spain.

Royal Palace of Madrid

The Royal Palace of Madrid has the distinction of being the largest royal residence in Western Europe. Although the Spanish royal family doesn’t actually reside there anymore, the 3,418-room architectural marvel is still used for state ceremonies and welcomes visitors who come in droves to admire the priceless artwork, armor, and gilded décor.

Platja de Ses Illetes

Set on the tiny Balearic island of Formentera, Platja de Ses Illetes consistently ranks as one of the most beautiful beaches in Spain . A narrow strip of paradise that’s blessed with pristine white sand and warm, shallow, turquoise waters, it’s the perfect spot for a dreamy day trip. 

La Sagrada Familia

Barcelona, Catalonia’s capital, is home to numerous landmarks designed by celebrated Catalan architect Antoni Gaudí, but none more famous than La Sagrada Família, which holds the distinction of the largest unfinished Catholic church in the world. Its ogival windows, flying buttresses, twisted towers, and religious carvings make it one of the most beautiful places in Europe . 

Catedral-Basílica de Santa María de Mallorca

The Cathedral of Santa Maria of Palma, also referred to as La Seu, stands as an emblem of the city. Constructed at the behest of the Crown of Aragon on the site of a Moorish-era mosque, the impressive landmark shows off Catalan Gothic architecture mixed with Northern European influences and sea views. 

San Sebastián

Foodies flock to San Sebastián, the pearl of the Cantabrian Sea. This legendary culinary destination in northern Spain is beloved for its Basque cuisine and abundance of Michelin-starred restaurants helmed by some of the most talented chefs in the world. In between pintxos bars and fine dining, be sure to hit the golden beaches and explore the atmospheric Old Quarter.

Sierra Nevada National Park

Snow-capped peaks define Sierra Nevada National Park. Not only does this protected area in the Andalusian provinces of Almería and Granada boast the highest mountains in continental Spain, but it’s also home to many rivers, verdant meadows, pine groves, and wildlife such as mountain goats and golden eagles.

Royal Alcázar of Seville

The Royal Alcázar of Seville tells an interesting story reflective of Spain’s past. It was built for King Peter of Castile by Castilian Christians, but it actually sits on the site of an Abbadid Muslim alcázar, or palace. Over the years, many generations and cultures have left their mark on the palace through elaborate tilework, ornamental carvings, tapestries, and museum-quality art.

Valldemossa

The beautiful hilltop village of Valldemossa on the northwest coast of Mallorca feels far away from the capital (though it’s only 20 minutes away). Narrow streets wind toward the Royal Carthusian Monastery (Real Cartuja), a former royal palace that was later gifted to monks. Visitors can learn more about the town’s cultural heritage at Costa Nord.

Santa Iglesia Catedral Primada de Toledo

A must-see on any visit to Toledo, Santa Iglesia Catedral Primada de Toledo is a Roman Catholic church and masterclass in Spanish Gothic architecture. Highlights include stained-glass windows, soaring arched ceilings, flying buttresses, frescos, and a gallery filled with paintings by El Greco.

Cap de Formentor

The northern tip of Mallorca, Cap de Formentor seems almost unreal with its dramatic, windswept, natural beauty and lack of tourists. This off-the-beaten-path promontory has a remote allure with near-empty beaches, pine forests, winding roads, and the azure waters of the Mediterranean Sea. 

Prado Museum

The Prado Museum in Madrid serves as the main repository for national art. It boasts a truly spectacular collection of works by Spanish masters — paintings, prints, drawings, photographs, and sculptures — and showcases the talents of European artists throughout history as well.

Ciudad de las Artes y las Ciencias

The most significant and snap-worthy modern tourist attraction in Valencia, Ciudad de las Artes y las Ciencias is a futuristic-looking cultural complex that was designed by local architect Santiago Calatrava and features a ship-shaped opera house, IMAX dome theater, interactive science museum, open-air art gallery, and the largest aquarium in Europe.  

Plaza de España

While Seville certainly isn’t lacking in photogenic landmarks, the Aníbal González-designed Plaza de España inside the Parque de María Luisa should be at the top of your list. Erected ahead of the Ibero-American Exposition of 1929, the famous plaza is truly show-stopping with grand buildings, a large fountain, canals, and tile-ornamented bridges.

The westernmost of the three Rioja subregions, Rioja Alta is known for its vineyards that cling to the slopes of the Sierra Cantabria hills. If you want to soak in the colorful scenery, learn more about production methods, and sip world-class tempranillo, plan a tour and tasting at a few of the bodegas near the town of Haro.

Casa de Campo

Casa de Campo in Madrid covers 1,723 hectares (for anyone doing the math, that makes it five times the size of Central Park in New York City) of verdant fields, forests, multi-use walking and cycling paths, tennis courts, a lake for boating, and even an amusement park, zoo, and aquarium. 

For more Travel & Leisure news, make sure to sign up for our newsletter!

Read the original article on Travel & Leisure .

Alexander Spatari/Getty Images

Get the Hottest Deals First!

feefo-stars

Spain & Portugal: Costa del Sol to the Portuguese Riviera

About this tour.

From bustling cities to peaceful stays on the Mediterranean coast, get a true taste of the Iberian Peninsula. Explore Málaga on a walking tour, where you can taste some of the delicacies of this southern Spanish region. Visit Frigiliana and Nerja, two of the Andalusian white villages that leave memories of quiet, simpler days. Visit Ronda, a clifftop marvel. Gaze at Cordoba’s Mezquita and colorful patios. In Seville, learn about the history of Flamenco with a hands-on lesson. In Lisbon, travel by tram to the cobbled narrow streets and visit Belem, home to the Jerónimos Monastery. Relax on Portugal’s Riviera during a 3-night stay in Cascais. Experience the history of Spain and Portugal while enjoying the region’s sunshine and local flavors.

Your Tour Includes

  • 4 Handpicked Accommodations
  • 2 Choice on Tour Options

Included Highlights

  • White Villages of Andalusia

Your Tour at a Glance

10 Breakfasts

Travel Style

Explorations

Customize Your Tour

Optional Excursions

Starting at $120.00

Activity Level

  • Level This Tour

For specific details about this tour's activity level and other info to know before you book your trip, click here.

Travel Styles

Highlights and inclusions.

Must-See Inclusions:

Step back in time as you take in the sights of the picturesque White Villages of Andalusia.

In Cordoba, take a walking tour of La Mezquita, a religious marvel.

  • View the impressive Jerónimos Monastery in Lisbon.

Cultural Experiences:

View Lisbon in a new way through the windows of your private tram.

  • Experience Ronda, one of Spain's loveliest and most historic towns.

Explore Sintra, the summer residence of Portuguese kings for centuries.

Culinary Inclusions:

  • Sample Málaga’s delicacies during a tour of the city.

Enjoy a farm-to-table home-hosted meal in Ronda.

  • La Mezquita
  • Home Hosted Lunch
  • Horse Ranch
  • Seville Cathedral
  • Choice on Tour
  • Quinta da Regaleira

Book with Confidence

* With Insurance Purchased

  • *No Hassle Refunds
  • Traveling Well Safety
  • No booking fee, *no change fees
  • Top Rated Travel Protection

Share This Tour

Looking to add your itinerary for friends and family? Share your Itinerary

Getting Prepared

Know before you go, travel tips, enhance your tour.

Pre and Post Tour Extensions

  • Choice On Tour

Pre and Post Night Stay

Unique Experience

Cultural Experiences

Enhance Your Trip

  • Tour Extensions

Today in Seville, you have the choice between two activities. You may choose to join a local expert and take a walking tour of the quaint Santa Cruz Quarter with its cascading bright flowers, whitewashed buildings and winding streets -OR- take a horse and carriage ride to see Plaza de España and Maria Luisa Park – one of the loveliest parks in all of Europe.

Experience Madrid, Spain's lively capital and largest city, on a 3-night stay. Immerse yourself in the city on a guided tour, seeing iconic sites like the Puerta del Sol and Plaza Mayor. Enjoy time at leisure to discover more of the city on your own, perhaps visiting the famous Prado Museum with your included entrance tickets and Metro pass. Uncover the rich culture, elegant boulevards and cultural treasures of this magnificient city. Your other option is to choose a pre night at NH Malaga.

  • Overnight Flight
  • Your tour begins with an overnight flight to Madrid.
  • Madrid, Spain - Tour Begins
  • Welcome to Madrid, Spain’s lively capital and largest city.
  • During a locally guided walking tour of Madrid’s historic center, see iconic sites such as the Puerta del Sol and Plaza Mayor, where events have been held since the 17th century. After lunch on your own, visit the Prado Museum. Then, you are free to explore the city on your own using your metro card. Tonight, gather with your fellow travelers and enjoy a welcome dinner.
  • Today the day is yours to explore this magnificent city, discovering Madrid’s elegant boulevards and rich culture.
  • Madrid - Málaga
  • Board your train* to Málaga where you will join your fellow travelers for your main tour.

Hotel-NH Malaga

Fado: the perfect blend of voice and guitar. Declared a UNESCO World Heritage Cultural Patrimony, as a celebrated form of world music that captures what it is to be Portuguese. The word Fado comes from the Latin word fatum, which means fate or destiny. It is a style of music that is all about deep feelings: the disappointments of love, the ups and downs of life. No one knows quite how Fado first came into being, but to this day, Portugal's traditional music remains at the very heart of the country's culture. In one of Lisbon’s most popular Fado restaurants, professional performers entertain you while you enjoy a typical Portuguese three-course dinner with wine included.

View the impressive Jerónimos Monastery in Lisbon.

Experience Ronda, one of Spain's loveliest and most historic towns.

Sample Málaga’s delicacies during a tour of the city.

Accommodations

Arrive earlier.

Pre Night: NH Malaga From $125 per night

H10 Palacio Colomera

H10 casa de la plata, pestana cidadela cascais.

Nights 8-10

Trip Reviews

Live, Unedited, & Independent Traveler Reviews

itinerary to visit spain

Filter Reviews: All

5 stars

Related Blog Content

An alpine adventure with collette, my first guided tour with collette (i’m coming back for more), the foliage factor: 5 fall trips beyond new england, top 10 phrases to know for your next trip to sicily, get a taste of sicilian street food, the wines of sicily, similar tours.

itinerary to visit spain

Flavors of Portugal & Spain: featuring the Douro and Rioja Wine Regions

itinerary to visit spain

Peaks of Europe: The Alps to The Dolomites featuring France, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Austria, and Italy

itinerary to visit spain

Tuscan & Umbrian Countryside featuring Italy's Charming Hill Towns

itinerary to visit spain

Italy's Treasures Art, Food & Wine of Italy

itinerary to visit spain

The Azores Jewels of Portugal

itinerary to visit spain

Italy: Amalfi Coast to Puglia

Not seeing the date you want? We can help!

Call our Customer Care Team to inquire about dates beyond what's currently listed and to make an advanced reservation. You can find our full terms and conditions here .

Request a Quote

 alt=

Please fill out the form below, and a Collette Expert will contact you shortly.

  • Yes, I'm a Travel Professional
  • Yes, I am working with a Travel Professional
  • I am traveling with 8 or more travelers

Find a Travel Agency

Once you've found the perfect Collette tour, your local travel agent can assist you in making reservations. To find a preferred travel agent in your area, please enter your 5-digit zip code, then click Search.

Enter a Whole or Partial Zip Code

Please tell us everything, we want it all.

We really value your feedback, please be open an honest. Tell us where we can improve, how we can get better. This feedback is anonymous, but if you would like us to get in touch with you regarding an issue provide your email address as part of your feedback and we will get right back to you.

Talk to an Expert

View or download.

itinerary to visit spain

itinerary to visit spain

  • Suggested Resorts

Current Available Points

  • Buzzworthy News Owner Testimonials Pride of Ownership Tour the Club Using My Ownership VIP by Wyndham Presidential Reserve
  • Search Resorts Featured Destinations Travel Inspiration Resort News Vacation Planner Explore Destinations
  • New Owner Quick Start Dig into Club Life Education Webinars Resources
  • Non-Owner Travel Deals Owner Exclusives Club Wyndham Travel Travel Up by Travel + Leisure Partner Offers VIP Exclusives
  • Make A Payment Ask and Answer Glossary Contact Us
  • Sign In Register
  • Skip to Main Content
  • Buzzworthy News
  • Owner Testimonials
  • Pride of Ownership
  • Tour the Club
  • Using My Ownership
  • VIP by Wyndham
  • Presidential Reserve
  • Search Resorts
  • Travel Inspiration
  • Resort News
  • Vacation Planner
  • Explore Destinations
  • Dig into Club Life
  • Education Webinars
  • Non-Owner Travel Deals
  • Club Wyndham Travel Travel Up by Travel + Leisure
  • Partner Offers
  • VIP Exclusives
  • Make A Payment
  • Ask and Answer
  • Current Available Points >

itinerary to visit spain

CLUB WYNDHAM TRAVEL

12-night transatlantic: spain & portugal, december 3-15, 2024 | norwegian cruise line.

Enjoy 12 nights of adventure aboard the Norwegian Encore, departing from London, United Kingdom.

Cruise Details

Come aboard Norwegian Encore and set sail on a once-in-a-lifetime transatlantic vacation. Journey from Vigo to Santiago de Compostela – one of the most important Christian pilgrimage sites in the world and a UNESCO World Heritage Site – and discover historic landmarks among its narrow winding streets. From Lisbon, experience the charming 13th century Obidos and discover why it’s considered one of the country’s most romantic villages as you visit the medieval castle and stroll its cobbled streets.

Package Includes:

3 Ports | 8 Sea Days | One-Way Trip | Ship: Norwegian Encore

Club Wyndham Travel Booking Benefits:

  • Cruise Welcome Letter 
  • VIP Party Invitation 
  • Bottle of Wine 
  • Chocolate Covered Strawberries 
  • Shore Excursion Discount 
  • Priority Tender Tickets & Disembarkation 
  • CruiseFirst Certificate Option (sailing must be over 4 months out)

Inside Cabin:

  • Premium Beverage Package 
  • Ultimate Dining Package (3 Meals) 
  • $100 Onboard Credit

Oceanview Cabin & Above:

  • $50 Shore Excursion Credit 
  • 250-minute Internet Package 
  • Day 1: London (Southampton), United Kingdom 
  • Day 2: At Sea 
  • Day 3: Vigo, Spain 
  • Day 4: Lisbon, Portugal 
  • Day 5: At Sea 
  • Day 6: Ponta Delgada, Azores 
  • Day 7: At Sea 
  • Day 8: At Sea 
  • Day 9: At Sea 
  • Day 10: At Sea 
  • Day 11: At Sea 
  • Day 12: At Sea 
  • Day 13: Miami, Florida

Cruise Rates:

  • Inside cabins starting from $1,596 per person 
  • Balcony cabins starting from $2,003 per person 
  • Suite cabins starting from $2,192 per person

PlusPoints Cruise Rates:

  • Inside cabins opportunity to use up to 69,500 points + remaining cruise balance per person 
  • Balcony cabins opportunity to use up to 97,300 points + remaining cruise balance per person 
  • Suite cabins opportunity to use up to 97,300 points + remaining cruise balance per person

Your Club Wyndham Travel Advisor can book this cruise along with any additional travel needs you may have for this vacation including flights, car rental, hotel stay, or even an activity.

Reserve Your Cabin Today - Call 800-732-0203

Call 800-732-0203

Indulge in French flavors on a palate-pleasing itinerary that highlights the essence of France’s Burgundy and Provence. Uncover the Roman history of Chalon-sur Saône and delight in charming Tournus with its towering Romanesque abbey and historic apothecary shop. Visit French châteaux from Burgundy to Provence, taste your way through the French culinary capital of Lyon and visit the Papal Palace in Avignon. While you’ll get more than a taste of Burgundy and Provence during this itinerary, the essence of these destinations will linger on your palate – and in your heart – for a lifetime!

4 Ports | 1 Country | 6 Excursions | Roundtrip

  • Day 1 : Porto, Portugal
  • Day 2 : Entre-os Rios, Portugal
  • Day 3 : Peso da Régua, Portugal
  • Day 4 : Vega de Terron, Spain
  • Day 5 : Barca d’Alva, Portugal
  • Day 6 : Peso da Régua, Portugal
  • Day 7 : Porto, Portugal
  • Day 8 : Porto, Portugal 

PlusPoints is a payment option for PlusPartner owners that entails a combination of points and out-of-pocket charge towards select Club Wyndham Travel bookings. PlusPoints can be used for the first two passengers in a cabin and allows owners the flexibility to use less points than listed and a larger out-of-pocket amount towards the reservation. PlusPoints is subject to change and availability. A PlusPoints booking will be charged a non-refundable $69 PlusPartner point exchange fee. Points may not be rented during the Express Reservation window.

Cruise and rates are subject to change and availability. Rates are listed per person based on double occupancy per cabin and includes port charges. Flights, gratuities, government taxes and fees, excursion activities, incidental expenses, and beverages that are not part of the regular menu are not included. Regular shipboard meals and entertainment are included. Travelers are responsible for all required travel documents, including but not limited to passports or travel visas. Minimum age requirements may apply. Booking Bonus is listed per cabin and is subject and availability. Travel is arranged by Club Wyndham Travel, 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, FL 32821.

  • Pride of Ownership Using My Ownership Owner Testimonials How To Use a Club Wyndham Timeshare Buying a Club Wyndham Timeshare Buzzworthy News
  • Explore Resorts Featured Destinations Resort News Traveler's Pledge
  • New Owner Quick Start Resources
  • Owner Exclusives Partner Offers Wyndham Vacation Packages Wyndham Sweeps
  • Publications
  • Wyndham Cares
  • Terms of Use
  • Privacy Notice
  • Do Not Sell Or Share My Personal Information - Consumers
  • Do Not Sell Or Share My Personal Information - Former Employees (California)

IMAGES

  1. Perfect Spain and Portugal Itinerary 10 days to 2 weeks

    itinerary to visit spain

  2. 2 Weeks in Spain Itinerary

    itinerary to visit spain

  3. 5-14 Day Spain Itinerary: A Guide For Planning Your Perfect Spain Trip

    itinerary to visit spain

  4. Best Spain Itinerary for 2021: Where to Go in Spain for 2 Weeks

    itinerary to visit spain

  5. Barcelona Itinerary, Spain Itinerary, Travel Itinerary, Cool Places To

    itinerary to visit spain

  6. The Ultimate 10-day Spanish Road Trip Itinerary

    itinerary to visit spain

VIDEO

  1. SPAIN BEST PLACES TO VISIT

  2. Perfect itinerary for Spain in 2024! #spaintravel #spain #2024travel #europetravel #itinerary

  3. Spain in a Week: Ultimate Itinerary🇪🇸✈️

  4. Best Places to Visit in Spain

  5. Traveling to Spain

  6. 5 Hours in Barcelona: A Journey of Wonders and Excitement

COMMENTS

  1. Spain Itinerary: Where to Go in Spain by Rick Steves

    This recommended itinerary gives you an idea of how much you can reasonably see in 21 days, but of course you'll want to adapt it to fit your own interests and time frame. Day 1: Arrive in Barcelona (sleep in Barcelona) Day 2: Barcelona (sleep in Barcelona) Day 3: Barcelona, evening train to Madrid (sleep in Madrid) Day 4: Madrid (sleep in Madrid)

  2. 10 Days in Spain: The Perfect Spain Itinerary

    Day 5: Granada. Next on our itinerary is a short stop in another Andalusian gem, Granada. Though you could spend several days discovering all the sights of Granada, there's really only enough time on this trip for a single day here. Start your day in the city center at Granada Cathedral.

  3. 5-14 Day Spain Itinerary: A Guide For Planning Your Perfect Spain Trip

    Spain Itinerary Overview. Best Time to Visit: Generally, summer is the hottest and winter is colder and wetter, but regional exceptions apply.March-June and September-end of October are best. Getting Around: Trains and buses are reliable.A rental car in Spain is a must-have for smaller towns.. Popular Places to Visit: Barcelona, Madrid, and Valencia for larger cities, and Granada, Seville, and ...

  4. 11 Itineraries Around Spain: From 1 Day to 2 Weeks

    4 Days in Spain - Best Travel Itineraries for Short Trips; Itinerary for 5 Days in Spain. In this article, five itineraries will help you spend the best 5 days in Spain. You will find one itinerary for Madrid, Barcelona, and Seville, another itinerary only to discover southern cities, and a third one to visit Spain's major classics.

  5. The Ultimate 10 Days in Spain Itinerary (+ Travel Tips)

    Day 2: Enjoy a second day in Madrid. The second day of this itinerary for Spain opens with one of the most memorable art museums in the country: Spain's National Art Museum, the Prado. Packed with masterpieces (primarily Spanish, but also from across Europe), the Prado is one of those museums that we never get tired of.

  6. Spain Itinerary (10 Days Perfectly Planned + Map)

    A strong Spain itinerary is the perfect starting point for your once-in-a-lifetime trip to the country. Spain is a big place and making the most of your short time there requires smart planning. I spent over two months in the country in 2022 and explored many of the best places to visit in Spain. My journey around Western Europe taught me a lot ...

  7. 3 great itineraries to see the highlights of Spain

    See the highlights of Spain on this 14-day itinerary. To understand why many visitors fall in love with Spain and never want to leave, look no further than its vibrant, passionate, beautiful cities. This 14-day tour takes you through the best Spain has to offer. Days 1-3: Admire Modernista marvels in Barcelona

  8. 10 Days in Spain: Itinerary, What to Do & Where to Go

    To round out your Seville itinerary, don't miss a chance to visit the magnificent Real Alcázar. This royal palace, built upon a 10th-century fort, is a masterful blend of Moorish and Christian architecture. Many of the Alcázar's most compelling features blossomed in the 1360s under King Pedro.

  9. 10 Days in Spain Itinerary (First-Timers Guide)

    10-Day Spain Itinerary: Barcelona, Madrid, Toledo, Seville & Granada. Day 1- 3: Barcelona. Day 4 - 5: Madrid. Day 6: Toledo. Day 7: Seville. Day 8-9: Granada. Day 10: Fly home. view over Passeig de Colom or Columbus avenue, La Barceloneta and Port Vell marina from Christopher Columbus monument in Barcelona.

  10. 10 Days in Spain Itinerary (Ultimate Guide for First-Timers!)

    Here's the quick overview of the 10-day Spain itinerary we've detailed above: Days 1 and 2: Arrive in Madrid, explore Madrid. Day 3: Take a day trip from Madrid to Toledo. Day 4: Travel to Seville, explore Seville. Day 5: Do a day trip to Cordoba, travel to Granada. Day 6: Explore Granada.

  11. 5 Days in Spain: Itineraries to See (almost) Everything!

    Travel to Spain with our 5-day itineraries! You'll discover three diverse itineraries curated by locals for different types of travelers: first-timers looking for iconic landmarks, seasoned explorers seeking hidden gems, and culture enthusiasts ready to immerse in Spain's rich heritage.

  12. 2 Weeks in Spain: How to Plan an Amazing Spain Itinerary

    Barcelona, Madrid, and Granada in 10 Days. In this version, you're skipping Seville (one of our favorite places in Spain) in favor of Barcelona, Madrid, and Granada. Granada and the Alhambra gives you a taste of Andalusia, which you can come back to on a dedicated trip later. Day 1: Arrive in Barcelona.

  13. 9 Outstanding Spain Itineraries for the Most Amazing Trip

    Finding the Perfect Spain Travel Itinerary: Choose from the Options Below. Andalusia in One Week: An Itinerary That Covers Southern Spain in 7 Days, Visiting Seville, Granada, Cordoba and Malaga. 10-Day Big Cities & Andalusian Highlights: A Best of Spain Itinerary Covering Madrid, Toledo, Seville, Granada and Barcelona.

  14. How to Plan The Perfect 7-Days Itinerary in Spain

    Spain is one of the most beautiful places to visit in Europe, and no matter the season, you're guaranteed to have a great time. But, with the country being so spread out, and with limited time available, planning a trip to Spain is far from easy. That's why I've created this perfect 7-Day Spain itinerary, for you to make the most of your ...

  15. Best Of Spain Itinerary: 14 Days In Spain [2024]

    Here is a breakdown of this itinerary budget for each travel category: Accommodation: $70 per night p.p. (on average) in a nice mid-range hotel = $980 per person. Transportation: Train Barcelona-Valencia (approx. $30 ), Train Valencia-Madrid (approx $25 ), Train Madrid-Granada (approx. $50) = $105 per person.

  16. 14 Days In Spain: The Ultimate Itinerary

    Prado is a must-visit in your 14 days in Spain. Photo: Ester Lamberti | Unsplash. Make your second day in Madrid museum day. It goes without saying that El Prado Museum should be top of your list. Widely considered to be the home of the finest collection of European art, this is the main Spanish art museum.

  17. The Best of Spain: Ultimate 10 Day Spain Itinerary

    To get from BCN airport to the city center, you have three options. Option 1: Take a bus. From BCN, you can take the Aerobus to Plaça de Catalunya in the Barcelona city center. This leaves every 5 minutes during peak hours, costs €5.90 one way (€10.20 roundtrip), and takes around 30 minutes.

  18. 7 Days in Spain

    1. Madrid, Seville, Granada. One of my favorite itineraries for 7 days in Spain! This plan is perfect for a first visit to Spain and those looking to see the TOP sights. 2 NIGHTS MADRID. 3 NIGHTS SEVILLE WITH OPTIONAL STOP IN CORDOBA. 2 NIGHTS GRANADA. Madridto Seville is a quick 2.5 hour journey by high-speed train.

  19. [2024] COMPLETE 3 WEEKS IN SPAIN ITINERARY with map

    Average cost of 20 days in Spain. Plan to spend around $2,000 for a 3-week trip in Spain if you prefer to stay in a mid-range hotel and eat often. Accommodation costs you the most during your trip, around $40-$60 a night for a decent double room. Eating out in a m id-range restaurant will be about $7 to $12 per meal.

  20. 3 Weeks in Spain

    Itinerary #1: Spain North to South: Basque Country to Andalusia. From Barcelona in the north to Cadiz in the south, this three-week itinerary spans Spain's major cities and regions. Along the way, you'll sample Basque cuisine, visit the Museo Guggenheim in Bilbao, hike La Alpujarra, and explore the Moorish culture of Andalusia.

  21. Ultimate 14 Days Spain Itinerary: FRom Andalusia to Ibiza

    You can use it to plan your own trip or just as inspiration to visit Spain. Here is the outline of our 2 weeks in Spain that includes major cities and some unconventional attractions as well: Day 1 - 2: Madrid. Day 3 - 4: Seville. Day 5: Cordoba. Day 6: Malaga. Day 7 - 8: Granada. Day 9: Valencia. Day 10 - 11: Ibiza.

  22. 3 Days in Spain: What's the Best Itinerary for Your Trip?

    Day 2 - IMMERSE IN BARCELONA'S CULTURE. Have a Spanish Breakfast. Park Güell. The Magic Fountain of Montjuïc. Museu Nacional d'Art de Catalunya. Try Tasty Dishes in El Nacional. Travel to Madrid. DAY 3 - DISCOVER MADRID'S TREASURES. Royal Palace of Madrid.

  23. Best Spain Itinerary for 2024: Where to Go in Spain for 2 Weeks

    Day 9: Seville - Real Alcazar, Cathedral and More. Day 10: Seville - Wander City Neighborhoods. Day 11: Day Trip to Cordoba to Visit Mezquita. Day 12: Granada - Feel Like Royalty at the Alhambra. Day 13: Madrid - Tours, Shopping, and Park Relaxing. Day 14: Madrid - Soak in the Last Bit of Spain!

  24. Portugal and Spain Itinerary: A 14-Day Iberian Journey

    Keep in mind that summer in Southern Spain is incredibly hot and November and April are both rainy months in Portugal. Portugal and Spain Itinerary Overview. This itinerary starts in Porto, Portugal and ends in Barcelona, Spain. You can also flip this itinerary if you prefer to visit Spain first! Days 1-2 in Porto, Portugal Douro River cruise ...

  25. 15 Most Beautiful Places to Visit in Spain

    These are 15 of the best places to visit in Spain, from charming villages to gorgeous beaches. Spain is not a monolith. The country on the Iberian Peninsula comprises 17 autonomous regions, each ...

  26. Travel to Spain & Portugal: Small Group Tours & Trip Itineraries

    In Seville, learn about the history of Flamenco with a hands-on lesson. In Lisbon, travel by tram to the cobbled narrow streets and visit Belem, home to the Jerónimos Monastery. Relax on Portugal's Riviera during a 3-night stay in Cascais. Experience the history of Spain and Portugal while enjoying the region's sunshine and local flavors.

  27. Spain and Portugal Itinerary

    Europe - Spain and Portugal Itinerary - input - We are a group of 5 older adults looking to plan a trip to Spain and Portugal in mid May. Main interests are general sightseeing, dining, and shopping.

  28. 12-Night Transatlantic: Spain & Portugal

    Itinerary: Day 1: London (Southampton), United Kingdom Day 2: At Sea Day 3: Vigo, Spain Day 4: Lisbon, Portugal Day 5: At Sea Day 6: Ponta Delgada, Azores Day 7: At Sea Day 8: At Sea Day 9: At Sea Day 10: At Sea Day 11: At Sea Day 12: At Sea Day 13: Miami, Florida; Cruise Rates: Inside cabins starting from $1,596 per person